blob: 5d54ca361d57995cd32ff9a5a7dda8e1e1e4ba9e [file] [log] [blame]
Chris Lattner59907c42007-08-10 20:18:51 +00001//===--- SemaChecking.cpp - Extra Semantic Checking -----------------------===//
2//
3// The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
4//
Chris Lattner0bc735f2007-12-29 19:59:25 +00005// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
6// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
Chris Lattner59907c42007-08-10 20:18:51 +00007//
8//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
9//
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +000010// This file implements extra semantic analysis beyond what is enforced
Chris Lattner59907c42007-08-10 20:18:51 +000011// by the C type system.
12//
13//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
14
John McCall5f8d6042011-08-27 01:09:30 +000015#include "clang/Sema/Initialization.h"
Douglas Gregore737f502010-08-12 20:07:10 +000016#include "clang/Sema/Sema.h"
John McCall2d887082010-08-25 22:03:47 +000017#include "clang/Sema/SemaInternal.h"
Eli Friedman276b0612011-10-11 02:20:01 +000018#include "clang/Sema/Initialization.h"
Richard Smith831421f2012-06-25 20:30:08 +000019#include "clang/Sema/Lookup.h"
John McCall781472f2010-08-25 08:40:02 +000020#include "clang/Sema/ScopeInfo.h"
Ted Kremenek826a3452010-07-16 02:11:22 +000021#include "clang/Analysis/Analyses/FormatString.h"
Chris Lattner59907c42007-08-10 20:18:51 +000022#include "clang/AST/ASTContext.h"
Ken Dyck199c3d62010-01-11 17:06:35 +000023#include "clang/AST/CharUnits.h"
John McCall384aff82010-08-25 07:42:41 +000024#include "clang/AST/DeclCXX.h"
Daniel Dunbarc4a1dea2008-08-11 05:35:13 +000025#include "clang/AST/DeclObjC.h"
David Blaikiebe0ee872012-05-15 16:56:36 +000026#include "clang/AST/Expr.h"
Ted Kremenek23245122007-08-20 16:18:38 +000027#include "clang/AST/ExprCXX.h"
Ted Kremenek7ff22b22008-06-16 18:00:42 +000028#include "clang/AST/ExprObjC.h"
John McCallf85e1932011-06-15 23:02:42 +000029#include "clang/AST/EvaluatedExprVisitor.h"
Mike Stumpf8c49212010-01-21 03:59:47 +000030#include "clang/AST/DeclObjC.h"
31#include "clang/AST/StmtCXX.h"
32#include "clang/AST/StmtObjC.h"
Chris Lattner59907c42007-08-10 20:18:51 +000033#include "clang/Lex/Preprocessor.h"
Mike Stumpf8c49212010-01-21 03:59:47 +000034#include "llvm/ADT/BitVector.h"
Benjamin Kramer8fe83e12012-02-04 13:45:25 +000035#include "llvm/ADT/SmallString.h"
Mike Stumpf8c49212010-01-21 03:59:47 +000036#include "llvm/ADT/STLExtras.h"
Tom Care3bfc5f42010-06-09 04:11:11 +000037#include "llvm/Support/raw_ostream.h"
Eric Christopher691ebc32010-04-17 02:26:23 +000038#include "clang/Basic/TargetBuiltins.h"
Nate Begeman26a31422010-06-08 02:47:44 +000039#include "clang/Basic/TargetInfo.h"
Fariborz Jahanian7da71022010-09-07 19:38:13 +000040#include "clang/Basic/ConvertUTF.h"
Zhongxing Xua1f3dba2009-05-20 01:55:10 +000041#include <limits>
Chris Lattner59907c42007-08-10 20:18:51 +000042using namespace clang;
John McCall781472f2010-08-25 08:40:02 +000043using namespace sema;
Chris Lattner59907c42007-08-10 20:18:51 +000044
Chris Lattner60800082009-02-18 17:49:48 +000045SourceLocation Sema::getLocationOfStringLiteralByte(const StringLiteral *SL,
46 unsigned ByteNo) const {
Chris Lattner08f92e32010-11-17 07:37:15 +000047 return SL->getLocationOfByte(ByteNo, PP.getSourceManager(),
David Blaikie4e4d0842012-03-11 07:00:24 +000048 PP.getLangOpts(), PP.getTargetInfo());
Chris Lattner60800082009-02-18 17:49:48 +000049}
50
John McCall8e10f3b2011-02-26 05:39:39 +000051/// Checks that a call expression's argument count is the desired number.
52/// This is useful when doing custom type-checking. Returns true on error.
53static bool checkArgCount(Sema &S, CallExpr *call, unsigned desiredArgCount) {
54 unsigned argCount = call->getNumArgs();
55 if (argCount == desiredArgCount) return false;
56
57 if (argCount < desiredArgCount)
58 return S.Diag(call->getLocEnd(), diag::err_typecheck_call_too_few_args)
59 << 0 /*function call*/ << desiredArgCount << argCount
60 << call->getSourceRange();
61
62 // Highlight all the excess arguments.
63 SourceRange range(call->getArg(desiredArgCount)->getLocStart(),
64 call->getArg(argCount - 1)->getLocEnd());
65
66 return S.Diag(range.getBegin(), diag::err_typecheck_call_too_many_args)
67 << 0 /*function call*/ << desiredArgCount << argCount
68 << call->getArg(1)->getSourceRange();
69}
70
Julien Lerougee5939212012-04-28 17:39:16 +000071/// Check that the first argument to __builtin_annotation is an integer
72/// and the second argument is a non-wide string literal.
73static bool SemaBuiltinAnnotation(Sema &S, CallExpr *TheCall) {
74 if (checkArgCount(S, TheCall, 2))
75 return true;
76
77 // First argument should be an integer.
78 Expr *ValArg = TheCall->getArg(0);
79 QualType Ty = ValArg->getType();
80 if (!Ty->isIntegerType()) {
81 S.Diag(ValArg->getLocStart(), diag::err_builtin_annotation_first_arg)
82 << ValArg->getSourceRange();
Julien Lerouge77f68bb2011-09-09 22:41:49 +000083 return true;
84 }
Julien Lerougee5939212012-04-28 17:39:16 +000085
86 // Second argument should be a constant string.
87 Expr *StrArg = TheCall->getArg(1)->IgnoreParenCasts();
88 StringLiteral *Literal = dyn_cast<StringLiteral>(StrArg);
89 if (!Literal || !Literal->isAscii()) {
90 S.Diag(StrArg->getLocStart(), diag::err_builtin_annotation_second_arg)
91 << StrArg->getSourceRange();
92 return true;
93 }
94
95 TheCall->setType(Ty);
Julien Lerouge77f68bb2011-09-09 22:41:49 +000096 return false;
97}
98
John McCall60d7b3a2010-08-24 06:29:42 +000099ExprResult
Anders Carlssond406bf02009-08-16 01:56:34 +0000100Sema::CheckBuiltinFunctionCall(unsigned BuiltinID, CallExpr *TheCall) {
John McCall60d7b3a2010-08-24 06:29:42 +0000101 ExprResult TheCallResult(Owned(TheCall));
Douglas Gregor2def4832008-11-17 20:34:05 +0000102
Chris Lattner946928f2010-10-01 23:23:24 +0000103 // Find out if any arguments are required to be integer constant expressions.
104 unsigned ICEArguments = 0;
105 ASTContext::GetBuiltinTypeError Error;
106 Context.GetBuiltinType(BuiltinID, Error, &ICEArguments);
107 if (Error != ASTContext::GE_None)
108 ICEArguments = 0; // Don't diagnose previously diagnosed errors.
109
110 // If any arguments are required to be ICE's, check and diagnose.
111 for (unsigned ArgNo = 0; ICEArguments != 0; ++ArgNo) {
112 // Skip arguments not required to be ICE's.
113 if ((ICEArguments & (1 << ArgNo)) == 0) continue;
114
115 llvm::APSInt Result;
116 if (SemaBuiltinConstantArg(TheCall, ArgNo, Result))
117 return true;
118 ICEArguments &= ~(1 << ArgNo);
119 }
120
Anders Carlssond406bf02009-08-16 01:56:34 +0000121 switch (BuiltinID) {
Chris Lattner30ce3442007-12-19 23:59:04 +0000122 case Builtin::BI__builtin___CFStringMakeConstantString:
Chris Lattner925e60d2007-12-28 05:29:59 +0000123 assert(TheCall->getNumArgs() == 1 &&
Chris Lattner1b9a0792007-12-20 00:26:33 +0000124 "Wrong # arguments to builtin CFStringMakeConstantString");
Chris Lattner69039812009-02-18 06:01:06 +0000125 if (CheckObjCString(TheCall->getArg(0)))
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +0000126 return ExprError();
Anders Carlssond406bf02009-08-16 01:56:34 +0000127 break;
Ted Kremenek49ff7a12008-07-09 17:58:53 +0000128 case Builtin::BI__builtin_stdarg_start:
Chris Lattner30ce3442007-12-19 23:59:04 +0000129 case Builtin::BI__builtin_va_start:
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +0000130 if (SemaBuiltinVAStart(TheCall))
131 return ExprError();
Anders Carlssond406bf02009-08-16 01:56:34 +0000132 break;
Chris Lattner1b9a0792007-12-20 00:26:33 +0000133 case Builtin::BI__builtin_isgreater:
134 case Builtin::BI__builtin_isgreaterequal:
135 case Builtin::BI__builtin_isless:
136 case Builtin::BI__builtin_islessequal:
137 case Builtin::BI__builtin_islessgreater:
138 case Builtin::BI__builtin_isunordered:
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +0000139 if (SemaBuiltinUnorderedCompare(TheCall))
140 return ExprError();
Anders Carlssond406bf02009-08-16 01:56:34 +0000141 break;
Benjamin Kramere771a7a2010-02-15 22:42:31 +0000142 case Builtin::BI__builtin_fpclassify:
143 if (SemaBuiltinFPClassification(TheCall, 6))
144 return ExprError();
145 break;
Eli Friedman9ac6f622009-08-31 20:06:00 +0000146 case Builtin::BI__builtin_isfinite:
147 case Builtin::BI__builtin_isinf:
148 case Builtin::BI__builtin_isinf_sign:
149 case Builtin::BI__builtin_isnan:
150 case Builtin::BI__builtin_isnormal:
Benjamin Kramer3b1e26b2010-02-16 10:07:31 +0000151 if (SemaBuiltinFPClassification(TheCall, 1))
Eli Friedman9ac6f622009-08-31 20:06:00 +0000152 return ExprError();
153 break;
Eli Friedmand38617c2008-05-14 19:38:39 +0000154 case Builtin::BI__builtin_shufflevector:
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +0000155 return SemaBuiltinShuffleVector(TheCall);
156 // TheCall will be freed by the smart pointer here, but that's fine, since
157 // SemaBuiltinShuffleVector guts it, but then doesn't release it.
Daniel Dunbar4493f792008-07-21 22:59:13 +0000158 case Builtin::BI__builtin_prefetch:
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +0000159 if (SemaBuiltinPrefetch(TheCall))
160 return ExprError();
Anders Carlssond406bf02009-08-16 01:56:34 +0000161 break;
Daniel Dunbard5f8a4f2008-09-03 21:13:56 +0000162 case Builtin::BI__builtin_object_size:
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +0000163 if (SemaBuiltinObjectSize(TheCall))
164 return ExprError();
Anders Carlssond406bf02009-08-16 01:56:34 +0000165 break;
Eli Friedmand875fed2009-05-03 04:46:36 +0000166 case Builtin::BI__builtin_longjmp:
167 if (SemaBuiltinLongjmp(TheCall))
168 return ExprError();
Anders Carlssond406bf02009-08-16 01:56:34 +0000169 break;
John McCall8e10f3b2011-02-26 05:39:39 +0000170
171 case Builtin::BI__builtin_classify_type:
172 if (checkArgCount(*this, TheCall, 1)) return true;
173 TheCall->setType(Context.IntTy);
174 break;
Chris Lattner75c29a02010-10-12 17:47:42 +0000175 case Builtin::BI__builtin_constant_p:
John McCall8e10f3b2011-02-26 05:39:39 +0000176 if (checkArgCount(*this, TheCall, 1)) return true;
177 TheCall->setType(Context.IntTy);
Chris Lattner75c29a02010-10-12 17:47:42 +0000178 break;
Chris Lattner5caa3702009-05-08 06:58:22 +0000179 case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_add:
Douglas Gregora9766412011-11-28 16:30:08 +0000180 case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_add_1:
181 case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_add_2:
182 case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_add_4:
183 case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_add_8:
184 case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_add_16:
Chris Lattner5caa3702009-05-08 06:58:22 +0000185 case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_sub:
Douglas Gregora9766412011-11-28 16:30:08 +0000186 case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_sub_1:
187 case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_sub_2:
188 case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_sub_4:
189 case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_sub_8:
190 case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_sub_16:
Chris Lattner5caa3702009-05-08 06:58:22 +0000191 case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_or:
Douglas Gregora9766412011-11-28 16:30:08 +0000192 case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_or_1:
193 case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_or_2:
194 case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_or_4:
195 case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_or_8:
196 case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_or_16:
Chris Lattner5caa3702009-05-08 06:58:22 +0000197 case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_and:
Douglas Gregora9766412011-11-28 16:30:08 +0000198 case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_and_1:
199 case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_and_2:
200 case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_and_4:
201 case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_and_8:
202 case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_and_16:
Chris Lattner5caa3702009-05-08 06:58:22 +0000203 case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_xor:
Douglas Gregora9766412011-11-28 16:30:08 +0000204 case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_xor_1:
205 case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_xor_2:
206 case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_xor_4:
207 case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_xor_8:
208 case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_xor_16:
Chris Lattner5caa3702009-05-08 06:58:22 +0000209 case Builtin::BI__sync_add_and_fetch:
Douglas Gregora9766412011-11-28 16:30:08 +0000210 case Builtin::BI__sync_add_and_fetch_1:
211 case Builtin::BI__sync_add_and_fetch_2:
212 case Builtin::BI__sync_add_and_fetch_4:
213 case Builtin::BI__sync_add_and_fetch_8:
214 case Builtin::BI__sync_add_and_fetch_16:
Chris Lattner5caa3702009-05-08 06:58:22 +0000215 case Builtin::BI__sync_sub_and_fetch:
Douglas Gregora9766412011-11-28 16:30:08 +0000216 case Builtin::BI__sync_sub_and_fetch_1:
217 case Builtin::BI__sync_sub_and_fetch_2:
218 case Builtin::BI__sync_sub_and_fetch_4:
219 case Builtin::BI__sync_sub_and_fetch_8:
220 case Builtin::BI__sync_sub_and_fetch_16:
Chris Lattner5caa3702009-05-08 06:58:22 +0000221 case Builtin::BI__sync_and_and_fetch:
Douglas Gregora9766412011-11-28 16:30:08 +0000222 case Builtin::BI__sync_and_and_fetch_1:
223 case Builtin::BI__sync_and_and_fetch_2:
224 case Builtin::BI__sync_and_and_fetch_4:
225 case Builtin::BI__sync_and_and_fetch_8:
226 case Builtin::BI__sync_and_and_fetch_16:
Chris Lattner5caa3702009-05-08 06:58:22 +0000227 case Builtin::BI__sync_or_and_fetch:
Douglas Gregora9766412011-11-28 16:30:08 +0000228 case Builtin::BI__sync_or_and_fetch_1:
229 case Builtin::BI__sync_or_and_fetch_2:
230 case Builtin::BI__sync_or_and_fetch_4:
231 case Builtin::BI__sync_or_and_fetch_8:
232 case Builtin::BI__sync_or_and_fetch_16:
Chris Lattner5caa3702009-05-08 06:58:22 +0000233 case Builtin::BI__sync_xor_and_fetch:
Douglas Gregora9766412011-11-28 16:30:08 +0000234 case Builtin::BI__sync_xor_and_fetch_1:
235 case Builtin::BI__sync_xor_and_fetch_2:
236 case Builtin::BI__sync_xor_and_fetch_4:
237 case Builtin::BI__sync_xor_and_fetch_8:
238 case Builtin::BI__sync_xor_and_fetch_16:
Chris Lattner5caa3702009-05-08 06:58:22 +0000239 case Builtin::BI__sync_val_compare_and_swap:
Douglas Gregora9766412011-11-28 16:30:08 +0000240 case Builtin::BI__sync_val_compare_and_swap_1:
241 case Builtin::BI__sync_val_compare_and_swap_2:
242 case Builtin::BI__sync_val_compare_and_swap_4:
243 case Builtin::BI__sync_val_compare_and_swap_8:
244 case Builtin::BI__sync_val_compare_and_swap_16:
Chris Lattner5caa3702009-05-08 06:58:22 +0000245 case Builtin::BI__sync_bool_compare_and_swap:
Douglas Gregora9766412011-11-28 16:30:08 +0000246 case Builtin::BI__sync_bool_compare_and_swap_1:
247 case Builtin::BI__sync_bool_compare_and_swap_2:
248 case Builtin::BI__sync_bool_compare_and_swap_4:
249 case Builtin::BI__sync_bool_compare_and_swap_8:
250 case Builtin::BI__sync_bool_compare_and_swap_16:
Chris Lattner5caa3702009-05-08 06:58:22 +0000251 case Builtin::BI__sync_lock_test_and_set:
Douglas Gregora9766412011-11-28 16:30:08 +0000252 case Builtin::BI__sync_lock_test_and_set_1:
253 case Builtin::BI__sync_lock_test_and_set_2:
254 case Builtin::BI__sync_lock_test_and_set_4:
255 case Builtin::BI__sync_lock_test_and_set_8:
256 case Builtin::BI__sync_lock_test_and_set_16:
Chris Lattner5caa3702009-05-08 06:58:22 +0000257 case Builtin::BI__sync_lock_release:
Douglas Gregora9766412011-11-28 16:30:08 +0000258 case Builtin::BI__sync_lock_release_1:
259 case Builtin::BI__sync_lock_release_2:
260 case Builtin::BI__sync_lock_release_4:
261 case Builtin::BI__sync_lock_release_8:
262 case Builtin::BI__sync_lock_release_16:
Chris Lattner23aa9c82011-04-09 03:57:26 +0000263 case Builtin::BI__sync_swap:
Douglas Gregora9766412011-11-28 16:30:08 +0000264 case Builtin::BI__sync_swap_1:
265 case Builtin::BI__sync_swap_2:
266 case Builtin::BI__sync_swap_4:
267 case Builtin::BI__sync_swap_8:
268 case Builtin::BI__sync_swap_16:
Benjamin Kramer3fe198b2012-08-23 21:35:17 +0000269 return SemaBuiltinAtomicOverloaded(TheCallResult);
Richard Smithff34d402012-04-12 05:08:17 +0000270#define BUILTIN(ID, TYPE, ATTRS)
271#define ATOMIC_BUILTIN(ID, TYPE, ATTRS) \
272 case Builtin::BI##ID: \
Benjamin Kramer3fe198b2012-08-23 21:35:17 +0000273 return SemaAtomicOpsOverloaded(TheCallResult, AtomicExpr::AO##ID);
Richard Smithff34d402012-04-12 05:08:17 +0000274#include "clang/Basic/Builtins.def"
Julien Lerouge77f68bb2011-09-09 22:41:49 +0000275 case Builtin::BI__builtin_annotation:
Julien Lerougee5939212012-04-28 17:39:16 +0000276 if (SemaBuiltinAnnotation(*this, TheCall))
Julien Lerouge77f68bb2011-09-09 22:41:49 +0000277 return ExprError();
278 break;
Nate Begeman26a31422010-06-08 02:47:44 +0000279 }
280
281 // Since the target specific builtins for each arch overlap, only check those
282 // of the arch we are compiling for.
283 if (BuiltinID >= Builtin::FirstTSBuiltin) {
Douglas Gregorbcfd1f52011-09-02 00:18:52 +0000284 switch (Context.getTargetInfo().getTriple().getArch()) {
Nate Begeman26a31422010-06-08 02:47:44 +0000285 case llvm::Triple::arm:
286 case llvm::Triple::thumb:
287 if (CheckARMBuiltinFunctionCall(BuiltinID, TheCall))
288 return ExprError();
289 break;
Simon Atanasyanfad0a322012-07-08 09:30:00 +0000290 case llvm::Triple::mips:
291 case llvm::Triple::mipsel:
292 case llvm::Triple::mips64:
293 case llvm::Triple::mips64el:
294 if (CheckMipsBuiltinFunctionCall(BuiltinID, TheCall))
295 return ExprError();
296 break;
Nate Begeman26a31422010-06-08 02:47:44 +0000297 default:
298 break;
299 }
300 }
301
Benjamin Kramer3fe198b2012-08-23 21:35:17 +0000302 return TheCallResult;
Nate Begeman26a31422010-06-08 02:47:44 +0000303}
304
Nate Begeman61eecf52010-06-14 05:21:25 +0000305// Get the valid immediate range for the specified NEON type code.
306static unsigned RFT(unsigned t, bool shift = false) {
Bob Wilsonda95f732011-11-08 01:16:11 +0000307 NeonTypeFlags Type(t);
308 int IsQuad = Type.isQuad();
309 switch (Type.getEltType()) {
310 case NeonTypeFlags::Int8:
311 case NeonTypeFlags::Poly8:
312 return shift ? 7 : (8 << IsQuad) - 1;
313 case NeonTypeFlags::Int16:
314 case NeonTypeFlags::Poly16:
315 return shift ? 15 : (4 << IsQuad) - 1;
316 case NeonTypeFlags::Int32:
317 return shift ? 31 : (2 << IsQuad) - 1;
318 case NeonTypeFlags::Int64:
319 return shift ? 63 : (1 << IsQuad) - 1;
320 case NeonTypeFlags::Float16:
321 assert(!shift && "cannot shift float types!");
322 return (4 << IsQuad) - 1;
323 case NeonTypeFlags::Float32:
324 assert(!shift && "cannot shift float types!");
325 return (2 << IsQuad) - 1;
Nate Begeman61eecf52010-06-14 05:21:25 +0000326 }
David Blaikie7530c032012-01-17 06:56:22 +0000327 llvm_unreachable("Invalid NeonTypeFlag!");
Nate Begeman61eecf52010-06-14 05:21:25 +0000328}
329
Bob Wilson6f9f03e2011-11-08 05:04:11 +0000330/// getNeonEltType - Return the QualType corresponding to the elements of
331/// the vector type specified by the NeonTypeFlags. This is used to check
332/// the pointer arguments for Neon load/store intrinsics.
333static QualType getNeonEltType(NeonTypeFlags Flags, ASTContext &Context) {
334 switch (Flags.getEltType()) {
335 case NeonTypeFlags::Int8:
336 return Flags.isUnsigned() ? Context.UnsignedCharTy : Context.SignedCharTy;
337 case NeonTypeFlags::Int16:
338 return Flags.isUnsigned() ? Context.UnsignedShortTy : Context.ShortTy;
339 case NeonTypeFlags::Int32:
340 return Flags.isUnsigned() ? Context.UnsignedIntTy : Context.IntTy;
341 case NeonTypeFlags::Int64:
342 return Flags.isUnsigned() ? Context.UnsignedLongLongTy : Context.LongLongTy;
343 case NeonTypeFlags::Poly8:
344 return Context.SignedCharTy;
345 case NeonTypeFlags::Poly16:
346 return Context.ShortTy;
347 case NeonTypeFlags::Float16:
348 return Context.UnsignedShortTy;
349 case NeonTypeFlags::Float32:
350 return Context.FloatTy;
351 }
David Blaikie7530c032012-01-17 06:56:22 +0000352 llvm_unreachable("Invalid NeonTypeFlag!");
Bob Wilson6f9f03e2011-11-08 05:04:11 +0000353}
354
Nate Begeman26a31422010-06-08 02:47:44 +0000355bool Sema::CheckARMBuiltinFunctionCall(unsigned BuiltinID, CallExpr *TheCall) {
Nate Begeman1c2a88c2010-06-09 01:10:23 +0000356 llvm::APSInt Result;
357
Richard Smithf8ee6bc2012-08-14 01:28:02 +0000358 uint64_t mask = 0;
Nate Begeman61eecf52010-06-14 05:21:25 +0000359 unsigned TV = 0;
Bob Wilson46482552011-11-16 21:32:23 +0000360 int PtrArgNum = -1;
Bob Wilson6f9f03e2011-11-08 05:04:11 +0000361 bool HasConstPtr = false;
Nate Begeman1c2a88c2010-06-09 01:10:23 +0000362 switch (BuiltinID) {
Nate Begemana23326b2010-06-17 04:17:01 +0000363#define GET_NEON_OVERLOAD_CHECK
364#include "clang/Basic/arm_neon.inc"
365#undef GET_NEON_OVERLOAD_CHECK
Nate Begeman1c2a88c2010-06-09 01:10:23 +0000366 }
367
Nate Begeman0d15c532010-06-13 04:47:52 +0000368 // For NEON intrinsics which are overloaded on vector element type, validate
369 // the immediate which specifies which variant to emit.
Bob Wilson6f9f03e2011-11-08 05:04:11 +0000370 unsigned ImmArg = TheCall->getNumArgs()-1;
Nate Begeman0d15c532010-06-13 04:47:52 +0000371 if (mask) {
Bob Wilson6f9f03e2011-11-08 05:04:11 +0000372 if (SemaBuiltinConstantArg(TheCall, ImmArg, Result))
Nate Begeman0d15c532010-06-13 04:47:52 +0000373 return true;
374
Bob Wilsonda95f732011-11-08 01:16:11 +0000375 TV = Result.getLimitedValue(64);
Richard Smithf8ee6bc2012-08-14 01:28:02 +0000376 if ((TV > 63) || (mask & (1ULL << TV)) == 0)
Nate Begeman0d15c532010-06-13 04:47:52 +0000377 return Diag(TheCall->getLocStart(), diag::err_invalid_neon_type_code)
Bob Wilson6f9f03e2011-11-08 05:04:11 +0000378 << TheCall->getArg(ImmArg)->getSourceRange();
379 }
380
Bob Wilson46482552011-11-16 21:32:23 +0000381 if (PtrArgNum >= 0) {
Bob Wilson6f9f03e2011-11-08 05:04:11 +0000382 // Check that pointer arguments have the specified type.
Bob Wilson46482552011-11-16 21:32:23 +0000383 Expr *Arg = TheCall->getArg(PtrArgNum);
384 if (ImplicitCastExpr *ICE = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(Arg))
385 Arg = ICE->getSubExpr();
386 ExprResult RHS = DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion(Arg);
387 QualType RHSTy = RHS.get()->getType();
388 QualType EltTy = getNeonEltType(NeonTypeFlags(TV), Context);
389 if (HasConstPtr)
390 EltTy = EltTy.withConst();
391 QualType LHSTy = Context.getPointerType(EltTy);
392 AssignConvertType ConvTy;
393 ConvTy = CheckSingleAssignmentConstraints(LHSTy, RHS);
394 if (RHS.isInvalid())
395 return true;
396 if (DiagnoseAssignmentResult(ConvTy, Arg->getLocStart(), LHSTy, RHSTy,
397 RHS.get(), AA_Assigning))
398 return true;
Nate Begeman0d15c532010-06-13 04:47:52 +0000399 }
Nate Begeman1c2a88c2010-06-09 01:10:23 +0000400
Nate Begeman0d15c532010-06-13 04:47:52 +0000401 // For NEON intrinsics which take an immediate value as part of the
402 // instruction, range check them here.
Nate Begeman61eecf52010-06-14 05:21:25 +0000403 unsigned i = 0, l = 0, u = 0;
Nate Begeman0d15c532010-06-13 04:47:52 +0000404 switch (BuiltinID) {
405 default: return false;
Nate Begemanbb37f502010-07-29 22:48:34 +0000406 case ARM::BI__builtin_arm_ssat: i = 1; l = 1; u = 31; break;
407 case ARM::BI__builtin_arm_usat: i = 1; u = 31; break;
Nate Begeman99c40bb2010-08-03 21:32:34 +0000408 case ARM::BI__builtin_arm_vcvtr_f:
409 case ARM::BI__builtin_arm_vcvtr_d: i = 1; u = 1; break;
Nate Begemana23326b2010-06-17 04:17:01 +0000410#define GET_NEON_IMMEDIATE_CHECK
411#include "clang/Basic/arm_neon.inc"
412#undef GET_NEON_IMMEDIATE_CHECK
Nate Begeman0d15c532010-06-13 04:47:52 +0000413 };
414
Douglas Gregor592a4232012-06-29 01:05:22 +0000415 // We can't check the value of a dependent argument.
416 if (TheCall->getArg(i)->isTypeDependent() ||
417 TheCall->getArg(i)->isValueDependent())
418 return false;
419
Nate Begeman61eecf52010-06-14 05:21:25 +0000420 // Check that the immediate argument is actually a constant.
Nate Begeman0d15c532010-06-13 04:47:52 +0000421 if (SemaBuiltinConstantArg(TheCall, i, Result))
422 return true;
423
Nate Begeman61eecf52010-06-14 05:21:25 +0000424 // Range check against the upper/lower values for this isntruction.
Nate Begeman0d15c532010-06-13 04:47:52 +0000425 unsigned Val = Result.getZExtValue();
Nate Begeman61eecf52010-06-14 05:21:25 +0000426 if (Val < l || Val > (u + l))
Nate Begeman0d15c532010-06-13 04:47:52 +0000427 return Diag(TheCall->getLocStart(), diag::err_argument_invalid_range)
Benjamin Kramer476d8b82010-08-11 14:47:12 +0000428 << l << u+l << TheCall->getArg(i)->getSourceRange();
Nate Begeman0d15c532010-06-13 04:47:52 +0000429
Nate Begeman99c40bb2010-08-03 21:32:34 +0000430 // FIXME: VFP Intrinsics should error if VFP not present.
Nate Begeman26a31422010-06-08 02:47:44 +0000431 return false;
Anders Carlssond406bf02009-08-16 01:56:34 +0000432}
Daniel Dunbarde454282008-10-02 18:44:07 +0000433
Simon Atanasyanfad0a322012-07-08 09:30:00 +0000434bool Sema::CheckMipsBuiltinFunctionCall(unsigned BuiltinID, CallExpr *TheCall) {
435 unsigned i = 0, l = 0, u = 0;
436 switch (BuiltinID) {
437 default: return false;
438 case Mips::BI__builtin_mips_wrdsp: i = 1; l = 0; u = 63; break;
439 case Mips::BI__builtin_mips_rddsp: i = 0; l = 0; u = 63; break;
Simon Atanasyanbe22cb82012-08-27 12:29:20 +0000440 case Mips::BI__builtin_mips_append: i = 2; l = 0; u = 31; break;
441 case Mips::BI__builtin_mips_balign: i = 2; l = 0; u = 3; break;
442 case Mips::BI__builtin_mips_precr_sra_ph_w: i = 2; l = 0; u = 31; break;
443 case Mips::BI__builtin_mips_precr_sra_r_ph_w: i = 2; l = 0; u = 31; break;
444 case Mips::BI__builtin_mips_prepend: i = 2; l = 0; u = 31; break;
Simon Atanasyanfad0a322012-07-08 09:30:00 +0000445 };
446
447 // We can't check the value of a dependent argument.
448 if (TheCall->getArg(i)->isTypeDependent() ||
449 TheCall->getArg(i)->isValueDependent())
450 return false;
451
452 // Check that the immediate argument is actually a constant.
453 llvm::APSInt Result;
454 if (SemaBuiltinConstantArg(TheCall, i, Result))
455 return true;
456
457 // Range check against the upper/lower values for this instruction.
458 unsigned Val = Result.getZExtValue();
459 if (Val < l || Val > u)
460 return Diag(TheCall->getLocStart(), diag::err_argument_invalid_range)
461 << l << u << TheCall->getArg(i)->getSourceRange();
462
463 return false;
464}
465
Richard Smith831421f2012-06-25 20:30:08 +0000466/// Given a FunctionDecl's FormatAttr, attempts to populate the FomatStringInfo
467/// parameter with the FormatAttr's correct format_idx and firstDataArg.
468/// Returns true when the format fits the function and the FormatStringInfo has
469/// been populated.
470bool Sema::getFormatStringInfo(const FormatAttr *Format, bool IsCXXMember,
471 FormatStringInfo *FSI) {
472 FSI->HasVAListArg = Format->getFirstArg() == 0;
473 FSI->FormatIdx = Format->getFormatIdx() - 1;
474 FSI->FirstDataArg = FSI->HasVAListArg ? 0 : Format->getFirstArg() - 1;
Anders Carlssond406bf02009-08-16 01:56:34 +0000475
Richard Smith831421f2012-06-25 20:30:08 +0000476 // The way the format attribute works in GCC, the implicit this argument
477 // of member functions is counted. However, it doesn't appear in our own
478 // lists, so decrement format_idx in that case.
479 if (IsCXXMember) {
480 if(FSI->FormatIdx == 0)
481 return false;
482 --FSI->FormatIdx;
483 if (FSI->FirstDataArg != 0)
484 --FSI->FirstDataArg;
485 }
486 return true;
487}
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000488
Richard Smith831421f2012-06-25 20:30:08 +0000489/// Handles the checks for format strings, non-POD arguments to vararg
490/// functions, and NULL arguments passed to non-NULL parameters.
491void Sema::checkCall(NamedDecl *FDecl, Expr **Args,
492 unsigned NumArgs,
493 unsigned NumProtoArgs,
494 bool IsMemberFunction,
495 SourceLocation Loc,
496 SourceRange Range,
497 VariadicCallType CallType) {
Daniel Dunbarde454282008-10-02 18:44:07 +0000498 // FIXME: This mechanism should be abstracted to be less fragile and
499 // more efficient. For example, just map function ids to custom
500 // handlers.
501
Ted Kremenekc82faca2010-09-09 04:33:05 +0000502 // Printf and scanf checking.
Richard Smith831421f2012-06-25 20:30:08 +0000503 bool HandledFormatString = false;
Ted Kremenekc82faca2010-09-09 04:33:05 +0000504 for (specific_attr_iterator<FormatAttr>
Richard Smith831421f2012-06-25 20:30:08 +0000505 I = FDecl->specific_attr_begin<FormatAttr>(),
506 E = FDecl->specific_attr_end<FormatAttr>(); I != E ; ++I)
Jordan Roseddcfbc92012-07-19 18:10:23 +0000507 if (CheckFormatArguments(*I, Args, NumArgs, IsMemberFunction, CallType,
508 Loc, Range))
Richard Smith831421f2012-06-25 20:30:08 +0000509 HandledFormatString = true;
510
511 // Refuse POD arguments that weren't caught by the format string
512 // checks above.
513 if (!HandledFormatString && CallType != VariadicDoesNotApply)
514 for (unsigned ArgIdx = NumProtoArgs; ArgIdx < NumArgs; ++ArgIdx)
515 variadicArgumentPODCheck(Args[ArgIdx], CallType);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000516
Ted Kremenekc82faca2010-09-09 04:33:05 +0000517 for (specific_attr_iterator<NonNullAttr>
Richard Smith831421f2012-06-25 20:30:08 +0000518 I = FDecl->specific_attr_begin<NonNullAttr>(),
519 E = FDecl->specific_attr_end<NonNullAttr>(); I != E; ++I)
520 CheckNonNullArguments(*I, Args, Loc);
Dmitri Gribenko0d5a0692012-08-17 00:08:38 +0000521
522 // Type safety checking.
523 for (specific_attr_iterator<ArgumentWithTypeTagAttr>
524 i = FDecl->specific_attr_begin<ArgumentWithTypeTagAttr>(),
525 e = FDecl->specific_attr_end<ArgumentWithTypeTagAttr>(); i != e; ++i) {
526 CheckArgumentWithTypeTag(*i, Args);
527 }
Richard Smith831421f2012-06-25 20:30:08 +0000528}
529
530/// CheckConstructorCall - Check a constructor call for correctness and safety
531/// properties not enforced by the C type system.
532void Sema::CheckConstructorCall(FunctionDecl *FDecl, Expr **Args,
533 unsigned NumArgs,
534 const FunctionProtoType *Proto,
535 SourceLocation Loc) {
536 VariadicCallType CallType =
537 Proto->isVariadic() ? VariadicConstructor : VariadicDoesNotApply;
538 checkCall(FDecl, Args, NumArgs, Proto->getNumArgs(),
539 /*IsMemberFunction=*/true, Loc, SourceRange(), CallType);
540}
541
542/// CheckFunctionCall - Check a direct function call for various correctness
543/// and safety properties not strictly enforced by the C type system.
544bool Sema::CheckFunctionCall(FunctionDecl *FDecl, CallExpr *TheCall,
545 const FunctionProtoType *Proto) {
546 bool IsMemberFunction = isa<CXXMemberCallExpr>(TheCall);
547 VariadicCallType CallType = getVariadicCallType(FDecl, Proto,
548 TheCall->getCallee());
549 unsigned NumProtoArgs = Proto ? Proto->getNumArgs() : 0;
550 checkCall(FDecl, TheCall->getArgs(), TheCall->getNumArgs(), NumProtoArgs,
551 IsMemberFunction, TheCall->getRParenLoc(),
552 TheCall->getCallee()->getSourceRange(), CallType);
553
554 IdentifierInfo *FnInfo = FDecl->getIdentifier();
555 // None of the checks below are needed for functions that don't have
556 // simple names (e.g., C++ conversion functions).
557 if (!FnInfo)
558 return false;
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +0000559
Anna Zaks0a151a12012-01-17 00:37:07 +0000560 unsigned CMId = FDecl->getMemoryFunctionKind();
561 if (CMId == 0)
Anna Zaksd9b859a2012-01-13 21:52:01 +0000562 return false;
Ted Kremenekbd5da9d2011-08-18 20:55:45 +0000563
Anna Zaksd9b859a2012-01-13 21:52:01 +0000564 // Handle memory setting and copying functions.
Anna Zaks0a151a12012-01-17 00:37:07 +0000565 if (CMId == Builtin::BIstrlcpy || CMId == Builtin::BIstrlcat)
Ted Kremenekbd5da9d2011-08-18 20:55:45 +0000566 CheckStrlcpycatArguments(TheCall, FnInfo);
Anna Zaksc36bedc2012-02-01 19:08:57 +0000567 else if (CMId == Builtin::BIstrncat)
568 CheckStrncatArguments(TheCall, FnInfo);
Anna Zaksd9b859a2012-01-13 21:52:01 +0000569 else
Anna Zaks0a151a12012-01-17 00:37:07 +0000570 CheckMemaccessArguments(TheCall, CMId, FnInfo);
Chandler Carruth7ccc95b2011-04-27 07:05:31 +0000571
Anders Carlssond406bf02009-08-16 01:56:34 +0000572 return false;
Anders Carlsson71993dd2007-08-17 05:31:46 +0000573}
574
Jean-Daniel Dupas29c3f812012-01-17 20:03:31 +0000575bool Sema::CheckObjCMethodCall(ObjCMethodDecl *Method, SourceLocation lbrac,
576 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs) {
Richard Smith831421f2012-06-25 20:30:08 +0000577 VariadicCallType CallType =
578 Method->isVariadic() ? VariadicMethod : VariadicDoesNotApply;
Jean-Daniel Dupas29c3f812012-01-17 20:03:31 +0000579
Richard Smith831421f2012-06-25 20:30:08 +0000580 checkCall(Method, Args, NumArgs, Method->param_size(),
581 /*IsMemberFunction=*/false,
582 lbrac, Method->getSourceRange(), CallType);
Jean-Daniel Dupas29c3f812012-01-17 20:03:31 +0000583
584 return false;
585}
586
Richard Smith831421f2012-06-25 20:30:08 +0000587bool Sema::CheckBlockCall(NamedDecl *NDecl, CallExpr *TheCall,
588 const FunctionProtoType *Proto) {
Fariborz Jahanian725165f2009-05-18 21:05:18 +0000589 const VarDecl *V = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(NDecl);
590 if (!V)
Anders Carlssond406bf02009-08-16 01:56:34 +0000591 return false;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000592
Fariborz Jahanian725165f2009-05-18 21:05:18 +0000593 QualType Ty = V->getType();
594 if (!Ty->isBlockPointerType())
Anders Carlssond406bf02009-08-16 01:56:34 +0000595 return false;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000596
Richard Smith831421f2012-06-25 20:30:08 +0000597 VariadicCallType CallType =
598 Proto && Proto->isVariadic() ? VariadicBlock : VariadicDoesNotApply ;
599 unsigned NumProtoArgs = Proto ? Proto->getNumArgs() : 0;
Anders Carlssond406bf02009-08-16 01:56:34 +0000600
Richard Smith831421f2012-06-25 20:30:08 +0000601 checkCall(NDecl, TheCall->getArgs(), TheCall->getNumArgs(),
602 NumProtoArgs, /*IsMemberFunction=*/false,
603 TheCall->getRParenLoc(),
604 TheCall->getCallee()->getSourceRange(), CallType);
605
Anders Carlssond406bf02009-08-16 01:56:34 +0000606 return false;
Fariborz Jahanian725165f2009-05-18 21:05:18 +0000607}
608
Richard Smithff34d402012-04-12 05:08:17 +0000609ExprResult Sema::SemaAtomicOpsOverloaded(ExprResult TheCallResult,
610 AtomicExpr::AtomicOp Op) {
Eli Friedman276b0612011-10-11 02:20:01 +0000611 CallExpr *TheCall = cast<CallExpr>(TheCallResult.get());
612 DeclRefExpr *DRE =cast<DeclRefExpr>(TheCall->getCallee()->IgnoreParenCasts());
Eli Friedman276b0612011-10-11 02:20:01 +0000613
Richard Smithff34d402012-04-12 05:08:17 +0000614 // All these operations take one of the following forms:
615 enum {
616 // C __c11_atomic_init(A *, C)
617 Init,
618 // C __c11_atomic_load(A *, int)
619 Load,
620 // void __atomic_load(A *, CP, int)
621 Copy,
622 // C __c11_atomic_add(A *, M, int)
623 Arithmetic,
624 // C __atomic_exchange_n(A *, CP, int)
625 Xchg,
626 // void __atomic_exchange(A *, C *, CP, int)
627 GNUXchg,
628 // bool __c11_atomic_compare_exchange_strong(A *, C *, CP, int, int)
629 C11CmpXchg,
630 // bool __atomic_compare_exchange(A *, C *, CP, bool, int, int)
631 GNUCmpXchg
632 } Form = Init;
633 const unsigned NumArgs[] = { 2, 2, 3, 3, 3, 4, 5, 6 };
634 const unsigned NumVals[] = { 1, 0, 1, 1, 1, 2, 2, 3 };
635 // where:
636 // C is an appropriate type,
637 // A is volatile _Atomic(C) for __c11 builtins and is C for GNU builtins,
638 // CP is C for __c11 builtins and GNU _n builtins and is C * otherwise,
639 // M is C if C is an integer, and ptrdiff_t if C is a pointer, and
640 // the int parameters are for orderings.
Eli Friedman276b0612011-10-11 02:20:01 +0000641
Richard Smithff34d402012-04-12 05:08:17 +0000642 assert(AtomicExpr::AO__c11_atomic_init == 0 &&
643 AtomicExpr::AO__c11_atomic_fetch_xor + 1 == AtomicExpr::AO__atomic_load
644 && "need to update code for modified C11 atomics");
645 bool IsC11 = Op >= AtomicExpr::AO__c11_atomic_init &&
646 Op <= AtomicExpr::AO__c11_atomic_fetch_xor;
647 bool IsN = Op == AtomicExpr::AO__atomic_load_n ||
648 Op == AtomicExpr::AO__atomic_store_n ||
649 Op == AtomicExpr::AO__atomic_exchange_n ||
650 Op == AtomicExpr::AO__atomic_compare_exchange_n;
651 bool IsAddSub = false;
652
653 switch (Op) {
654 case AtomicExpr::AO__c11_atomic_init:
655 Form = Init;
656 break;
657
658 case AtomicExpr::AO__c11_atomic_load:
659 case AtomicExpr::AO__atomic_load_n:
660 Form = Load;
661 break;
662
663 case AtomicExpr::AO__c11_atomic_store:
664 case AtomicExpr::AO__atomic_load:
665 case AtomicExpr::AO__atomic_store:
666 case AtomicExpr::AO__atomic_store_n:
667 Form = Copy;
668 break;
669
670 case AtomicExpr::AO__c11_atomic_fetch_add:
671 case AtomicExpr::AO__c11_atomic_fetch_sub:
672 case AtomicExpr::AO__atomic_fetch_add:
673 case AtomicExpr::AO__atomic_fetch_sub:
674 case AtomicExpr::AO__atomic_add_fetch:
675 case AtomicExpr::AO__atomic_sub_fetch:
676 IsAddSub = true;
677 // Fall through.
678 case AtomicExpr::AO__c11_atomic_fetch_and:
679 case AtomicExpr::AO__c11_atomic_fetch_or:
680 case AtomicExpr::AO__c11_atomic_fetch_xor:
681 case AtomicExpr::AO__atomic_fetch_and:
682 case AtomicExpr::AO__atomic_fetch_or:
683 case AtomicExpr::AO__atomic_fetch_xor:
Richard Smith51b92402012-04-13 06:31:38 +0000684 case AtomicExpr::AO__atomic_fetch_nand:
Richard Smithff34d402012-04-12 05:08:17 +0000685 case AtomicExpr::AO__atomic_and_fetch:
686 case AtomicExpr::AO__atomic_or_fetch:
687 case AtomicExpr::AO__atomic_xor_fetch:
Richard Smith51b92402012-04-13 06:31:38 +0000688 case AtomicExpr::AO__atomic_nand_fetch:
Richard Smithff34d402012-04-12 05:08:17 +0000689 Form = Arithmetic;
690 break;
691
692 case AtomicExpr::AO__c11_atomic_exchange:
693 case AtomicExpr::AO__atomic_exchange_n:
694 Form = Xchg;
695 break;
696
697 case AtomicExpr::AO__atomic_exchange:
698 Form = GNUXchg;
699 break;
700
701 case AtomicExpr::AO__c11_atomic_compare_exchange_strong:
702 case AtomicExpr::AO__c11_atomic_compare_exchange_weak:
703 Form = C11CmpXchg;
704 break;
705
706 case AtomicExpr::AO__atomic_compare_exchange:
707 case AtomicExpr::AO__atomic_compare_exchange_n:
708 Form = GNUCmpXchg;
709 break;
710 }
711
712 // Check we have the right number of arguments.
713 if (TheCall->getNumArgs() < NumArgs[Form]) {
Eli Friedman276b0612011-10-11 02:20:01 +0000714 Diag(TheCall->getLocEnd(), diag::err_typecheck_call_too_few_args)
Richard Smithff34d402012-04-12 05:08:17 +0000715 << 0 << NumArgs[Form] << TheCall->getNumArgs()
Eli Friedman276b0612011-10-11 02:20:01 +0000716 << TheCall->getCallee()->getSourceRange();
717 return ExprError();
Richard Smithff34d402012-04-12 05:08:17 +0000718 } else if (TheCall->getNumArgs() > NumArgs[Form]) {
719 Diag(TheCall->getArg(NumArgs[Form])->getLocStart(),
Eli Friedman276b0612011-10-11 02:20:01 +0000720 diag::err_typecheck_call_too_many_args)
Richard Smithff34d402012-04-12 05:08:17 +0000721 << 0 << NumArgs[Form] << TheCall->getNumArgs()
Eli Friedman276b0612011-10-11 02:20:01 +0000722 << TheCall->getCallee()->getSourceRange();
723 return ExprError();
724 }
725
Richard Smithff34d402012-04-12 05:08:17 +0000726 // Inspect the first argument of the atomic operation.
Eli Friedmandfa64ba2011-10-14 22:48:56 +0000727 Expr *Ptr = TheCall->getArg(0);
Eli Friedman276b0612011-10-11 02:20:01 +0000728 Ptr = DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion(Ptr).get();
729 const PointerType *pointerType = Ptr->getType()->getAs<PointerType>();
730 if (!pointerType) {
Richard Smithff34d402012-04-12 05:08:17 +0000731 Diag(DRE->getLocStart(), diag::err_atomic_builtin_must_be_pointer)
Eli Friedman276b0612011-10-11 02:20:01 +0000732 << Ptr->getType() << Ptr->getSourceRange();
733 return ExprError();
734 }
735
Richard Smithff34d402012-04-12 05:08:17 +0000736 // For a __c11 builtin, this should be a pointer to an _Atomic type.
737 QualType AtomTy = pointerType->getPointeeType(); // 'A'
738 QualType ValType = AtomTy; // 'C'
739 if (IsC11) {
740 if (!AtomTy->isAtomicType()) {
741 Diag(DRE->getLocStart(), diag::err_atomic_op_needs_atomic)
742 << Ptr->getType() << Ptr->getSourceRange();
743 return ExprError();
744 }
745 ValType = AtomTy->getAs<AtomicType>()->getValueType();
Eli Friedman276b0612011-10-11 02:20:01 +0000746 }
Eli Friedman276b0612011-10-11 02:20:01 +0000747
Richard Smithff34d402012-04-12 05:08:17 +0000748 // For an arithmetic operation, the implied arithmetic must be well-formed.
749 if (Form == Arithmetic) {
750 // gcc does not enforce these rules for GNU atomics, but we do so for sanity.
751 if (IsAddSub && !ValType->isIntegerType() && !ValType->isPointerType()) {
752 Diag(DRE->getLocStart(), diag::err_atomic_op_needs_atomic_int_or_ptr)
753 << IsC11 << Ptr->getType() << Ptr->getSourceRange();
754 return ExprError();
755 }
756 if (!IsAddSub && !ValType->isIntegerType()) {
757 Diag(DRE->getLocStart(), diag::err_atomic_op_bitwise_needs_atomic_int)
758 << IsC11 << Ptr->getType() << Ptr->getSourceRange();
759 return ExprError();
760 }
761 } else if (IsN && !ValType->isIntegerType() && !ValType->isPointerType()) {
762 // For __atomic_*_n operations, the value type must be a scalar integral or
763 // pointer type which is 1, 2, 4, 8 or 16 bytes in length.
Eli Friedman276b0612011-10-11 02:20:01 +0000764 Diag(DRE->getLocStart(), diag::err_atomic_op_needs_atomic_int_or_ptr)
Richard Smithff34d402012-04-12 05:08:17 +0000765 << IsC11 << Ptr->getType() << Ptr->getSourceRange();
766 return ExprError();
767 }
768
769 if (!IsC11 && !AtomTy.isTriviallyCopyableType(Context)) {
770 // For GNU atomics, require a trivially-copyable type. This is not part of
771 // the GNU atomics specification, but we enforce it for sanity.
772 Diag(DRE->getLocStart(), diag::err_atomic_op_needs_trivial_copy)
Eli Friedman276b0612011-10-11 02:20:01 +0000773 << Ptr->getType() << Ptr->getSourceRange();
774 return ExprError();
775 }
776
Richard Smithff34d402012-04-12 05:08:17 +0000777 // FIXME: For any builtin other than a load, the ValType must not be
778 // const-qualified.
Eli Friedman276b0612011-10-11 02:20:01 +0000779
780 switch (ValType.getObjCLifetime()) {
781 case Qualifiers::OCL_None:
782 case Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone:
783 // okay
784 break;
785
786 case Qualifiers::OCL_Weak:
787 case Qualifiers::OCL_Strong:
788 case Qualifiers::OCL_Autoreleasing:
Richard Smithff34d402012-04-12 05:08:17 +0000789 // FIXME: Can this happen? By this point, ValType should be known
790 // to be trivially copyable.
Eli Friedman276b0612011-10-11 02:20:01 +0000791 Diag(DRE->getLocStart(), diag::err_arc_atomic_ownership)
792 << ValType << Ptr->getSourceRange();
793 return ExprError();
794 }
795
796 QualType ResultType = ValType;
Richard Smithff34d402012-04-12 05:08:17 +0000797 if (Form == Copy || Form == GNUXchg || Form == Init)
Eli Friedman276b0612011-10-11 02:20:01 +0000798 ResultType = Context.VoidTy;
Richard Smithff34d402012-04-12 05:08:17 +0000799 else if (Form == C11CmpXchg || Form == GNUCmpXchg)
Eli Friedman276b0612011-10-11 02:20:01 +0000800 ResultType = Context.BoolTy;
801
Richard Smithff34d402012-04-12 05:08:17 +0000802 // The type of a parameter passed 'by value'. In the GNU atomics, such
803 // arguments are actually passed as pointers.
804 QualType ByValType = ValType; // 'CP'
805 if (!IsC11 && !IsN)
806 ByValType = Ptr->getType();
807
Eli Friedman276b0612011-10-11 02:20:01 +0000808 // The first argument --- the pointer --- has a fixed type; we
809 // deduce the types of the rest of the arguments accordingly. Walk
810 // the remaining arguments, converting them to the deduced value type.
Richard Smithff34d402012-04-12 05:08:17 +0000811 for (unsigned i = 1; i != NumArgs[Form]; ++i) {
Eli Friedman276b0612011-10-11 02:20:01 +0000812 QualType Ty;
Richard Smithff34d402012-04-12 05:08:17 +0000813 if (i < NumVals[Form] + 1) {
814 switch (i) {
815 case 1:
816 // The second argument is the non-atomic operand. For arithmetic, this
817 // is always passed by value, and for a compare_exchange it is always
818 // passed by address. For the rest, GNU uses by-address and C11 uses
819 // by-value.
820 assert(Form != Load);
821 if (Form == Init || (Form == Arithmetic && ValType->isIntegerType()))
822 Ty = ValType;
823 else if (Form == Copy || Form == Xchg)
824 Ty = ByValType;
825 else if (Form == Arithmetic)
826 Ty = Context.getPointerDiffType();
827 else
828 Ty = Context.getPointerType(ValType.getUnqualifiedType());
829 break;
830 case 2:
831 // The third argument to compare_exchange / GNU exchange is a
832 // (pointer to a) desired value.
833 Ty = ByValType;
834 break;
835 case 3:
836 // The fourth argument to GNU compare_exchange is a 'weak' flag.
837 Ty = Context.BoolTy;
838 break;
839 }
Eli Friedman276b0612011-10-11 02:20:01 +0000840 } else {
841 // The order(s) are always converted to int.
842 Ty = Context.IntTy;
843 }
Richard Smithff34d402012-04-12 05:08:17 +0000844
Eli Friedman276b0612011-10-11 02:20:01 +0000845 InitializedEntity Entity =
846 InitializedEntity::InitializeParameter(Context, Ty, false);
Richard Smithff34d402012-04-12 05:08:17 +0000847 ExprResult Arg = TheCall->getArg(i);
Eli Friedman276b0612011-10-11 02:20:01 +0000848 Arg = PerformCopyInitialization(Entity, SourceLocation(), Arg);
849 if (Arg.isInvalid())
850 return true;
851 TheCall->setArg(i, Arg.get());
852 }
853
Richard Smithff34d402012-04-12 05:08:17 +0000854 // Permute the arguments into a 'consistent' order.
Eli Friedmandfa64ba2011-10-14 22:48:56 +0000855 SmallVector<Expr*, 5> SubExprs;
856 SubExprs.push_back(Ptr);
Richard Smithff34d402012-04-12 05:08:17 +0000857 switch (Form) {
858 case Init:
859 // Note, AtomicExpr::getVal1() has a special case for this atomic.
David Chisnall7a7ee302012-01-16 17:27:18 +0000860 SubExprs.push_back(TheCall->getArg(1)); // Val1
Richard Smithff34d402012-04-12 05:08:17 +0000861 break;
862 case Load:
863 SubExprs.push_back(TheCall->getArg(1)); // Order
864 break;
865 case Copy:
866 case Arithmetic:
867 case Xchg:
Eli Friedmandfa64ba2011-10-14 22:48:56 +0000868 SubExprs.push_back(TheCall->getArg(2)); // Order
869 SubExprs.push_back(TheCall->getArg(1)); // Val1
Richard Smithff34d402012-04-12 05:08:17 +0000870 break;
871 case GNUXchg:
872 // Note, AtomicExpr::getVal2() has a special case for this atomic.
873 SubExprs.push_back(TheCall->getArg(3)); // Order
874 SubExprs.push_back(TheCall->getArg(1)); // Val1
875 SubExprs.push_back(TheCall->getArg(2)); // Val2
876 break;
877 case C11CmpXchg:
Eli Friedmandfa64ba2011-10-14 22:48:56 +0000878 SubExprs.push_back(TheCall->getArg(3)); // Order
879 SubExprs.push_back(TheCall->getArg(1)); // Val1
Eli Friedmandfa64ba2011-10-14 22:48:56 +0000880 SubExprs.push_back(TheCall->getArg(4)); // OrderFail
David Chisnall2ebb98a2012-03-29 17:58:59 +0000881 SubExprs.push_back(TheCall->getArg(2)); // Val2
Richard Smithff34d402012-04-12 05:08:17 +0000882 break;
883 case GNUCmpXchg:
884 SubExprs.push_back(TheCall->getArg(4)); // Order
885 SubExprs.push_back(TheCall->getArg(1)); // Val1
886 SubExprs.push_back(TheCall->getArg(5)); // OrderFail
887 SubExprs.push_back(TheCall->getArg(2)); // Val2
888 SubExprs.push_back(TheCall->getArg(3)); // Weak
889 break;
Eli Friedman276b0612011-10-11 02:20:01 +0000890 }
Eli Friedmandfa64ba2011-10-14 22:48:56 +0000891
892 return Owned(new (Context) AtomicExpr(TheCall->getCallee()->getLocStart(),
Benjamin Kramer3b6bef92012-08-24 11:54:20 +0000893 SubExprs, ResultType, Op,
Eli Friedmandfa64ba2011-10-14 22:48:56 +0000894 TheCall->getRParenLoc()));
Eli Friedman276b0612011-10-11 02:20:01 +0000895}
896
897
John McCall5f8d6042011-08-27 01:09:30 +0000898/// checkBuiltinArgument - Given a call to a builtin function, perform
899/// normal type-checking on the given argument, updating the call in
900/// place. This is useful when a builtin function requires custom
901/// type-checking for some of its arguments but not necessarily all of
902/// them.
903///
904/// Returns true on error.
905static bool checkBuiltinArgument(Sema &S, CallExpr *E, unsigned ArgIndex) {
906 FunctionDecl *Fn = E->getDirectCallee();
907 assert(Fn && "builtin call without direct callee!");
908
909 ParmVarDecl *Param = Fn->getParamDecl(ArgIndex);
910 InitializedEntity Entity =
911 InitializedEntity::InitializeParameter(S.Context, Param);
912
913 ExprResult Arg = E->getArg(0);
914 Arg = S.PerformCopyInitialization(Entity, SourceLocation(), Arg);
915 if (Arg.isInvalid())
916 return true;
917
918 E->setArg(ArgIndex, Arg.take());
919 return false;
920}
921
Chris Lattner5caa3702009-05-08 06:58:22 +0000922/// SemaBuiltinAtomicOverloaded - We have a call to a function like
923/// __sync_fetch_and_add, which is an overloaded function based on the pointer
924/// type of its first argument. The main ActOnCallExpr routines have already
925/// promoted the types of arguments because all of these calls are prototyped as
926/// void(...).
927///
928/// This function goes through and does final semantic checking for these
929/// builtins,
John McCall60d7b3a2010-08-24 06:29:42 +0000930ExprResult
931Sema::SemaBuiltinAtomicOverloaded(ExprResult TheCallResult) {
Chandler Carruthd2014572010-07-09 18:59:35 +0000932 CallExpr *TheCall = (CallExpr *)TheCallResult.get();
Chris Lattner5caa3702009-05-08 06:58:22 +0000933 DeclRefExpr *DRE =cast<DeclRefExpr>(TheCall->getCallee()->IgnoreParenCasts());
934 FunctionDecl *FDecl = cast<FunctionDecl>(DRE->getDecl());
935
936 // Ensure that we have at least one argument to do type inference from.
Chandler Carruthd2014572010-07-09 18:59:35 +0000937 if (TheCall->getNumArgs() < 1) {
938 Diag(TheCall->getLocEnd(), diag::err_typecheck_call_too_few_args_at_least)
939 << 0 << 1 << TheCall->getNumArgs()
940 << TheCall->getCallee()->getSourceRange();
941 return ExprError();
942 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000943
Chris Lattner5caa3702009-05-08 06:58:22 +0000944 // Inspect the first argument of the atomic builtin. This should always be
945 // a pointer type, whose element is an integral scalar or pointer type.
946 // Because it is a pointer type, we don't have to worry about any implicit
947 // casts here.
Chandler Carruthd2014572010-07-09 18:59:35 +0000948 // FIXME: We don't allow floating point scalars as input.
Chris Lattner5caa3702009-05-08 06:58:22 +0000949 Expr *FirstArg = TheCall->getArg(0);
Eli Friedman8c382062012-01-23 02:35:22 +0000950 ExprResult FirstArgResult = DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion(FirstArg);
951 if (FirstArgResult.isInvalid())
952 return ExprError();
953 FirstArg = FirstArgResult.take();
954 TheCall->setArg(0, FirstArg);
955
John McCallf85e1932011-06-15 23:02:42 +0000956 const PointerType *pointerType = FirstArg->getType()->getAs<PointerType>();
957 if (!pointerType) {
Chandler Carruthd2014572010-07-09 18:59:35 +0000958 Diag(DRE->getLocStart(), diag::err_atomic_builtin_must_be_pointer)
959 << FirstArg->getType() << FirstArg->getSourceRange();
960 return ExprError();
961 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000962
John McCallf85e1932011-06-15 23:02:42 +0000963 QualType ValType = pointerType->getPointeeType();
Chris Lattnerdd5fa7a2010-09-17 21:12:38 +0000964 if (!ValType->isIntegerType() && !ValType->isAnyPointerType() &&
Chandler Carruthd2014572010-07-09 18:59:35 +0000965 !ValType->isBlockPointerType()) {
966 Diag(DRE->getLocStart(), diag::err_atomic_builtin_must_be_pointer_intptr)
967 << FirstArg->getType() << FirstArg->getSourceRange();
968 return ExprError();
969 }
Chris Lattner5caa3702009-05-08 06:58:22 +0000970
John McCallf85e1932011-06-15 23:02:42 +0000971 switch (ValType.getObjCLifetime()) {
972 case Qualifiers::OCL_None:
973 case Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone:
974 // okay
975 break;
976
977 case Qualifiers::OCL_Weak:
978 case Qualifiers::OCL_Strong:
979 case Qualifiers::OCL_Autoreleasing:
Argyrios Kyrtzidisb8b03132011-06-24 00:08:59 +0000980 Diag(DRE->getLocStart(), diag::err_arc_atomic_ownership)
John McCallf85e1932011-06-15 23:02:42 +0000981 << ValType << FirstArg->getSourceRange();
982 return ExprError();
983 }
984
John McCallb45ae252011-10-05 07:41:44 +0000985 // Strip any qualifiers off ValType.
986 ValType = ValType.getUnqualifiedType();
987
Chandler Carruth8d13d222010-07-18 20:54:12 +0000988 // The majority of builtins return a value, but a few have special return
989 // types, so allow them to override appropriately below.
990 QualType ResultType = ValType;
991
Chris Lattner5caa3702009-05-08 06:58:22 +0000992 // We need to figure out which concrete builtin this maps onto. For example,
993 // __sync_fetch_and_add with a 2 byte object turns into
994 // __sync_fetch_and_add_2.
995#define BUILTIN_ROW(x) \
996 { Builtin::BI##x##_1, Builtin::BI##x##_2, Builtin::BI##x##_4, \
997 Builtin::BI##x##_8, Builtin::BI##x##_16 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000998
Chris Lattner5caa3702009-05-08 06:58:22 +0000999 static const unsigned BuiltinIndices[][5] = {
1000 BUILTIN_ROW(__sync_fetch_and_add),
1001 BUILTIN_ROW(__sync_fetch_and_sub),
1002 BUILTIN_ROW(__sync_fetch_and_or),
1003 BUILTIN_ROW(__sync_fetch_and_and),
1004 BUILTIN_ROW(__sync_fetch_and_xor),
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001005
Chris Lattner5caa3702009-05-08 06:58:22 +00001006 BUILTIN_ROW(__sync_add_and_fetch),
1007 BUILTIN_ROW(__sync_sub_and_fetch),
1008 BUILTIN_ROW(__sync_and_and_fetch),
1009 BUILTIN_ROW(__sync_or_and_fetch),
1010 BUILTIN_ROW(__sync_xor_and_fetch),
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001011
Chris Lattner5caa3702009-05-08 06:58:22 +00001012 BUILTIN_ROW(__sync_val_compare_and_swap),
1013 BUILTIN_ROW(__sync_bool_compare_and_swap),
1014 BUILTIN_ROW(__sync_lock_test_and_set),
Chris Lattner23aa9c82011-04-09 03:57:26 +00001015 BUILTIN_ROW(__sync_lock_release),
1016 BUILTIN_ROW(__sync_swap)
Chris Lattner5caa3702009-05-08 06:58:22 +00001017 };
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001018#undef BUILTIN_ROW
1019
Chris Lattner5caa3702009-05-08 06:58:22 +00001020 // Determine the index of the size.
1021 unsigned SizeIndex;
Ken Dyck199c3d62010-01-11 17:06:35 +00001022 switch (Context.getTypeSizeInChars(ValType).getQuantity()) {
Chris Lattner5caa3702009-05-08 06:58:22 +00001023 case 1: SizeIndex = 0; break;
1024 case 2: SizeIndex = 1; break;
1025 case 4: SizeIndex = 2; break;
1026 case 8: SizeIndex = 3; break;
1027 case 16: SizeIndex = 4; break;
1028 default:
Chandler Carruthd2014572010-07-09 18:59:35 +00001029 Diag(DRE->getLocStart(), diag::err_atomic_builtin_pointer_size)
1030 << FirstArg->getType() << FirstArg->getSourceRange();
1031 return ExprError();
Chris Lattner5caa3702009-05-08 06:58:22 +00001032 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001033
Chris Lattner5caa3702009-05-08 06:58:22 +00001034 // Each of these builtins has one pointer argument, followed by some number of
1035 // values (0, 1 or 2) followed by a potentially empty varags list of stuff
1036 // that we ignore. Find out which row of BuiltinIndices to read from as well
1037 // as the number of fixed args.
Douglas Gregor7814e6d2009-09-12 00:22:50 +00001038 unsigned BuiltinID = FDecl->getBuiltinID();
Chris Lattner5caa3702009-05-08 06:58:22 +00001039 unsigned BuiltinIndex, NumFixed = 1;
1040 switch (BuiltinID) {
David Blaikieb219cfc2011-09-23 05:06:16 +00001041 default: llvm_unreachable("Unknown overloaded atomic builtin!");
Douglas Gregora9766412011-11-28 16:30:08 +00001042 case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_add:
1043 case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_add_1:
1044 case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_add_2:
1045 case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_add_4:
1046 case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_add_8:
1047 case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_add_16:
1048 BuiltinIndex = 0;
1049 break;
1050
1051 case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_sub:
1052 case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_sub_1:
1053 case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_sub_2:
1054 case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_sub_4:
1055 case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_sub_8:
1056 case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_sub_16:
1057 BuiltinIndex = 1;
1058 break;
1059
1060 case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_or:
1061 case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_or_1:
1062 case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_or_2:
1063 case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_or_4:
1064 case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_or_8:
1065 case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_or_16:
1066 BuiltinIndex = 2;
1067 break;
1068
1069 case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_and:
1070 case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_and_1:
1071 case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_and_2:
1072 case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_and_4:
1073 case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_and_8:
1074 case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_and_16:
1075 BuiltinIndex = 3;
1076 break;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001077
Douglas Gregora9766412011-11-28 16:30:08 +00001078 case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_xor:
1079 case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_xor_1:
1080 case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_xor_2:
1081 case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_xor_4:
1082 case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_xor_8:
1083 case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_xor_16:
1084 BuiltinIndex = 4;
1085 break;
1086
1087 case Builtin::BI__sync_add_and_fetch:
1088 case Builtin::BI__sync_add_and_fetch_1:
1089 case Builtin::BI__sync_add_and_fetch_2:
1090 case Builtin::BI__sync_add_and_fetch_4:
1091 case Builtin::BI__sync_add_and_fetch_8:
1092 case Builtin::BI__sync_add_and_fetch_16:
1093 BuiltinIndex = 5;
1094 break;
1095
1096 case Builtin::BI__sync_sub_and_fetch:
1097 case Builtin::BI__sync_sub_and_fetch_1:
1098 case Builtin::BI__sync_sub_and_fetch_2:
1099 case Builtin::BI__sync_sub_and_fetch_4:
1100 case Builtin::BI__sync_sub_and_fetch_8:
1101 case Builtin::BI__sync_sub_and_fetch_16:
1102 BuiltinIndex = 6;
1103 break;
1104
1105 case Builtin::BI__sync_and_and_fetch:
1106 case Builtin::BI__sync_and_and_fetch_1:
1107 case Builtin::BI__sync_and_and_fetch_2:
1108 case Builtin::BI__sync_and_and_fetch_4:
1109 case Builtin::BI__sync_and_and_fetch_8:
1110 case Builtin::BI__sync_and_and_fetch_16:
1111 BuiltinIndex = 7;
1112 break;
1113
1114 case Builtin::BI__sync_or_and_fetch:
1115 case Builtin::BI__sync_or_and_fetch_1:
1116 case Builtin::BI__sync_or_and_fetch_2:
1117 case Builtin::BI__sync_or_and_fetch_4:
1118 case Builtin::BI__sync_or_and_fetch_8:
1119 case Builtin::BI__sync_or_and_fetch_16:
1120 BuiltinIndex = 8;
1121 break;
1122
1123 case Builtin::BI__sync_xor_and_fetch:
1124 case Builtin::BI__sync_xor_and_fetch_1:
1125 case Builtin::BI__sync_xor_and_fetch_2:
1126 case Builtin::BI__sync_xor_and_fetch_4:
1127 case Builtin::BI__sync_xor_and_fetch_8:
1128 case Builtin::BI__sync_xor_and_fetch_16:
1129 BuiltinIndex = 9;
1130 break;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001131
Chris Lattner5caa3702009-05-08 06:58:22 +00001132 case Builtin::BI__sync_val_compare_and_swap:
Douglas Gregora9766412011-11-28 16:30:08 +00001133 case Builtin::BI__sync_val_compare_and_swap_1:
1134 case Builtin::BI__sync_val_compare_and_swap_2:
1135 case Builtin::BI__sync_val_compare_and_swap_4:
1136 case Builtin::BI__sync_val_compare_and_swap_8:
1137 case Builtin::BI__sync_val_compare_and_swap_16:
Daniel Dunbar7eff7c42010-03-25 17:13:09 +00001138 BuiltinIndex = 10;
Chris Lattner5caa3702009-05-08 06:58:22 +00001139 NumFixed = 2;
1140 break;
Douglas Gregora9766412011-11-28 16:30:08 +00001141
Chris Lattner5caa3702009-05-08 06:58:22 +00001142 case Builtin::BI__sync_bool_compare_and_swap:
Douglas Gregora9766412011-11-28 16:30:08 +00001143 case Builtin::BI__sync_bool_compare_and_swap_1:
1144 case Builtin::BI__sync_bool_compare_and_swap_2:
1145 case Builtin::BI__sync_bool_compare_and_swap_4:
1146 case Builtin::BI__sync_bool_compare_and_swap_8:
1147 case Builtin::BI__sync_bool_compare_and_swap_16:
Daniel Dunbar7eff7c42010-03-25 17:13:09 +00001148 BuiltinIndex = 11;
Chris Lattner5caa3702009-05-08 06:58:22 +00001149 NumFixed = 2;
Chandler Carruth8d13d222010-07-18 20:54:12 +00001150 ResultType = Context.BoolTy;
Chris Lattner5caa3702009-05-08 06:58:22 +00001151 break;
Douglas Gregora9766412011-11-28 16:30:08 +00001152
1153 case Builtin::BI__sync_lock_test_and_set:
1154 case Builtin::BI__sync_lock_test_and_set_1:
1155 case Builtin::BI__sync_lock_test_and_set_2:
1156 case Builtin::BI__sync_lock_test_and_set_4:
1157 case Builtin::BI__sync_lock_test_and_set_8:
1158 case Builtin::BI__sync_lock_test_and_set_16:
1159 BuiltinIndex = 12;
1160 break;
1161
Chris Lattner5caa3702009-05-08 06:58:22 +00001162 case Builtin::BI__sync_lock_release:
Douglas Gregora9766412011-11-28 16:30:08 +00001163 case Builtin::BI__sync_lock_release_1:
1164 case Builtin::BI__sync_lock_release_2:
1165 case Builtin::BI__sync_lock_release_4:
1166 case Builtin::BI__sync_lock_release_8:
1167 case Builtin::BI__sync_lock_release_16:
Daniel Dunbar7eff7c42010-03-25 17:13:09 +00001168 BuiltinIndex = 13;
Chris Lattner5caa3702009-05-08 06:58:22 +00001169 NumFixed = 0;
Chandler Carruth8d13d222010-07-18 20:54:12 +00001170 ResultType = Context.VoidTy;
Chris Lattner5caa3702009-05-08 06:58:22 +00001171 break;
Douglas Gregora9766412011-11-28 16:30:08 +00001172
1173 case Builtin::BI__sync_swap:
1174 case Builtin::BI__sync_swap_1:
1175 case Builtin::BI__sync_swap_2:
1176 case Builtin::BI__sync_swap_4:
1177 case Builtin::BI__sync_swap_8:
1178 case Builtin::BI__sync_swap_16:
1179 BuiltinIndex = 14;
1180 break;
Chris Lattner5caa3702009-05-08 06:58:22 +00001181 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001182
Chris Lattner5caa3702009-05-08 06:58:22 +00001183 // Now that we know how many fixed arguments we expect, first check that we
1184 // have at least that many.
Chandler Carruthd2014572010-07-09 18:59:35 +00001185 if (TheCall->getNumArgs() < 1+NumFixed) {
1186 Diag(TheCall->getLocEnd(), diag::err_typecheck_call_too_few_args_at_least)
1187 << 0 << 1+NumFixed << TheCall->getNumArgs()
1188 << TheCall->getCallee()->getSourceRange();
1189 return ExprError();
1190 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001191
Chris Lattnere7ac0a92009-05-08 15:36:58 +00001192 // Get the decl for the concrete builtin from this, we can tell what the
1193 // concrete integer type we should convert to is.
1194 unsigned NewBuiltinID = BuiltinIndices[BuiltinIndex][SizeIndex];
1195 const char *NewBuiltinName = Context.BuiltinInfo.GetName(NewBuiltinID);
1196 IdentifierInfo *NewBuiltinII = PP.getIdentifierInfo(NewBuiltinName);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001197 FunctionDecl *NewBuiltinDecl =
Chris Lattnere7ac0a92009-05-08 15:36:58 +00001198 cast<FunctionDecl>(LazilyCreateBuiltin(NewBuiltinII, NewBuiltinID,
1199 TUScope, false, DRE->getLocStart()));
Chandler Carruthd2014572010-07-09 18:59:35 +00001200
John McCallf871d0c2010-08-07 06:22:56 +00001201 // The first argument --- the pointer --- has a fixed type; we
1202 // deduce the types of the rest of the arguments accordingly. Walk
1203 // the remaining arguments, converting them to the deduced value type.
Chris Lattner5caa3702009-05-08 06:58:22 +00001204 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumFixed; ++i) {
John Wiegley429bb272011-04-08 18:41:53 +00001205 ExprResult Arg = TheCall->getArg(i+1);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001206
Chris Lattner5caa3702009-05-08 06:58:22 +00001207 // GCC does an implicit conversion to the pointer or integer ValType. This
1208 // can fail in some cases (1i -> int**), check for this error case now.
John McCallb45ae252011-10-05 07:41:44 +00001209 // Initialize the argument.
1210 InitializedEntity Entity = InitializedEntity::InitializeParameter(Context,
1211 ValType, /*consume*/ false);
1212 Arg = PerformCopyInitialization(Entity, SourceLocation(), Arg);
John Wiegley429bb272011-04-08 18:41:53 +00001213 if (Arg.isInvalid())
Chandler Carruthd2014572010-07-09 18:59:35 +00001214 return ExprError();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001215
Chris Lattner5caa3702009-05-08 06:58:22 +00001216 // Okay, we have something that *can* be converted to the right type. Check
1217 // to see if there is a potentially weird extension going on here. This can
1218 // happen when you do an atomic operation on something like an char* and
1219 // pass in 42. The 42 gets converted to char. This is even more strange
1220 // for things like 45.123 -> char, etc.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001221 // FIXME: Do this check.
John McCallb45ae252011-10-05 07:41:44 +00001222 TheCall->setArg(i+1, Arg.take());
Chris Lattner5caa3702009-05-08 06:58:22 +00001223 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001224
Douglas Gregorbbcb7ea2011-09-09 16:51:10 +00001225 ASTContext& Context = this->getASTContext();
1226
1227 // Create a new DeclRefExpr to refer to the new decl.
1228 DeclRefExpr* NewDRE = DeclRefExpr::Create(
1229 Context,
1230 DRE->getQualifierLoc(),
Abramo Bagnarae4b92762012-01-27 09:46:47 +00001231 SourceLocation(),
Douglas Gregorbbcb7ea2011-09-09 16:51:10 +00001232 NewBuiltinDecl,
John McCallf4b88a42012-03-10 09:33:50 +00001233 /*enclosing*/ false,
Douglas Gregorbbcb7ea2011-09-09 16:51:10 +00001234 DRE->getLocation(),
Eli Friedmana6c66ce2012-08-31 00:14:07 +00001235 Context.BuiltinFnTy,
Douglas Gregorbbcb7ea2011-09-09 16:51:10 +00001236 DRE->getValueKind());
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001237
Chris Lattner5caa3702009-05-08 06:58:22 +00001238 // Set the callee in the CallExpr.
Eli Friedmana6c66ce2012-08-31 00:14:07 +00001239 // FIXME: This loses syntactic information.
1240 QualType CalleePtrTy = Context.getPointerType(NewBuiltinDecl->getType());
1241 ExprResult PromotedCall = ImpCastExprToType(NewDRE, CalleePtrTy,
1242 CK_BuiltinFnToFnPtr);
John Wiegley429bb272011-04-08 18:41:53 +00001243 TheCall->setCallee(PromotedCall.take());
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001244
Chandler Carruthdb4325b2010-07-18 07:23:17 +00001245 // Change the result type of the call to match the original value type. This
1246 // is arbitrary, but the codegen for these builtins ins design to handle it
1247 // gracefully.
Chandler Carruth8d13d222010-07-18 20:54:12 +00001248 TheCall->setType(ResultType);
Chandler Carruthd2014572010-07-09 18:59:35 +00001249
Benjamin Kramer3fe198b2012-08-23 21:35:17 +00001250 return TheCallResult;
Chris Lattner5caa3702009-05-08 06:58:22 +00001251}
1252
Chris Lattner69039812009-02-18 06:01:06 +00001253/// CheckObjCString - Checks that the argument to the builtin
Anders Carlsson71993dd2007-08-17 05:31:46 +00001254/// CFString constructor is correct
Steve Narofffd942622009-04-13 20:26:29 +00001255/// Note: It might also make sense to do the UTF-16 conversion here (would
1256/// simplify the backend).
Chris Lattner69039812009-02-18 06:01:06 +00001257bool Sema::CheckObjCString(Expr *Arg) {
Chris Lattner56f34942008-02-13 01:02:39 +00001258 Arg = Arg->IgnoreParenCasts();
Anders Carlsson71993dd2007-08-17 05:31:46 +00001259 StringLiteral *Literal = dyn_cast<StringLiteral>(Arg);
1260
Douglas Gregor5cee1192011-07-27 05:40:30 +00001261 if (!Literal || !Literal->isAscii()) {
Chris Lattnerfa25bbb2008-11-19 05:08:23 +00001262 Diag(Arg->getLocStart(), diag::err_cfstring_literal_not_string_constant)
1263 << Arg->getSourceRange();
Anders Carlsson9cdc4d32007-08-17 15:44:17 +00001264 return true;
Anders Carlsson71993dd2007-08-17 05:31:46 +00001265 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001266
Fariborz Jahanian7da71022010-09-07 19:38:13 +00001267 if (Literal->containsNonAsciiOrNull()) {
Chris Lattner5f9e2722011-07-23 10:55:15 +00001268 StringRef String = Literal->getString();
Fariborz Jahanian7da71022010-09-07 19:38:13 +00001269 unsigned NumBytes = String.size();
Chris Lattner5f9e2722011-07-23 10:55:15 +00001270 SmallVector<UTF16, 128> ToBuf(NumBytes);
Fariborz Jahanian7da71022010-09-07 19:38:13 +00001271 const UTF8 *FromPtr = (UTF8 *)String.data();
1272 UTF16 *ToPtr = &ToBuf[0];
1273
1274 ConversionResult Result = ConvertUTF8toUTF16(&FromPtr, FromPtr + NumBytes,
1275 &ToPtr, ToPtr + NumBytes,
1276 strictConversion);
1277 // Check for conversion failure.
1278 if (Result != conversionOK)
1279 Diag(Arg->getLocStart(),
1280 diag::warn_cfstring_truncated) << Arg->getSourceRange();
1281 }
Anders Carlsson9cdc4d32007-08-17 15:44:17 +00001282 return false;
Chris Lattner59907c42007-08-10 20:18:51 +00001283}
1284
Chris Lattnerc27c6652007-12-20 00:05:45 +00001285/// SemaBuiltinVAStart - Check the arguments to __builtin_va_start for validity.
1286/// Emit an error and return true on failure, return false on success.
Chris Lattner925e60d2007-12-28 05:29:59 +00001287bool Sema::SemaBuiltinVAStart(CallExpr *TheCall) {
1288 Expr *Fn = TheCall->getCallee();
1289 if (TheCall->getNumArgs() > 2) {
Chris Lattner2c21a072008-11-21 18:44:24 +00001290 Diag(TheCall->getArg(2)->getLocStart(),
Chris Lattnerfa25bbb2008-11-19 05:08:23 +00001291 diag::err_typecheck_call_too_many_args)
Eric Christopherccfa9632010-04-16 04:56:46 +00001292 << 0 /*function call*/ << 2 << TheCall->getNumArgs()
1293 << Fn->getSourceRange()
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001294 << SourceRange(TheCall->getArg(2)->getLocStart(),
Chris Lattnerfa25bbb2008-11-19 05:08:23 +00001295 (*(TheCall->arg_end()-1))->getLocEnd());
Chris Lattner30ce3442007-12-19 23:59:04 +00001296 return true;
1297 }
Eli Friedman56f20ae2008-12-15 22:05:35 +00001298
1299 if (TheCall->getNumArgs() < 2) {
Eric Christopherd77b9a22010-04-16 04:48:22 +00001300 return Diag(TheCall->getLocEnd(),
1301 diag::err_typecheck_call_too_few_args_at_least)
1302 << 0 /*function call*/ << 2 << TheCall->getNumArgs();
Eli Friedman56f20ae2008-12-15 22:05:35 +00001303 }
1304
John McCall5f8d6042011-08-27 01:09:30 +00001305 // Type-check the first argument normally.
1306 if (checkBuiltinArgument(*this, TheCall, 0))
1307 return true;
1308
Chris Lattnerc27c6652007-12-20 00:05:45 +00001309 // Determine whether the current function is variadic or not.
Douglas Gregor9ea9bdb2010-03-01 23:15:13 +00001310 BlockScopeInfo *CurBlock = getCurBlock();
Chris Lattnerc27c6652007-12-20 00:05:45 +00001311 bool isVariadic;
Steve Naroffcd9c5142009-04-15 19:33:47 +00001312 if (CurBlock)
John McCallc71a4912010-06-04 19:02:56 +00001313 isVariadic = CurBlock->TheDecl->isVariadic();
Ted Kremenek9498d382010-04-29 16:49:01 +00001314 else if (FunctionDecl *FD = getCurFunctionDecl())
1315 isVariadic = FD->isVariadic();
1316 else
Argyrios Kyrtzidis53d0ea52008-06-28 06:07:14 +00001317 isVariadic = getCurMethodDecl()->isVariadic();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001318
Chris Lattnerc27c6652007-12-20 00:05:45 +00001319 if (!isVariadic) {
Chris Lattner30ce3442007-12-19 23:59:04 +00001320 Diag(Fn->getLocStart(), diag::err_va_start_used_in_non_variadic_function);
1321 return true;
1322 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001323
Chris Lattner30ce3442007-12-19 23:59:04 +00001324 // Verify that the second argument to the builtin is the last argument of the
1325 // current function or method.
1326 bool SecondArgIsLastNamedArgument = false;
Anders Carlssone2c14102008-02-13 01:22:59 +00001327 const Expr *Arg = TheCall->getArg(1)->IgnoreParenCasts();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001328
Anders Carlsson88cf2262008-02-11 04:20:54 +00001329 if (const DeclRefExpr *DR = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(Arg)) {
1330 if (const ParmVarDecl *PV = dyn_cast<ParmVarDecl>(DR->getDecl())) {
Chris Lattner30ce3442007-12-19 23:59:04 +00001331 // FIXME: This isn't correct for methods (results in bogus warning).
1332 // Get the last formal in the current function.
Anders Carlsson88cf2262008-02-11 04:20:54 +00001333 const ParmVarDecl *LastArg;
Steve Naroffcd9c5142009-04-15 19:33:47 +00001334 if (CurBlock)
1335 LastArg = *(CurBlock->TheDecl->param_end()-1);
1336 else if (FunctionDecl *FD = getCurFunctionDecl())
Chris Lattner371f2582008-12-04 23:50:19 +00001337 LastArg = *(FD->param_end()-1);
Chris Lattner30ce3442007-12-19 23:59:04 +00001338 else
Argyrios Kyrtzidis53d0ea52008-06-28 06:07:14 +00001339 LastArg = *(getCurMethodDecl()->param_end()-1);
Chris Lattner30ce3442007-12-19 23:59:04 +00001340 SecondArgIsLastNamedArgument = PV == LastArg;
1341 }
1342 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001343
Chris Lattner30ce3442007-12-19 23:59:04 +00001344 if (!SecondArgIsLastNamedArgument)
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001345 Diag(TheCall->getArg(1)->getLocStart(),
Chris Lattner30ce3442007-12-19 23:59:04 +00001346 diag::warn_second_parameter_of_va_start_not_last_named_argument);
1347 return false;
Eli Friedman6cfda232008-05-20 08:23:37 +00001348}
Chris Lattner30ce3442007-12-19 23:59:04 +00001349
Chris Lattner1b9a0792007-12-20 00:26:33 +00001350/// SemaBuiltinUnorderedCompare - Handle functions like __builtin_isgreater and
1351/// friends. This is declared to take (...), so we have to check everything.
Chris Lattner925e60d2007-12-28 05:29:59 +00001352bool Sema::SemaBuiltinUnorderedCompare(CallExpr *TheCall) {
1353 if (TheCall->getNumArgs() < 2)
Chris Lattner2c21a072008-11-21 18:44:24 +00001354 return Diag(TheCall->getLocEnd(), diag::err_typecheck_call_too_few_args)
Eric Christopherd77b9a22010-04-16 04:48:22 +00001355 << 0 << 2 << TheCall->getNumArgs()/*function call*/;
Chris Lattner925e60d2007-12-28 05:29:59 +00001356 if (TheCall->getNumArgs() > 2)
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001357 return Diag(TheCall->getArg(2)->getLocStart(),
Chris Lattnerfa25bbb2008-11-19 05:08:23 +00001358 diag::err_typecheck_call_too_many_args)
Eric Christopherccfa9632010-04-16 04:56:46 +00001359 << 0 /*function call*/ << 2 << TheCall->getNumArgs()
Chris Lattnerfa25bbb2008-11-19 05:08:23 +00001360 << SourceRange(TheCall->getArg(2)->getLocStart(),
1361 (*(TheCall->arg_end()-1))->getLocEnd());
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001362
John Wiegley429bb272011-04-08 18:41:53 +00001363 ExprResult OrigArg0 = TheCall->getArg(0);
1364 ExprResult OrigArg1 = TheCall->getArg(1);
Douglas Gregorcde01732009-05-19 22:10:17 +00001365
Chris Lattner1b9a0792007-12-20 00:26:33 +00001366 // Do standard promotions between the two arguments, returning their common
1367 // type.
Chris Lattner925e60d2007-12-28 05:29:59 +00001368 QualType Res = UsualArithmeticConversions(OrigArg0, OrigArg1, false);
John Wiegley429bb272011-04-08 18:41:53 +00001369 if (OrigArg0.isInvalid() || OrigArg1.isInvalid())
1370 return true;
Daniel Dunbar403bc2b2009-02-19 19:28:43 +00001371
1372 // Make sure any conversions are pushed back into the call; this is
1373 // type safe since unordered compare builtins are declared as "_Bool
1374 // foo(...)".
John Wiegley429bb272011-04-08 18:41:53 +00001375 TheCall->setArg(0, OrigArg0.get());
1376 TheCall->setArg(1, OrigArg1.get());
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001377
John Wiegley429bb272011-04-08 18:41:53 +00001378 if (OrigArg0.get()->isTypeDependent() || OrigArg1.get()->isTypeDependent())
Douglas Gregorcde01732009-05-19 22:10:17 +00001379 return false;
1380
Chris Lattner1b9a0792007-12-20 00:26:33 +00001381 // If the common type isn't a real floating type, then the arguments were
1382 // invalid for this operation.
Eli Friedman860a3192012-06-16 02:19:17 +00001383 if (Res.isNull() || !Res->isRealFloatingType())
John Wiegley429bb272011-04-08 18:41:53 +00001384 return Diag(OrigArg0.get()->getLocStart(),
Chris Lattnerfa25bbb2008-11-19 05:08:23 +00001385 diag::err_typecheck_call_invalid_ordered_compare)
John Wiegley429bb272011-04-08 18:41:53 +00001386 << OrigArg0.get()->getType() << OrigArg1.get()->getType()
1387 << SourceRange(OrigArg0.get()->getLocStart(), OrigArg1.get()->getLocEnd());
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001388
Chris Lattner1b9a0792007-12-20 00:26:33 +00001389 return false;
1390}
1391
Benjamin Kramere771a7a2010-02-15 22:42:31 +00001392/// SemaBuiltinSemaBuiltinFPClassification - Handle functions like
1393/// __builtin_isnan and friends. This is declared to take (...), so we have
Benjamin Kramer3b1e26b2010-02-16 10:07:31 +00001394/// to check everything. We expect the last argument to be a floating point
1395/// value.
1396bool Sema::SemaBuiltinFPClassification(CallExpr *TheCall, unsigned NumArgs) {
1397 if (TheCall->getNumArgs() < NumArgs)
Eli Friedman9ac6f622009-08-31 20:06:00 +00001398 return Diag(TheCall->getLocEnd(), diag::err_typecheck_call_too_few_args)
Eric Christopherd77b9a22010-04-16 04:48:22 +00001399 << 0 << NumArgs << TheCall->getNumArgs()/*function call*/;
Benjamin Kramer3b1e26b2010-02-16 10:07:31 +00001400 if (TheCall->getNumArgs() > NumArgs)
1401 return Diag(TheCall->getArg(NumArgs)->getLocStart(),
Eli Friedman9ac6f622009-08-31 20:06:00 +00001402 diag::err_typecheck_call_too_many_args)
Eric Christopherccfa9632010-04-16 04:56:46 +00001403 << 0 /*function call*/ << NumArgs << TheCall->getNumArgs()
Benjamin Kramer3b1e26b2010-02-16 10:07:31 +00001404 << SourceRange(TheCall->getArg(NumArgs)->getLocStart(),
Eli Friedman9ac6f622009-08-31 20:06:00 +00001405 (*(TheCall->arg_end()-1))->getLocEnd());
1406
Benjamin Kramer3b1e26b2010-02-16 10:07:31 +00001407 Expr *OrigArg = TheCall->getArg(NumArgs-1);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001408
Eli Friedman9ac6f622009-08-31 20:06:00 +00001409 if (OrigArg->isTypeDependent())
1410 return false;
1411
Chris Lattner81368fb2010-05-06 05:50:07 +00001412 // This operation requires a non-_Complex floating-point number.
Eli Friedman9ac6f622009-08-31 20:06:00 +00001413 if (!OrigArg->getType()->isRealFloatingType())
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001414 return Diag(OrigArg->getLocStart(),
Eli Friedman9ac6f622009-08-31 20:06:00 +00001415 diag::err_typecheck_call_invalid_unary_fp)
1416 << OrigArg->getType() << OrigArg->getSourceRange();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001417
Chris Lattner81368fb2010-05-06 05:50:07 +00001418 // If this is an implicit conversion from float -> double, remove it.
1419 if (ImplicitCastExpr *Cast = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(OrigArg)) {
1420 Expr *CastArg = Cast->getSubExpr();
1421 if (CastArg->getType()->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::Float)) {
1422 assert(Cast->getType()->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::Double) &&
1423 "promotion from float to double is the only expected cast here");
1424 Cast->setSubExpr(0);
Chris Lattner81368fb2010-05-06 05:50:07 +00001425 TheCall->setArg(NumArgs-1, CastArg);
Chris Lattner81368fb2010-05-06 05:50:07 +00001426 }
1427 }
1428
Eli Friedman9ac6f622009-08-31 20:06:00 +00001429 return false;
1430}
1431
Eli Friedmand38617c2008-05-14 19:38:39 +00001432/// SemaBuiltinShuffleVector - Handle __builtin_shufflevector.
1433// This is declared to take (...), so we have to check everything.
John McCall60d7b3a2010-08-24 06:29:42 +00001434ExprResult Sema::SemaBuiltinShuffleVector(CallExpr *TheCall) {
Nate Begeman37b6a572010-06-08 00:16:34 +00001435 if (TheCall->getNumArgs() < 2)
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001436 return ExprError(Diag(TheCall->getLocEnd(),
Eric Christopherd77b9a22010-04-16 04:48:22 +00001437 diag::err_typecheck_call_too_few_args_at_least)
Nate Begeman37b6a572010-06-08 00:16:34 +00001438 << 0 /*function call*/ << 2 << TheCall->getNumArgs()
Eric Christopherd77b9a22010-04-16 04:48:22 +00001439 << TheCall->getSourceRange());
Eli Friedmand38617c2008-05-14 19:38:39 +00001440
Nate Begeman37b6a572010-06-08 00:16:34 +00001441 // Determine which of the following types of shufflevector we're checking:
1442 // 1) unary, vector mask: (lhs, mask)
1443 // 2) binary, vector mask: (lhs, rhs, mask)
1444 // 3) binary, scalar mask: (lhs, rhs, index, ..., index)
1445 QualType resType = TheCall->getArg(0)->getType();
1446 unsigned numElements = 0;
1447
Douglas Gregorcde01732009-05-19 22:10:17 +00001448 if (!TheCall->getArg(0)->isTypeDependent() &&
1449 !TheCall->getArg(1)->isTypeDependent()) {
Nate Begeman37b6a572010-06-08 00:16:34 +00001450 QualType LHSType = TheCall->getArg(0)->getType();
1451 QualType RHSType = TheCall->getArg(1)->getType();
1452
1453 if (!LHSType->isVectorType() || !RHSType->isVectorType()) {
Douglas Gregorcde01732009-05-19 22:10:17 +00001454 Diag(TheCall->getLocStart(), diag::err_shufflevector_non_vector)
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001455 << SourceRange(TheCall->getArg(0)->getLocStart(),
Douglas Gregorcde01732009-05-19 22:10:17 +00001456 TheCall->getArg(1)->getLocEnd());
1457 return ExprError();
1458 }
Nate Begeman37b6a572010-06-08 00:16:34 +00001459
1460 numElements = LHSType->getAs<VectorType>()->getNumElements();
1461 unsigned numResElements = TheCall->getNumArgs() - 2;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001462
Nate Begeman37b6a572010-06-08 00:16:34 +00001463 // Check to see if we have a call with 2 vector arguments, the unary shuffle
1464 // with mask. If so, verify that RHS is an integer vector type with the
1465 // same number of elts as lhs.
1466 if (TheCall->getNumArgs() == 2) {
Douglas Gregorf6094622010-07-23 15:58:24 +00001467 if (!RHSType->hasIntegerRepresentation() ||
Nate Begeman37b6a572010-06-08 00:16:34 +00001468 RHSType->getAs<VectorType>()->getNumElements() != numElements)
1469 Diag(TheCall->getLocStart(), diag::err_shufflevector_incompatible_vector)
1470 << SourceRange(TheCall->getArg(1)->getLocStart(),
1471 TheCall->getArg(1)->getLocEnd());
1472 numResElements = numElements;
1473 }
1474 else if (!Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(LHSType, RHSType)) {
Douglas Gregorcde01732009-05-19 22:10:17 +00001475 Diag(TheCall->getLocStart(), diag::err_shufflevector_incompatible_vector)
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001476 << SourceRange(TheCall->getArg(0)->getLocStart(),
Douglas Gregorcde01732009-05-19 22:10:17 +00001477 TheCall->getArg(1)->getLocEnd());
1478 return ExprError();
Nate Begeman37b6a572010-06-08 00:16:34 +00001479 } else if (numElements != numResElements) {
1480 QualType eltType = LHSType->getAs<VectorType>()->getElementType();
Chris Lattner788b0fd2010-06-23 06:00:24 +00001481 resType = Context.getVectorType(eltType, numResElements,
Bob Wilsone86d78c2010-11-10 21:56:12 +00001482 VectorType::GenericVector);
Douglas Gregorcde01732009-05-19 22:10:17 +00001483 }
Eli Friedmand38617c2008-05-14 19:38:39 +00001484 }
1485
1486 for (unsigned i = 2; i < TheCall->getNumArgs(); i++) {
Douglas Gregorcde01732009-05-19 22:10:17 +00001487 if (TheCall->getArg(i)->isTypeDependent() ||
1488 TheCall->getArg(i)->isValueDependent())
1489 continue;
1490
Nate Begeman37b6a572010-06-08 00:16:34 +00001491 llvm::APSInt Result(32);
1492 if (!TheCall->getArg(i)->isIntegerConstantExpr(Result, Context))
1493 return ExprError(Diag(TheCall->getLocStart(),
1494 diag::err_shufflevector_nonconstant_argument)
1495 << TheCall->getArg(i)->getSourceRange());
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001496
Chris Lattnerd1a0b6d2008-08-10 02:05:13 +00001497 if (Result.getActiveBits() > 64 || Result.getZExtValue() >= numElements*2)
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001498 return ExprError(Diag(TheCall->getLocStart(),
Chris Lattnerfa25bbb2008-11-19 05:08:23 +00001499 diag::err_shufflevector_argument_too_large)
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001500 << TheCall->getArg(i)->getSourceRange());
Eli Friedmand38617c2008-05-14 19:38:39 +00001501 }
1502
Chris Lattner5f9e2722011-07-23 10:55:15 +00001503 SmallVector<Expr*, 32> exprs;
Eli Friedmand38617c2008-05-14 19:38:39 +00001504
Chris Lattnerd1a0b6d2008-08-10 02:05:13 +00001505 for (unsigned i = 0, e = TheCall->getNumArgs(); i != e; i++) {
Eli Friedmand38617c2008-05-14 19:38:39 +00001506 exprs.push_back(TheCall->getArg(i));
1507 TheCall->setArg(i, 0);
1508 }
1509
Benjamin Kramer3b6bef92012-08-24 11:54:20 +00001510 return Owned(new (Context) ShuffleVectorExpr(Context, exprs, resType,
Ted Kremenek8189cde2009-02-07 01:47:29 +00001511 TheCall->getCallee()->getLocStart(),
1512 TheCall->getRParenLoc()));
Eli Friedmand38617c2008-05-14 19:38:39 +00001513}
Chris Lattner30ce3442007-12-19 23:59:04 +00001514
Daniel Dunbar4493f792008-07-21 22:59:13 +00001515/// SemaBuiltinPrefetch - Handle __builtin_prefetch.
1516// This is declared to take (const void*, ...) and can take two
1517// optional constant int args.
1518bool Sema::SemaBuiltinPrefetch(CallExpr *TheCall) {
Chris Lattnerfa25bbb2008-11-19 05:08:23 +00001519 unsigned NumArgs = TheCall->getNumArgs();
Daniel Dunbar4493f792008-07-21 22:59:13 +00001520
Chris Lattnerfa25bbb2008-11-19 05:08:23 +00001521 if (NumArgs > 3)
Eric Christopherccfa9632010-04-16 04:56:46 +00001522 return Diag(TheCall->getLocEnd(),
1523 diag::err_typecheck_call_too_many_args_at_most)
1524 << 0 /*function call*/ << 3 << NumArgs
1525 << TheCall->getSourceRange();
Daniel Dunbar4493f792008-07-21 22:59:13 +00001526
1527 // Argument 0 is checked for us and the remaining arguments must be
1528 // constant integers.
Chris Lattnerfa25bbb2008-11-19 05:08:23 +00001529 for (unsigned i = 1; i != NumArgs; ++i) {
Daniel Dunbar4493f792008-07-21 22:59:13 +00001530 Expr *Arg = TheCall->getArg(i);
Douglas Gregor592a4232012-06-29 01:05:22 +00001531
1532 // We can't check the value of a dependent argument.
1533 if (Arg->isTypeDependent() || Arg->isValueDependent())
1534 continue;
1535
Eli Friedman9aef7262009-12-04 00:30:06 +00001536 llvm::APSInt Result;
Eric Christopher691ebc32010-04-17 02:26:23 +00001537 if (SemaBuiltinConstantArg(TheCall, i, Result))
1538 return true;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001539
Daniel Dunbar4493f792008-07-21 22:59:13 +00001540 // FIXME: gcc issues a warning and rewrites these to 0. These
1541 // seems especially odd for the third argument since the default
1542 // is 3.
Chris Lattnerfa25bbb2008-11-19 05:08:23 +00001543 if (i == 1) {
Eli Friedman9aef7262009-12-04 00:30:06 +00001544 if (Result.getLimitedValue() > 1)
Chris Lattnerfa25bbb2008-11-19 05:08:23 +00001545 return Diag(TheCall->getLocStart(), diag::err_argument_invalid_range)
Chris Lattner21fb98e2009-09-23 06:06:36 +00001546 << "0" << "1" << Arg->getSourceRange();
Daniel Dunbar4493f792008-07-21 22:59:13 +00001547 } else {
Eli Friedman9aef7262009-12-04 00:30:06 +00001548 if (Result.getLimitedValue() > 3)
Chris Lattnerfa25bbb2008-11-19 05:08:23 +00001549 return Diag(TheCall->getLocStart(), diag::err_argument_invalid_range)
Chris Lattner21fb98e2009-09-23 06:06:36 +00001550 << "0" << "3" << Arg->getSourceRange();
Daniel Dunbar4493f792008-07-21 22:59:13 +00001551 }
1552 }
1553
Chris Lattnerfa25bbb2008-11-19 05:08:23 +00001554 return false;
Daniel Dunbar4493f792008-07-21 22:59:13 +00001555}
1556
Eric Christopher691ebc32010-04-17 02:26:23 +00001557/// SemaBuiltinConstantArg - Handle a check if argument ArgNum of CallExpr
1558/// TheCall is a constant expression.
1559bool Sema::SemaBuiltinConstantArg(CallExpr *TheCall, int ArgNum,
1560 llvm::APSInt &Result) {
1561 Expr *Arg = TheCall->getArg(ArgNum);
1562 DeclRefExpr *DRE =cast<DeclRefExpr>(TheCall->getCallee()->IgnoreParenCasts());
1563 FunctionDecl *FDecl = cast<FunctionDecl>(DRE->getDecl());
1564
1565 if (Arg->isTypeDependent() || Arg->isValueDependent()) return false;
1566
1567 if (!Arg->isIntegerConstantExpr(Result, Context))
1568 return Diag(TheCall->getLocStart(), diag::err_constant_integer_arg_type)
Eric Christopher5e896552010-04-19 18:23:02 +00001569 << FDecl->getDeclName() << Arg->getSourceRange();
Eric Christopher691ebc32010-04-17 02:26:23 +00001570
Chris Lattner21fb98e2009-09-23 06:06:36 +00001571 return false;
1572}
1573
Daniel Dunbard5f8a4f2008-09-03 21:13:56 +00001574/// SemaBuiltinObjectSize - Handle __builtin_object_size(void *ptr,
1575/// int type). This simply type checks that type is one of the defined
1576/// constants (0-3).
Chris Lattnerfc8f0e12011-04-15 05:22:18 +00001577// For compatibility check 0-3, llvm only handles 0 and 2.
Daniel Dunbard5f8a4f2008-09-03 21:13:56 +00001578bool Sema::SemaBuiltinObjectSize(CallExpr *TheCall) {
Eric Christopher691ebc32010-04-17 02:26:23 +00001579 llvm::APSInt Result;
Douglas Gregor592a4232012-06-29 01:05:22 +00001580
1581 // We can't check the value of a dependent argument.
1582 if (TheCall->getArg(1)->isTypeDependent() ||
1583 TheCall->getArg(1)->isValueDependent())
1584 return false;
1585
Eric Christopher691ebc32010-04-17 02:26:23 +00001586 // Check constant-ness first.
1587 if (SemaBuiltinConstantArg(TheCall, 1, Result))
1588 return true;
1589
Daniel Dunbard5f8a4f2008-09-03 21:13:56 +00001590 Expr *Arg = TheCall->getArg(1);
Daniel Dunbard5f8a4f2008-09-03 21:13:56 +00001591 if (Result.getSExtValue() < 0 || Result.getSExtValue() > 3) {
Chris Lattnerfa25bbb2008-11-19 05:08:23 +00001592 return Diag(TheCall->getLocStart(), diag::err_argument_invalid_range)
1593 << "0" << "3" << SourceRange(Arg->getLocStart(), Arg->getLocEnd());
Daniel Dunbard5f8a4f2008-09-03 21:13:56 +00001594 }
1595
1596 return false;
1597}
1598
Eli Friedman586d6a82009-05-03 06:04:26 +00001599/// SemaBuiltinLongjmp - Handle __builtin_longjmp(void *env[5], int val).
Eli Friedmand875fed2009-05-03 04:46:36 +00001600/// This checks that val is a constant 1.
1601bool Sema::SemaBuiltinLongjmp(CallExpr *TheCall) {
1602 Expr *Arg = TheCall->getArg(1);
Eric Christopher691ebc32010-04-17 02:26:23 +00001603 llvm::APSInt Result;
Douglas Gregorcde01732009-05-19 22:10:17 +00001604
Eric Christopher691ebc32010-04-17 02:26:23 +00001605 // TODO: This is less than ideal. Overload this to take a value.
1606 if (SemaBuiltinConstantArg(TheCall, 1, Result))
1607 return true;
1608
1609 if (Result != 1)
Eli Friedmand875fed2009-05-03 04:46:36 +00001610 return Diag(TheCall->getLocStart(), diag::err_builtin_longjmp_invalid_val)
1611 << SourceRange(Arg->getLocStart(), Arg->getLocEnd());
1612
1613 return false;
1614}
1615
Richard Smith831421f2012-06-25 20:30:08 +00001616// Determine if an expression is a string literal or constant string.
1617// If this function returns false on the arguments to a function expecting a
1618// format string, we will usually need to emit a warning.
1619// True string literals are then checked by CheckFormatString.
1620Sema::StringLiteralCheckType
1621Sema::checkFormatStringExpr(const Expr *E, Expr **Args,
1622 unsigned NumArgs, bool HasVAListArg,
1623 unsigned format_idx, unsigned firstDataArg,
Jordan Roseddcfbc92012-07-19 18:10:23 +00001624 FormatStringType Type, VariadicCallType CallType,
1625 bool inFunctionCall) {
Ted Kremenek4fe64412010-09-09 03:51:39 +00001626 tryAgain:
Douglas Gregorcde01732009-05-19 22:10:17 +00001627 if (E->isTypeDependent() || E->isValueDependent())
Richard Smith831421f2012-06-25 20:30:08 +00001628 return SLCT_NotALiteral;
Ted Kremenekd30ef872009-01-12 23:09:09 +00001629
Jean-Daniel Dupas34269df2012-01-30 08:46:47 +00001630 E = E->IgnoreParenCasts();
Peter Collingbournef111d932011-04-15 00:35:48 +00001631
David Blaikiea73cdcb2012-02-10 21:07:25 +00001632 if (E->isNullPointerConstant(Context, Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNotNull))
1633 // Technically -Wformat-nonliteral does not warn about this case.
1634 // The behavior of printf and friends in this case is implementation
1635 // dependent. Ideally if the format string cannot be null then
1636 // it should have a 'nonnull' attribute in the function prototype.
Richard Smith831421f2012-06-25 20:30:08 +00001637 return SLCT_CheckedLiteral;
David Blaikiea73cdcb2012-02-10 21:07:25 +00001638
Ted Kremenekd30ef872009-01-12 23:09:09 +00001639 switch (E->getStmtClass()) {
John McCall56ca35d2011-02-17 10:25:35 +00001640 case Stmt::BinaryConditionalOperatorClass:
Ted Kremenekd30ef872009-01-12 23:09:09 +00001641 case Stmt::ConditionalOperatorClass: {
Richard Smith831421f2012-06-25 20:30:08 +00001642 // The expression is a literal if both sub-expressions were, and it was
1643 // completely checked only if both sub-expressions were checked.
1644 const AbstractConditionalOperator *C =
1645 cast<AbstractConditionalOperator>(E);
1646 StringLiteralCheckType Left =
1647 checkFormatStringExpr(C->getTrueExpr(), Args, NumArgs,
1648 HasVAListArg, format_idx, firstDataArg,
Jordan Roseddcfbc92012-07-19 18:10:23 +00001649 Type, CallType, inFunctionCall);
Richard Smith831421f2012-06-25 20:30:08 +00001650 if (Left == SLCT_NotALiteral)
1651 return SLCT_NotALiteral;
1652 StringLiteralCheckType Right =
1653 checkFormatStringExpr(C->getFalseExpr(), Args, NumArgs,
1654 HasVAListArg, format_idx, firstDataArg,
Jordan Roseddcfbc92012-07-19 18:10:23 +00001655 Type, CallType, inFunctionCall);
Richard Smith831421f2012-06-25 20:30:08 +00001656 return Left < Right ? Left : Right;
Ted Kremenekd30ef872009-01-12 23:09:09 +00001657 }
1658
1659 case Stmt::ImplicitCastExprClass: {
Ted Kremenek4fe64412010-09-09 03:51:39 +00001660 E = cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(E)->getSubExpr();
1661 goto tryAgain;
Ted Kremenekd30ef872009-01-12 23:09:09 +00001662 }
1663
John McCall56ca35d2011-02-17 10:25:35 +00001664 case Stmt::OpaqueValueExprClass:
1665 if (const Expr *src = cast<OpaqueValueExpr>(E)->getSourceExpr()) {
1666 E = src;
1667 goto tryAgain;
1668 }
Richard Smith831421f2012-06-25 20:30:08 +00001669 return SLCT_NotALiteral;
John McCall56ca35d2011-02-17 10:25:35 +00001670
Ted Kremenekb43e8ad2011-02-24 23:03:04 +00001671 case Stmt::PredefinedExprClass:
1672 // While __func__, etc., are technically not string literals, they
1673 // cannot contain format specifiers and thus are not a security
1674 // liability.
Richard Smith831421f2012-06-25 20:30:08 +00001675 return SLCT_UncheckedLiteral;
Ted Kremenekb43e8ad2011-02-24 23:03:04 +00001676
Ted Kremenek082d9362009-03-20 21:35:28 +00001677 case Stmt::DeclRefExprClass: {
1678 const DeclRefExpr *DR = cast<DeclRefExpr>(E);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001679
Ted Kremenek082d9362009-03-20 21:35:28 +00001680 // As an exception, do not flag errors for variables binding to
1681 // const string literals.
1682 if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(DR->getDecl())) {
1683 bool isConstant = false;
1684 QualType T = DR->getType();
Ted Kremenekd30ef872009-01-12 23:09:09 +00001685
Ted Kremenek082d9362009-03-20 21:35:28 +00001686 if (const ArrayType *AT = Context.getAsArrayType(T)) {
1687 isConstant = AT->getElementType().isConstant(Context);
Mike Stumpac5fc7c2009-08-04 21:02:39 +00001688 } else if (const PointerType *PT = T->getAs<PointerType>()) {
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001689 isConstant = T.isConstant(Context) &&
Ted Kremenek082d9362009-03-20 21:35:28 +00001690 PT->getPointeeType().isConstant(Context);
Jean-Daniel Dupase98e5b52012-01-25 10:35:33 +00001691 } else if (T->isObjCObjectPointerType()) {
1692 // In ObjC, there is usually no "const ObjectPointer" type,
1693 // so don't check if the pointee type is constant.
1694 isConstant = T.isConstant(Context);
Ted Kremenek082d9362009-03-20 21:35:28 +00001695 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001696
Ted Kremenek082d9362009-03-20 21:35:28 +00001697 if (isConstant) {
Matt Beaumont-Gaye2c60662012-05-11 22:10:59 +00001698 if (const Expr *Init = VD->getAnyInitializer()) {
1699 // Look through initializers like const char c[] = { "foo" }
1700 if (const InitListExpr *InitList = dyn_cast<InitListExpr>(Init)) {
1701 if (InitList->isStringLiteralInit())
1702 Init = InitList->getInit(0)->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
1703 }
Richard Smith831421f2012-06-25 20:30:08 +00001704 return checkFormatStringExpr(Init, Args, NumArgs,
1705 HasVAListArg, format_idx,
Jordan Roseddcfbc92012-07-19 18:10:23 +00001706 firstDataArg, Type, CallType,
Richard Smith831421f2012-06-25 20:30:08 +00001707 /*inFunctionCall*/false);
Matt Beaumont-Gaye2c60662012-05-11 22:10:59 +00001708 }
Ted Kremenek082d9362009-03-20 21:35:28 +00001709 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001710
Anders Carlssond966a552009-06-28 19:55:58 +00001711 // For vprintf* functions (i.e., HasVAListArg==true), we add a
1712 // special check to see if the format string is a function parameter
1713 // of the function calling the printf function. If the function
1714 // has an attribute indicating it is a printf-like function, then we
1715 // should suppress warnings concerning non-literals being used in a call
1716 // to a vprintf function. For example:
1717 //
1718 // void
1719 // logmessage(char const *fmt __attribute__ (format (printf, 1, 2)), ...){
1720 // va_list ap;
1721 // va_start(ap, fmt);
1722 // vprintf(fmt, ap); // Do NOT emit a warning about "fmt".
1723 // ...
1724 //
Jean-Daniel Dupasf57c4132012-02-21 20:00:53 +00001725 if (HasVAListArg) {
1726 if (const ParmVarDecl *PV = dyn_cast<ParmVarDecl>(VD)) {
1727 if (const NamedDecl *ND = dyn_cast<NamedDecl>(PV->getDeclContext())) {
1728 int PVIndex = PV->getFunctionScopeIndex() + 1;
1729 for (specific_attr_iterator<FormatAttr>
1730 i = ND->specific_attr_begin<FormatAttr>(),
1731 e = ND->specific_attr_end<FormatAttr>(); i != e ; ++i) {
1732 FormatAttr *PVFormat = *i;
1733 // adjust for implicit parameter
1734 if (const CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(ND))
1735 if (MD->isInstance())
1736 ++PVIndex;
1737 // We also check if the formats are compatible.
1738 // We can't pass a 'scanf' string to a 'printf' function.
1739 if (PVIndex == PVFormat->getFormatIdx() &&
1740 Type == GetFormatStringType(PVFormat))
Richard Smith831421f2012-06-25 20:30:08 +00001741 return SLCT_UncheckedLiteral;
Jean-Daniel Dupasf57c4132012-02-21 20:00:53 +00001742 }
1743 }
1744 }
1745 }
Ted Kremenek082d9362009-03-20 21:35:28 +00001746 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001747
Richard Smith831421f2012-06-25 20:30:08 +00001748 return SLCT_NotALiteral;
Ted Kremenek082d9362009-03-20 21:35:28 +00001749 }
Ted Kremenekd30ef872009-01-12 23:09:09 +00001750
Jean-Daniel Dupas52aabaf2012-02-07 19:01:42 +00001751 case Stmt::CallExprClass:
1752 case Stmt::CXXMemberCallExprClass: {
Anders Carlsson8f031b32009-06-27 04:05:33 +00001753 const CallExpr *CE = cast<CallExpr>(E);
Jean-Daniel Dupas52aabaf2012-02-07 19:01:42 +00001754 if (const NamedDecl *ND = dyn_cast_or_null<NamedDecl>(CE->getCalleeDecl())) {
1755 if (const FormatArgAttr *FA = ND->getAttr<FormatArgAttr>()) {
1756 unsigned ArgIndex = FA->getFormatIdx();
1757 if (const CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(ND))
1758 if (MD->isInstance())
1759 --ArgIndex;
1760 const Expr *Arg = CE->getArg(ArgIndex - 1);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001761
Richard Smith831421f2012-06-25 20:30:08 +00001762 return checkFormatStringExpr(Arg, Args, NumArgs,
1763 HasVAListArg, format_idx, firstDataArg,
Jordan Roseddcfbc92012-07-19 18:10:23 +00001764 Type, CallType, inFunctionCall);
Jordan Rose50687312012-06-04 23:52:23 +00001765 } else if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(ND)) {
1766 unsigned BuiltinID = FD->getBuiltinID();
1767 if (BuiltinID == Builtin::BI__builtin___CFStringMakeConstantString ||
1768 BuiltinID == Builtin::BI__builtin___NSStringMakeConstantString) {
1769 const Expr *Arg = CE->getArg(0);
Richard Smith831421f2012-06-25 20:30:08 +00001770 return checkFormatStringExpr(Arg, Args, NumArgs,
1771 HasVAListArg, format_idx,
Jordan Roseddcfbc92012-07-19 18:10:23 +00001772 firstDataArg, Type, CallType,
1773 inFunctionCall);
Jordan Rose50687312012-06-04 23:52:23 +00001774 }
Anders Carlsson8f031b32009-06-27 04:05:33 +00001775 }
1776 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001777
Richard Smith831421f2012-06-25 20:30:08 +00001778 return SLCT_NotALiteral;
Anders Carlsson8f031b32009-06-27 04:05:33 +00001779 }
Ted Kremenek082d9362009-03-20 21:35:28 +00001780 case Stmt::ObjCStringLiteralClass:
1781 case Stmt::StringLiteralClass: {
1782 const StringLiteral *StrE = NULL;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001783
Ted Kremenek082d9362009-03-20 21:35:28 +00001784 if (const ObjCStringLiteral *ObjCFExpr = dyn_cast<ObjCStringLiteral>(E))
Ted Kremenekd30ef872009-01-12 23:09:09 +00001785 StrE = ObjCFExpr->getString();
1786 else
Ted Kremenek082d9362009-03-20 21:35:28 +00001787 StrE = cast<StringLiteral>(E);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001788
Ted Kremenekd30ef872009-01-12 23:09:09 +00001789 if (StrE) {
Jean-Daniel Dupas29c3f812012-01-17 20:03:31 +00001790 CheckFormatString(StrE, E, Args, NumArgs, HasVAListArg, format_idx,
Jordan Roseddcfbc92012-07-19 18:10:23 +00001791 firstDataArg, Type, inFunctionCall, CallType);
Richard Smith831421f2012-06-25 20:30:08 +00001792 return SLCT_CheckedLiteral;
Ted Kremenekd30ef872009-01-12 23:09:09 +00001793 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001794
Richard Smith831421f2012-06-25 20:30:08 +00001795 return SLCT_NotALiteral;
Ted Kremenekd30ef872009-01-12 23:09:09 +00001796 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001797
Ted Kremenek082d9362009-03-20 21:35:28 +00001798 default:
Richard Smith831421f2012-06-25 20:30:08 +00001799 return SLCT_NotALiteral;
Ted Kremenekd30ef872009-01-12 23:09:09 +00001800 }
1801}
1802
Fariborz Jahaniane898f8a2009-05-21 18:48:51 +00001803void
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001804Sema::CheckNonNullArguments(const NonNullAttr *NonNull,
Nick Lewycky909a70d2011-03-25 01:44:32 +00001805 const Expr * const *ExprArgs,
1806 SourceLocation CallSiteLoc) {
Sean Huntcf807c42010-08-18 23:23:40 +00001807 for (NonNullAttr::args_iterator i = NonNull->args_begin(),
1808 e = NonNull->args_end();
Fariborz Jahaniane898f8a2009-05-21 18:48:51 +00001809 i != e; ++i) {
Nick Lewycky909a70d2011-03-25 01:44:32 +00001810 const Expr *ArgExpr = ExprArgs[*i];
Ted Kremenek4e4b30e2010-02-16 01:46:59 +00001811 if (ArgExpr->isNullPointerConstant(Context,
Douglas Gregorce940492009-09-25 04:25:58 +00001812 Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNotNull))
Nick Lewycky909a70d2011-03-25 01:44:32 +00001813 Diag(CallSiteLoc, diag::warn_null_arg) << ArgExpr->getSourceRange();
Fariborz Jahaniane898f8a2009-05-21 18:48:51 +00001814 }
1815}
Ted Kremenekd30ef872009-01-12 23:09:09 +00001816
Jean-Daniel Dupas34269df2012-01-30 08:46:47 +00001817Sema::FormatStringType Sema::GetFormatStringType(const FormatAttr *Format) {
1818 return llvm::StringSwitch<FormatStringType>(Format->getType())
1819 .Case("scanf", FST_Scanf)
1820 .Cases("printf", "printf0", FST_Printf)
1821 .Cases("NSString", "CFString", FST_NSString)
1822 .Case("strftime", FST_Strftime)
1823 .Case("strfmon", FST_Strfmon)
1824 .Cases("kprintf", "cmn_err", "vcmn_err", "zcmn_err", FST_Kprintf)
1825 .Default(FST_Unknown);
1826}
1827
Jordan Roseddcfbc92012-07-19 18:10:23 +00001828/// CheckFormatArguments - Check calls to printf and scanf (and similar
Ted Kremenek826a3452010-07-16 02:11:22 +00001829/// functions) for correct use of format strings.
Richard Smith831421f2012-06-25 20:30:08 +00001830/// Returns true if a format string has been fully checked.
Richard Smith831421f2012-06-25 20:30:08 +00001831bool Sema::CheckFormatArguments(const FormatAttr *Format, Expr **Args,
Jean-Daniel Dupas29c3f812012-01-17 20:03:31 +00001832 unsigned NumArgs, bool IsCXXMember,
Jordan Roseddcfbc92012-07-19 18:10:23 +00001833 VariadicCallType CallType,
Jean-Daniel Dupas29c3f812012-01-17 20:03:31 +00001834 SourceLocation Loc, SourceRange Range) {
Richard Smith831421f2012-06-25 20:30:08 +00001835 FormatStringInfo FSI;
1836 if (getFormatStringInfo(Format, IsCXXMember, &FSI))
1837 return CheckFormatArguments(Args, NumArgs, FSI.HasVAListArg, FSI.FormatIdx,
1838 FSI.FirstDataArg, GetFormatStringType(Format),
Jordan Roseddcfbc92012-07-19 18:10:23 +00001839 CallType, Loc, Range);
Richard Smith831421f2012-06-25 20:30:08 +00001840 return false;
Jean-Daniel Dupas29c3f812012-01-17 20:03:31 +00001841}
Sebastian Redl4a2614e2009-11-17 18:02:24 +00001842
Richard Smith831421f2012-06-25 20:30:08 +00001843bool Sema::CheckFormatArguments(Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs,
Jean-Daniel Dupas34269df2012-01-30 08:46:47 +00001844 bool HasVAListArg, unsigned format_idx,
1845 unsigned firstDataArg, FormatStringType Type,
Jordan Roseddcfbc92012-07-19 18:10:23 +00001846 VariadicCallType CallType,
Jean-Daniel Dupas34269df2012-01-30 08:46:47 +00001847 SourceLocation Loc, SourceRange Range) {
Ted Kremenek826a3452010-07-16 02:11:22 +00001848 // CHECK: printf/scanf-like function is called with no format string.
Jean-Daniel Dupas29c3f812012-01-17 20:03:31 +00001849 if (format_idx >= NumArgs) {
1850 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_missing_format_string) << Range;
Richard Smith831421f2012-06-25 20:30:08 +00001851 return false;
Ted Kremenek71895b92007-08-14 17:39:48 +00001852 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001853
Jean-Daniel Dupas29c3f812012-01-17 20:03:31 +00001854 const Expr *OrigFormatExpr = Args[format_idx]->IgnoreParenCasts();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001855
Chris Lattner59907c42007-08-10 20:18:51 +00001856 // CHECK: format string is not a string literal.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001857 //
Ted Kremenek71895b92007-08-14 17:39:48 +00001858 // Dynamically generated format strings are difficult to
1859 // automatically vet at compile time. Requiring that format strings
1860 // are string literals: (1) permits the checking of format strings by
1861 // the compiler and thereby (2) can practically remove the source of
1862 // many format string exploits.
Ted Kremenek7ff22b22008-06-16 18:00:42 +00001863
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001864 // Format string can be either ObjC string (e.g. @"%d") or
Ted Kremenek7ff22b22008-06-16 18:00:42 +00001865 // C string (e.g. "%d")
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001866 // ObjC string uses the same format specifiers as C string, so we can use
Ted Kremenek7ff22b22008-06-16 18:00:42 +00001867 // the same format string checking logic for both ObjC and C strings.
Richard Smith831421f2012-06-25 20:30:08 +00001868 StringLiteralCheckType CT =
1869 checkFormatStringExpr(OrigFormatExpr, Args, NumArgs, HasVAListArg,
Jordan Roseddcfbc92012-07-19 18:10:23 +00001870 format_idx, firstDataArg, Type, CallType);
Richard Smith831421f2012-06-25 20:30:08 +00001871 if (CT != SLCT_NotALiteral)
1872 // Literal format string found, check done!
1873 return CT == SLCT_CheckedLiteral;
Ted Kremenek7ff22b22008-06-16 18:00:42 +00001874
Jean-Daniel Dupas2837a2f2012-02-07 23:10:53 +00001875 // Strftime is particular as it always uses a single 'time' argument,
1876 // so it is safe to pass a non-literal string.
1877 if (Type == FST_Strftime)
Richard Smith831421f2012-06-25 20:30:08 +00001878 return false;
Jean-Daniel Dupas2837a2f2012-02-07 23:10:53 +00001879
Jean-Daniel Dupasce3aa392012-01-30 19:46:17 +00001880 // Do not emit diag when the string param is a macro expansion and the
1881 // format is either NSString or CFString. This is a hack to prevent
1882 // diag when using the NSLocalizedString and CFCopyLocalizedString macros
1883 // which are usually used in place of NS and CF string literals.
Jean-Daniel Dupasdc170202012-05-04 21:08:08 +00001884 if (Type == FST_NSString &&
1885 SourceMgr.isInSystemMacro(Args[format_idx]->getLocStart()))
Richard Smith831421f2012-06-25 20:30:08 +00001886 return false;
Jean-Daniel Dupasce3aa392012-01-30 19:46:17 +00001887
Chris Lattner655f1412009-04-29 04:59:47 +00001888 // If there are no arguments specified, warn with -Wformat-security, otherwise
1889 // warn only with -Wformat-nonliteral.
Jean-Daniel Dupas29c3f812012-01-17 20:03:31 +00001890 if (NumArgs == format_idx+1)
1891 Diag(Args[format_idx]->getLocStart(),
Ted Kremenek826a3452010-07-16 02:11:22 +00001892 diag::warn_format_nonliteral_noargs)
Chris Lattner655f1412009-04-29 04:59:47 +00001893 << OrigFormatExpr->getSourceRange();
1894 else
Jean-Daniel Dupas29c3f812012-01-17 20:03:31 +00001895 Diag(Args[format_idx]->getLocStart(),
Ted Kremenek826a3452010-07-16 02:11:22 +00001896 diag::warn_format_nonliteral)
Chris Lattner655f1412009-04-29 04:59:47 +00001897 << OrigFormatExpr->getSourceRange();
Richard Smith831421f2012-06-25 20:30:08 +00001898 return false;
Ted Kremenekd30ef872009-01-12 23:09:09 +00001899}
Ted Kremenek71895b92007-08-14 17:39:48 +00001900
Ted Kremeneke0e53132010-01-28 23:39:18 +00001901namespace {
Ted Kremenek826a3452010-07-16 02:11:22 +00001902class CheckFormatHandler : public analyze_format_string::FormatStringHandler {
1903protected:
Ted Kremeneke0e53132010-01-28 23:39:18 +00001904 Sema &S;
1905 const StringLiteral *FExpr;
1906 const Expr *OrigFormatExpr;
Ted Kremenek6ee76532010-03-25 03:59:12 +00001907 const unsigned FirstDataArg;
Ted Kremeneke0e53132010-01-28 23:39:18 +00001908 const unsigned NumDataArgs;
Ted Kremeneke0e53132010-01-28 23:39:18 +00001909 const char *Beg; // Start of format string.
Ted Kremenek0d277352010-01-29 01:06:55 +00001910 const bool HasVAListArg;
Jean-Daniel Dupas29c3f812012-01-17 20:03:31 +00001911 const Expr * const *Args;
1912 const unsigned NumArgs;
Ted Kremenek0d277352010-01-29 01:06:55 +00001913 unsigned FormatIdx;
Ted Kremenek7f70dc82010-02-26 19:18:41 +00001914 llvm::BitVector CoveredArgs;
Ted Kremenekefaff192010-02-27 01:41:03 +00001915 bool usesPositionalArgs;
1916 bool atFirstArg;
Richard Trieu55733de2011-10-28 00:41:25 +00001917 bool inFunctionCall;
Jordan Roseddcfbc92012-07-19 18:10:23 +00001918 Sema::VariadicCallType CallType;
Ted Kremenek4e4b30e2010-02-16 01:46:59 +00001919public:
Ted Kremenek826a3452010-07-16 02:11:22 +00001920 CheckFormatHandler(Sema &s, const StringLiteral *fexpr,
Ted Kremenek6ee76532010-03-25 03:59:12 +00001921 const Expr *origFormatExpr, unsigned firstDataArg,
Jordan Rose50687312012-06-04 23:52:23 +00001922 unsigned numDataArgs, const char *beg, bool hasVAListArg,
Jean-Daniel Dupas29c3f812012-01-17 20:03:31 +00001923 Expr **args, unsigned numArgs,
Jordan Roseddcfbc92012-07-19 18:10:23 +00001924 unsigned formatIdx, bool inFunctionCall,
1925 Sema::VariadicCallType callType)
Ted Kremeneke0e53132010-01-28 23:39:18 +00001926 : S(s), FExpr(fexpr), OrigFormatExpr(origFormatExpr),
Jordan Rose50687312012-06-04 23:52:23 +00001927 FirstDataArg(firstDataArg), NumDataArgs(numDataArgs),
1928 Beg(beg), HasVAListArg(hasVAListArg),
Jean-Daniel Dupas29c3f812012-01-17 20:03:31 +00001929 Args(args), NumArgs(numArgs), FormatIdx(formatIdx),
Richard Trieu55733de2011-10-28 00:41:25 +00001930 usesPositionalArgs(false), atFirstArg(true),
Jordan Roseddcfbc92012-07-19 18:10:23 +00001931 inFunctionCall(inFunctionCall), CallType(callType) {
Ted Kremenek7f70dc82010-02-26 19:18:41 +00001932 CoveredArgs.resize(numDataArgs);
1933 CoveredArgs.reset();
1934 }
Ted Kremenek4e4b30e2010-02-16 01:46:59 +00001935
Ted Kremenek07d161f2010-01-29 01:50:07 +00001936 void DoneProcessing();
Ted Kremenek4e4b30e2010-02-16 01:46:59 +00001937
Ted Kremenek826a3452010-07-16 02:11:22 +00001938 void HandleIncompleteSpecifier(const char *startSpecifier,
1939 unsigned specifierLen);
Hans Wennborg76517422012-02-22 10:17:01 +00001940
1941 void HandleNonStandardLengthModifier(
1942 const analyze_format_string::LengthModifier &LM,
1943 const char *startSpecifier, unsigned specifierLen);
1944
1945 void HandleNonStandardConversionSpecifier(
1946 const analyze_format_string::ConversionSpecifier &CS,
1947 const char *startSpecifier, unsigned specifierLen);
1948
1949 void HandleNonStandardConversionSpecification(
1950 const analyze_format_string::LengthModifier &LM,
1951 const analyze_format_string::ConversionSpecifier &CS,
1952 const char *startSpecifier, unsigned specifierLen);
1953
Hans Wennborgf8562642012-03-09 10:10:54 +00001954 virtual void HandlePosition(const char *startPos, unsigned posLen);
1955
Ted Kremenekefaff192010-02-27 01:41:03 +00001956 virtual void HandleInvalidPosition(const char *startSpecifier,
1957 unsigned specifierLen,
Ted Kremenek826a3452010-07-16 02:11:22 +00001958 analyze_format_string::PositionContext p);
Ted Kremenekefaff192010-02-27 01:41:03 +00001959
1960 virtual void HandleZeroPosition(const char *startPos, unsigned posLen);
1961
Ted Kremeneke0e53132010-01-28 23:39:18 +00001962 void HandleNullChar(const char *nullCharacter);
Ted Kremenek4e4b30e2010-02-16 01:46:59 +00001963
Richard Trieu55733de2011-10-28 00:41:25 +00001964 template <typename Range>
1965 static void EmitFormatDiagnostic(Sema &S, bool inFunctionCall,
1966 const Expr *ArgumentExpr,
1967 PartialDiagnostic PDiag,
1968 SourceLocation StringLoc,
1969 bool IsStringLocation, Range StringRange,
Jordan Roseec087352012-09-05 22:56:26 +00001970 ArrayRef<FixItHint> Fixit = ArrayRef<FixItHint>());
Richard Trieu55733de2011-10-28 00:41:25 +00001971
Ted Kremenek826a3452010-07-16 02:11:22 +00001972protected:
Ted Kremenekc09b6a52010-07-19 21:25:57 +00001973 bool HandleInvalidConversionSpecifier(unsigned argIndex, SourceLocation Loc,
1974 const char *startSpec,
1975 unsigned specifierLen,
1976 const char *csStart, unsigned csLen);
Richard Trieu55733de2011-10-28 00:41:25 +00001977
1978 void HandlePositionalNonpositionalArgs(SourceLocation Loc,
1979 const char *startSpec,
1980 unsigned specifierLen);
Ted Kremenekc09b6a52010-07-19 21:25:57 +00001981
Ted Kremenekf88c8e02010-01-29 20:55:36 +00001982 SourceRange getFormatStringRange();
Ted Kremenek826a3452010-07-16 02:11:22 +00001983 CharSourceRange getSpecifierRange(const char *startSpecifier,
1984 unsigned specifierLen);
Ted Kremeneke0e53132010-01-28 23:39:18 +00001985 SourceLocation getLocationOfByte(const char *x);
Ted Kremenek4e4b30e2010-02-16 01:46:59 +00001986
Ted Kremenek0d277352010-01-29 01:06:55 +00001987 const Expr *getDataArg(unsigned i) const;
Ted Kremenek666a1972010-07-26 19:45:42 +00001988
1989 bool CheckNumArgs(const analyze_format_string::FormatSpecifier &FS,
1990 const analyze_format_string::ConversionSpecifier &CS,
1991 const char *startSpecifier, unsigned specifierLen,
1992 unsigned argIndex);
Richard Trieu55733de2011-10-28 00:41:25 +00001993
1994 template <typename Range>
1995 void EmitFormatDiagnostic(PartialDiagnostic PDiag, SourceLocation StringLoc,
1996 bool IsStringLocation, Range StringRange,
Jordan Roseec087352012-09-05 22:56:26 +00001997 ArrayRef<FixItHint> Fixit = ArrayRef<FixItHint>());
Richard Trieu55733de2011-10-28 00:41:25 +00001998
1999 void CheckPositionalAndNonpositionalArgs(
2000 const analyze_format_string::FormatSpecifier *FS);
Ted Kremeneke0e53132010-01-28 23:39:18 +00002001};
2002}
2003
Ted Kremenek826a3452010-07-16 02:11:22 +00002004SourceRange CheckFormatHandler::getFormatStringRange() {
Ted Kremeneke0e53132010-01-28 23:39:18 +00002005 return OrigFormatExpr->getSourceRange();
2006}
2007
Ted Kremenek826a3452010-07-16 02:11:22 +00002008CharSourceRange CheckFormatHandler::
2009getSpecifierRange(const char *startSpecifier, unsigned specifierLen) {
Tom Care45f9b7e2010-06-21 21:21:01 +00002010 SourceLocation Start = getLocationOfByte(startSpecifier);
2011 SourceLocation End = getLocationOfByte(startSpecifier + specifierLen - 1);
2012
2013 // Advance the end SourceLocation by one due to half-open ranges.
Argyrios Kyrtzidisa64ccef2011-09-19 20:40:19 +00002014 End = End.getLocWithOffset(1);
Tom Care45f9b7e2010-06-21 21:21:01 +00002015
2016 return CharSourceRange::getCharRange(Start, End);
Ted Kremenekf88c8e02010-01-29 20:55:36 +00002017}
2018
Ted Kremenek826a3452010-07-16 02:11:22 +00002019SourceLocation CheckFormatHandler::getLocationOfByte(const char *x) {
Ted Kremenek4e4b30e2010-02-16 01:46:59 +00002020 return S.getLocationOfStringLiteralByte(FExpr, x - Beg);
Ted Kremeneke0e53132010-01-28 23:39:18 +00002021}
2022
Ted Kremenek826a3452010-07-16 02:11:22 +00002023void CheckFormatHandler::HandleIncompleteSpecifier(const char *startSpecifier,
2024 unsigned specifierLen){
Richard Trieu55733de2011-10-28 00:41:25 +00002025 EmitFormatDiagnostic(S.PDiag(diag::warn_printf_incomplete_specifier),
2026 getLocationOfByte(startSpecifier),
2027 /*IsStringLocation*/true,
2028 getSpecifierRange(startSpecifier, specifierLen));
Ted Kremenek808015a2010-01-29 03:16:21 +00002029}
2030
Hans Wennborg76517422012-02-22 10:17:01 +00002031void CheckFormatHandler::HandleNonStandardLengthModifier(
2032 const analyze_format_string::LengthModifier &LM,
2033 const char *startSpecifier, unsigned specifierLen) {
2034 EmitFormatDiagnostic(S.PDiag(diag::warn_format_non_standard) << LM.toString()
Hans Wennborgf8562642012-03-09 10:10:54 +00002035 << 0,
Hans Wennborg76517422012-02-22 10:17:01 +00002036 getLocationOfByte(LM.getStart()),
2037 /*IsStringLocation*/true,
2038 getSpecifierRange(startSpecifier, specifierLen));
2039}
2040
2041void CheckFormatHandler::HandleNonStandardConversionSpecifier(
2042 const analyze_format_string::ConversionSpecifier &CS,
2043 const char *startSpecifier, unsigned specifierLen) {
2044 EmitFormatDiagnostic(S.PDiag(diag::warn_format_non_standard) << CS.toString()
Hans Wennborgf8562642012-03-09 10:10:54 +00002045 << 1,
Hans Wennborg76517422012-02-22 10:17:01 +00002046 getLocationOfByte(CS.getStart()),
2047 /*IsStringLocation*/true,
2048 getSpecifierRange(startSpecifier, specifierLen));
2049}
2050
2051void CheckFormatHandler::HandleNonStandardConversionSpecification(
2052 const analyze_format_string::LengthModifier &LM,
2053 const analyze_format_string::ConversionSpecifier &CS,
2054 const char *startSpecifier, unsigned specifierLen) {
2055 EmitFormatDiagnostic(S.PDiag(diag::warn_format_non_standard_conversion_spec)
2056 << LM.toString() << CS.toString(),
2057 getLocationOfByte(LM.getStart()),
2058 /*IsStringLocation*/true,
2059 getSpecifierRange(startSpecifier, specifierLen));
2060}
2061
Hans Wennborgf8562642012-03-09 10:10:54 +00002062void CheckFormatHandler::HandlePosition(const char *startPos,
2063 unsigned posLen) {
2064 EmitFormatDiagnostic(S.PDiag(diag::warn_format_non_standard_positional_arg),
2065 getLocationOfByte(startPos),
2066 /*IsStringLocation*/true,
2067 getSpecifierRange(startPos, posLen));
2068}
2069
Ted Kremenekefaff192010-02-27 01:41:03 +00002070void
Ted Kremenek826a3452010-07-16 02:11:22 +00002071CheckFormatHandler::HandleInvalidPosition(const char *startPos, unsigned posLen,
2072 analyze_format_string::PositionContext p) {
Richard Trieu55733de2011-10-28 00:41:25 +00002073 EmitFormatDiagnostic(S.PDiag(diag::warn_format_invalid_positional_specifier)
2074 << (unsigned) p,
2075 getLocationOfByte(startPos), /*IsStringLocation*/true,
2076 getSpecifierRange(startPos, posLen));
Ted Kremenekefaff192010-02-27 01:41:03 +00002077}
2078
Ted Kremenek826a3452010-07-16 02:11:22 +00002079void CheckFormatHandler::HandleZeroPosition(const char *startPos,
Ted Kremenekefaff192010-02-27 01:41:03 +00002080 unsigned posLen) {
Richard Trieu55733de2011-10-28 00:41:25 +00002081 EmitFormatDiagnostic(S.PDiag(diag::warn_format_zero_positional_specifier),
2082 getLocationOfByte(startPos),
2083 /*IsStringLocation*/true,
2084 getSpecifierRange(startPos, posLen));
Ted Kremenekefaff192010-02-27 01:41:03 +00002085}
2086
Ted Kremenek826a3452010-07-16 02:11:22 +00002087void CheckFormatHandler::HandleNullChar(const char *nullCharacter) {
Jordan Rose50687312012-06-04 23:52:23 +00002088 if (!isa<ObjCStringLiteral>(OrigFormatExpr)) {
Ted Kremenek0c069442011-03-15 21:18:48 +00002089 // The presence of a null character is likely an error.
Richard Trieu55733de2011-10-28 00:41:25 +00002090 EmitFormatDiagnostic(
2091 S.PDiag(diag::warn_printf_format_string_contains_null_char),
2092 getLocationOfByte(nullCharacter), /*IsStringLocation*/true,
2093 getFormatStringRange());
Ted Kremenek0c069442011-03-15 21:18:48 +00002094 }
Ted Kremenek826a3452010-07-16 02:11:22 +00002095}
Ted Kremenek4e4b30e2010-02-16 01:46:59 +00002096
Jordan Rose48716662012-07-19 18:10:08 +00002097// Note that this may return NULL if there was an error parsing or building
2098// one of the argument expressions.
Ted Kremenek826a3452010-07-16 02:11:22 +00002099const Expr *CheckFormatHandler::getDataArg(unsigned i) const {
Jean-Daniel Dupas29c3f812012-01-17 20:03:31 +00002100 return Args[FirstDataArg + i];
Ted Kremenek826a3452010-07-16 02:11:22 +00002101}
2102
2103void CheckFormatHandler::DoneProcessing() {
2104 // Does the number of data arguments exceed the number of
2105 // format conversions in the format string?
2106 if (!HasVAListArg) {
2107 // Find any arguments that weren't covered.
2108 CoveredArgs.flip();
2109 signed notCoveredArg = CoveredArgs.find_first();
2110 if (notCoveredArg >= 0) {
2111 assert((unsigned)notCoveredArg < NumDataArgs);
Jordan Rose48716662012-07-19 18:10:08 +00002112 if (const Expr *E = getDataArg((unsigned) notCoveredArg)) {
2113 SourceLocation Loc = E->getLocStart();
2114 if (!S.getSourceManager().isInSystemMacro(Loc)) {
2115 EmitFormatDiagnostic(S.PDiag(diag::warn_printf_data_arg_not_used),
2116 Loc, /*IsStringLocation*/false,
2117 getFormatStringRange());
2118 }
Bob Wilsonc03f2df2012-05-03 19:47:19 +00002119 }
Ted Kremenek826a3452010-07-16 02:11:22 +00002120 }
2121 }
2122}
2123
Ted Kremenekc09b6a52010-07-19 21:25:57 +00002124bool
2125CheckFormatHandler::HandleInvalidConversionSpecifier(unsigned argIndex,
2126 SourceLocation Loc,
2127 const char *startSpec,
2128 unsigned specifierLen,
2129 const char *csStart,
2130 unsigned csLen) {
2131
2132 bool keepGoing = true;
2133 if (argIndex < NumDataArgs) {
2134 // Consider the argument coverered, even though the specifier doesn't
2135 // make sense.
2136 CoveredArgs.set(argIndex);
2137 }
2138 else {
2139 // If argIndex exceeds the number of data arguments we
2140 // don't issue a warning because that is just a cascade of warnings (and
2141 // they may have intended '%%' anyway). We don't want to continue processing
2142 // the format string after this point, however, as we will like just get
2143 // gibberish when trying to match arguments.
2144 keepGoing = false;
2145 }
2146
Richard Trieu55733de2011-10-28 00:41:25 +00002147 EmitFormatDiagnostic(S.PDiag(diag::warn_format_invalid_conversion)
2148 << StringRef(csStart, csLen),
2149 Loc, /*IsStringLocation*/true,
2150 getSpecifierRange(startSpec, specifierLen));
Ted Kremenekc09b6a52010-07-19 21:25:57 +00002151
2152 return keepGoing;
2153}
2154
Richard Trieu55733de2011-10-28 00:41:25 +00002155void
2156CheckFormatHandler::HandlePositionalNonpositionalArgs(SourceLocation Loc,
2157 const char *startSpec,
2158 unsigned specifierLen) {
2159 EmitFormatDiagnostic(
2160 S.PDiag(diag::warn_format_mix_positional_nonpositional_args),
2161 Loc, /*isStringLoc*/true, getSpecifierRange(startSpec, specifierLen));
2162}
2163
Ted Kremenek666a1972010-07-26 19:45:42 +00002164bool
2165CheckFormatHandler::CheckNumArgs(
2166 const analyze_format_string::FormatSpecifier &FS,
2167 const analyze_format_string::ConversionSpecifier &CS,
2168 const char *startSpecifier, unsigned specifierLen, unsigned argIndex) {
2169
2170 if (argIndex >= NumDataArgs) {
Richard Trieu55733de2011-10-28 00:41:25 +00002171 PartialDiagnostic PDiag = FS.usesPositionalArg()
2172 ? (S.PDiag(diag::warn_printf_positional_arg_exceeds_data_args)
2173 << (argIndex+1) << NumDataArgs)
2174 : S.PDiag(diag::warn_printf_insufficient_data_args);
2175 EmitFormatDiagnostic(
2176 PDiag, getLocationOfByte(CS.getStart()), /*IsStringLocation*/true,
2177 getSpecifierRange(startSpecifier, specifierLen));
Ted Kremenek666a1972010-07-26 19:45:42 +00002178 return false;
2179 }
2180 return true;
2181}
2182
Richard Trieu55733de2011-10-28 00:41:25 +00002183template<typename Range>
2184void CheckFormatHandler::EmitFormatDiagnostic(PartialDiagnostic PDiag,
2185 SourceLocation Loc,
2186 bool IsStringLocation,
2187 Range StringRange,
Jordan Roseec087352012-09-05 22:56:26 +00002188 ArrayRef<FixItHint> FixIt) {
Jean-Daniel Dupas29c3f812012-01-17 20:03:31 +00002189 EmitFormatDiagnostic(S, inFunctionCall, Args[FormatIdx], PDiag,
Richard Trieu55733de2011-10-28 00:41:25 +00002190 Loc, IsStringLocation, StringRange, FixIt);
2191}
2192
2193/// \brief If the format string is not within the funcion call, emit a note
2194/// so that the function call and string are in diagnostic messages.
2195///
Dmitri Gribenko70517ca2012-08-23 17:58:28 +00002196/// \param InFunctionCall if true, the format string is within the function
Richard Trieu55733de2011-10-28 00:41:25 +00002197/// call and only one diagnostic message will be produced. Otherwise, an
2198/// extra note will be emitted pointing to location of the format string.
2199///
2200/// \param ArgumentExpr the expression that is passed as the format string
2201/// argument in the function call. Used for getting locations when two
2202/// diagnostics are emitted.
2203///
2204/// \param PDiag the callee should already have provided any strings for the
2205/// diagnostic message. This function only adds locations and fixits
2206/// to diagnostics.
2207///
2208/// \param Loc primary location for diagnostic. If two diagnostics are
2209/// required, one will be at Loc and a new SourceLocation will be created for
2210/// the other one.
2211///
2212/// \param IsStringLocation if true, Loc points to the format string should be
2213/// used for the note. Otherwise, Loc points to the argument list and will
2214/// be used with PDiag.
2215///
2216/// \param StringRange some or all of the string to highlight. This is
2217/// templated so it can accept either a CharSourceRange or a SourceRange.
2218///
Dmitri Gribenko70517ca2012-08-23 17:58:28 +00002219/// \param FixIt optional fix it hint for the format string.
Richard Trieu55733de2011-10-28 00:41:25 +00002220template<typename Range>
2221void CheckFormatHandler::EmitFormatDiagnostic(Sema &S, bool InFunctionCall,
2222 const Expr *ArgumentExpr,
2223 PartialDiagnostic PDiag,
2224 SourceLocation Loc,
2225 bool IsStringLocation,
2226 Range StringRange,
Jordan Roseec087352012-09-05 22:56:26 +00002227 ArrayRef<FixItHint> FixIt) {
2228 if (InFunctionCall) {
2229 const Sema::SemaDiagnosticBuilder &D = S.Diag(Loc, PDiag);
2230 D << StringRange;
2231 for (ArrayRef<FixItHint>::iterator I = FixIt.begin(), E = FixIt.end();
2232 I != E; ++I) {
2233 D << *I;
2234 }
2235 } else {
Richard Trieu55733de2011-10-28 00:41:25 +00002236 S.Diag(IsStringLocation ? ArgumentExpr->getExprLoc() : Loc, PDiag)
2237 << ArgumentExpr->getSourceRange();
Jordan Roseec087352012-09-05 22:56:26 +00002238
2239 const Sema::SemaDiagnosticBuilder &Note =
2240 S.Diag(IsStringLocation ? Loc : StringRange.getBegin(),
2241 diag::note_format_string_defined);
2242
2243 Note << StringRange;
2244 for (ArrayRef<FixItHint>::iterator I = FixIt.begin(), E = FixIt.end();
2245 I != E; ++I) {
2246 Note << *I;
2247 }
Richard Trieu55733de2011-10-28 00:41:25 +00002248 }
2249}
2250
Ted Kremenek826a3452010-07-16 02:11:22 +00002251//===--- CHECK: Printf format string checking ------------------------------===//
2252
2253namespace {
2254class CheckPrintfHandler : public CheckFormatHandler {
Jordan Rose50687312012-06-04 23:52:23 +00002255 bool ObjCContext;
Ted Kremenek826a3452010-07-16 02:11:22 +00002256public:
2257 CheckPrintfHandler(Sema &s, const StringLiteral *fexpr,
2258 const Expr *origFormatExpr, unsigned firstDataArg,
Jordan Rose50687312012-06-04 23:52:23 +00002259 unsigned numDataArgs, bool isObjC,
Ted Kremenek826a3452010-07-16 02:11:22 +00002260 const char *beg, bool hasVAListArg,
Jean-Daniel Dupas29c3f812012-01-17 20:03:31 +00002261 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs,
Jordan Roseddcfbc92012-07-19 18:10:23 +00002262 unsigned formatIdx, bool inFunctionCall,
2263 Sema::VariadicCallType CallType)
Ted Kremenek826a3452010-07-16 02:11:22 +00002264 : CheckFormatHandler(s, fexpr, origFormatExpr, firstDataArg,
Jordan Rose50687312012-06-04 23:52:23 +00002265 numDataArgs, beg, hasVAListArg, Args, NumArgs,
Jordan Roseddcfbc92012-07-19 18:10:23 +00002266 formatIdx, inFunctionCall, CallType), ObjCContext(isObjC)
2267 {}
2268
Ted Kremenek826a3452010-07-16 02:11:22 +00002269
2270 bool HandleInvalidPrintfConversionSpecifier(
2271 const analyze_printf::PrintfSpecifier &FS,
2272 const char *startSpecifier,
2273 unsigned specifierLen);
2274
2275 bool HandlePrintfSpecifier(const analyze_printf::PrintfSpecifier &FS,
2276 const char *startSpecifier,
2277 unsigned specifierLen);
Richard Smith831421f2012-06-25 20:30:08 +00002278 bool checkFormatExpr(const analyze_printf::PrintfSpecifier &FS,
2279 const char *StartSpecifier,
2280 unsigned SpecifierLen,
2281 const Expr *E);
2282
Ted Kremenek826a3452010-07-16 02:11:22 +00002283 bool HandleAmount(const analyze_format_string::OptionalAmount &Amt, unsigned k,
2284 const char *startSpecifier, unsigned specifierLen);
2285 void HandleInvalidAmount(const analyze_printf::PrintfSpecifier &FS,
2286 const analyze_printf::OptionalAmount &Amt,
2287 unsigned type,
2288 const char *startSpecifier, unsigned specifierLen);
2289 void HandleFlag(const analyze_printf::PrintfSpecifier &FS,
2290 const analyze_printf::OptionalFlag &flag,
2291 const char *startSpecifier, unsigned specifierLen);
2292 void HandleIgnoredFlag(const analyze_printf::PrintfSpecifier &FS,
2293 const analyze_printf::OptionalFlag &ignoredFlag,
2294 const analyze_printf::OptionalFlag &flag,
2295 const char *startSpecifier, unsigned specifierLen);
Hans Wennborgf3749f42012-08-07 08:11:26 +00002296 bool checkForCStrMembers(const analyze_printf::ArgType &AT,
Richard Smith831421f2012-06-25 20:30:08 +00002297 const Expr *E, const CharSourceRange &CSR);
2298
Ted Kremenek826a3452010-07-16 02:11:22 +00002299};
2300}
2301
2302bool CheckPrintfHandler::HandleInvalidPrintfConversionSpecifier(
2303 const analyze_printf::PrintfSpecifier &FS,
2304 const char *startSpecifier,
2305 unsigned specifierLen) {
Ted Kremenek6ecb9502010-07-20 20:04:27 +00002306 const analyze_printf::PrintfConversionSpecifier &CS =
Ted Kremenekc09b6a52010-07-19 21:25:57 +00002307 FS.getConversionSpecifier();
Ted Kremenek826a3452010-07-16 02:11:22 +00002308
Ted Kremenekc09b6a52010-07-19 21:25:57 +00002309 return HandleInvalidConversionSpecifier(FS.getArgIndex(),
2310 getLocationOfByte(CS.getStart()),
2311 startSpecifier, specifierLen,
2312 CS.getStart(), CS.getLength());
Ted Kremenek26ac2e02010-01-29 02:40:24 +00002313}
2314
Ted Kremenek826a3452010-07-16 02:11:22 +00002315bool CheckPrintfHandler::HandleAmount(
2316 const analyze_format_string::OptionalAmount &Amt,
2317 unsigned k, const char *startSpecifier,
2318 unsigned specifierLen) {
Ted Kremenek0d277352010-01-29 01:06:55 +00002319
2320 if (Amt.hasDataArgument()) {
Ted Kremenek0d277352010-01-29 01:06:55 +00002321 if (!HasVAListArg) {
Ted Kremenek7f70dc82010-02-26 19:18:41 +00002322 unsigned argIndex = Amt.getArgIndex();
2323 if (argIndex >= NumDataArgs) {
Richard Trieu55733de2011-10-28 00:41:25 +00002324 EmitFormatDiagnostic(S.PDiag(diag::warn_printf_asterisk_missing_arg)
2325 << k,
2326 getLocationOfByte(Amt.getStart()),
2327 /*IsStringLocation*/true,
2328 getSpecifierRange(startSpecifier, specifierLen));
Ted Kremenek0d277352010-01-29 01:06:55 +00002329 // Don't do any more checking. We will just emit
2330 // spurious errors.
2331 return false;
2332 }
Ted Kremenek4e4b30e2010-02-16 01:46:59 +00002333
Ted Kremenek0d277352010-01-29 01:06:55 +00002334 // Type check the data argument. It should be an 'int'.
Ted Kremenek31f8e322010-01-29 23:32:22 +00002335 // Although not in conformance with C99, we also allow the argument to be
2336 // an 'unsigned int' as that is a reasonably safe case. GCC also
2337 // doesn't emit a warning for that case.
Ted Kremenek7f70dc82010-02-26 19:18:41 +00002338 CoveredArgs.set(argIndex);
2339 const Expr *Arg = getDataArg(argIndex);
Jordan Rose48716662012-07-19 18:10:08 +00002340 if (!Arg)
2341 return false;
2342
Ted Kremenek0d277352010-01-29 01:06:55 +00002343 QualType T = Arg->getType();
Ted Kremenek4e4b30e2010-02-16 01:46:59 +00002344
Hans Wennborgf3749f42012-08-07 08:11:26 +00002345 const analyze_printf::ArgType &AT = Amt.getArgType(S.Context);
2346 assert(AT.isValid());
Ted Kremenek4e4b30e2010-02-16 01:46:59 +00002347
Hans Wennborgf3749f42012-08-07 08:11:26 +00002348 if (!AT.matchesType(S.Context, T)) {
Richard Trieu55733de2011-10-28 00:41:25 +00002349 EmitFormatDiagnostic(S.PDiag(diag::warn_printf_asterisk_wrong_type)
Hans Wennborgf3749f42012-08-07 08:11:26 +00002350 << k << AT.getRepresentativeTypeName(S.Context)
Richard Trieu55733de2011-10-28 00:41:25 +00002351 << T << Arg->getSourceRange(),
2352 getLocationOfByte(Amt.getStart()),
2353 /*IsStringLocation*/true,
2354 getSpecifierRange(startSpecifier, specifierLen));
Ted Kremenek0d277352010-01-29 01:06:55 +00002355 // Don't do any more checking. We will just emit
2356 // spurious errors.
2357 return false;
2358 }
2359 }
2360 }
2361 return true;
2362}
Ted Kremenek0d277352010-01-29 01:06:55 +00002363
Tom Caree4ee9662010-06-17 19:00:27 +00002364void CheckPrintfHandler::HandleInvalidAmount(
Ted Kremenek826a3452010-07-16 02:11:22 +00002365 const analyze_printf::PrintfSpecifier &FS,
Tom Caree4ee9662010-06-17 19:00:27 +00002366 const analyze_printf::OptionalAmount &Amt,
2367 unsigned type,
2368 const char *startSpecifier,
2369 unsigned specifierLen) {
Ted Kremenek6ecb9502010-07-20 20:04:27 +00002370 const analyze_printf::PrintfConversionSpecifier &CS =
2371 FS.getConversionSpecifier();
Tom Caree4ee9662010-06-17 19:00:27 +00002372
Richard Trieu55733de2011-10-28 00:41:25 +00002373 FixItHint fixit =
2374 Amt.getHowSpecified() == analyze_printf::OptionalAmount::Constant
2375 ? FixItHint::CreateRemoval(getSpecifierRange(Amt.getStart(),
2376 Amt.getConstantLength()))
2377 : FixItHint();
2378
2379 EmitFormatDiagnostic(S.PDiag(diag::warn_printf_nonsensical_optional_amount)
2380 << type << CS.toString(),
2381 getLocationOfByte(Amt.getStart()),
2382 /*IsStringLocation*/true,
2383 getSpecifierRange(startSpecifier, specifierLen),
2384 fixit);
Tom Caree4ee9662010-06-17 19:00:27 +00002385}
2386
Ted Kremenek826a3452010-07-16 02:11:22 +00002387void CheckPrintfHandler::HandleFlag(const analyze_printf::PrintfSpecifier &FS,
Tom Caree4ee9662010-06-17 19:00:27 +00002388 const analyze_printf::OptionalFlag &flag,
2389 const char *startSpecifier,
2390 unsigned specifierLen) {
2391 // Warn about pointless flag with a fixit removal.
Ted Kremenek6ecb9502010-07-20 20:04:27 +00002392 const analyze_printf::PrintfConversionSpecifier &CS =
2393 FS.getConversionSpecifier();
Richard Trieu55733de2011-10-28 00:41:25 +00002394 EmitFormatDiagnostic(S.PDiag(diag::warn_printf_nonsensical_flag)
2395 << flag.toString() << CS.toString(),
2396 getLocationOfByte(flag.getPosition()),
2397 /*IsStringLocation*/true,
2398 getSpecifierRange(startSpecifier, specifierLen),
2399 FixItHint::CreateRemoval(
2400 getSpecifierRange(flag.getPosition(), 1)));
Tom Caree4ee9662010-06-17 19:00:27 +00002401}
2402
2403void CheckPrintfHandler::HandleIgnoredFlag(
Ted Kremenek826a3452010-07-16 02:11:22 +00002404 const analyze_printf::PrintfSpecifier &FS,
Tom Caree4ee9662010-06-17 19:00:27 +00002405 const analyze_printf::OptionalFlag &ignoredFlag,
2406 const analyze_printf::OptionalFlag &flag,
2407 const char *startSpecifier,
2408 unsigned specifierLen) {
2409 // Warn about ignored flag with a fixit removal.
Richard Trieu55733de2011-10-28 00:41:25 +00002410 EmitFormatDiagnostic(S.PDiag(diag::warn_printf_ignored_flag)
2411 << ignoredFlag.toString() << flag.toString(),
2412 getLocationOfByte(ignoredFlag.getPosition()),
2413 /*IsStringLocation*/true,
2414 getSpecifierRange(startSpecifier, specifierLen),
2415 FixItHint::CreateRemoval(
2416 getSpecifierRange(ignoredFlag.getPosition(), 1)));
Tom Caree4ee9662010-06-17 19:00:27 +00002417}
2418
Richard Smith831421f2012-06-25 20:30:08 +00002419// Determines if the specified is a C++ class or struct containing
2420// a member with the specified name and kind (e.g. a CXXMethodDecl named
2421// "c_str()").
2422template<typename MemberKind>
2423static llvm::SmallPtrSet<MemberKind*, 1>
2424CXXRecordMembersNamed(StringRef Name, Sema &S, QualType Ty) {
2425 const RecordType *RT = Ty->getAs<RecordType>();
2426 llvm::SmallPtrSet<MemberKind*, 1> Results;
2427
2428 if (!RT)
2429 return Results;
2430 const CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RT->getDecl());
2431 if (!RD)
2432 return Results;
2433
2434 LookupResult R(S, &S.PP.getIdentifierTable().get(Name), SourceLocation(),
2435 Sema::LookupMemberName);
2436
2437 // We just need to include all members of the right kind turned up by the
2438 // filter, at this point.
2439 if (S.LookupQualifiedName(R, RT->getDecl()))
2440 for (LookupResult::iterator I = R.begin(), E = R.end(); I != E; ++I) {
2441 NamedDecl *decl = (*I)->getUnderlyingDecl();
2442 if (MemberKind *FK = dyn_cast<MemberKind>(decl))
2443 Results.insert(FK);
2444 }
2445 return Results;
2446}
2447
2448// Check if a (w)string was passed when a (w)char* was needed, and offer a
Hans Wennborgf3749f42012-08-07 08:11:26 +00002449// better diagnostic if so. AT is assumed to be valid.
Richard Smith831421f2012-06-25 20:30:08 +00002450// Returns true when a c_str() conversion method is found.
2451bool CheckPrintfHandler::checkForCStrMembers(
Hans Wennborgf3749f42012-08-07 08:11:26 +00002452 const analyze_printf::ArgType &AT, const Expr *E,
Richard Smith831421f2012-06-25 20:30:08 +00002453 const CharSourceRange &CSR) {
2454 typedef llvm::SmallPtrSet<CXXMethodDecl*, 1> MethodSet;
2455
2456 MethodSet Results =
2457 CXXRecordMembersNamed<CXXMethodDecl>("c_str", S, E->getType());
2458
2459 for (MethodSet::iterator MI = Results.begin(), ME = Results.end();
2460 MI != ME; ++MI) {
2461 const CXXMethodDecl *Method = *MI;
2462 if (Method->getNumParams() == 0 &&
Hans Wennborgf3749f42012-08-07 08:11:26 +00002463 AT.matchesType(S.Context, Method->getResultType())) {
Richard Smith831421f2012-06-25 20:30:08 +00002464 // FIXME: Suggest parens if the expression needs them.
2465 SourceLocation EndLoc =
2466 S.getPreprocessor().getLocForEndOfToken(E->getLocEnd());
2467 S.Diag(E->getLocStart(), diag::note_printf_c_str)
2468 << "c_str()"
2469 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(EndLoc, ".c_str()");
2470 return true;
2471 }
2472 }
2473
2474 return false;
2475}
2476
Ted Kremeneke0e53132010-01-28 23:39:18 +00002477bool
Ted Kremenek826a3452010-07-16 02:11:22 +00002478CheckPrintfHandler::HandlePrintfSpecifier(const analyze_printf::PrintfSpecifier
Ted Kremenek5c41ee82010-02-11 09:27:41 +00002479 &FS,
Ted Kremeneke0e53132010-01-28 23:39:18 +00002480 const char *startSpecifier,
2481 unsigned specifierLen) {
2482
Ted Kremenek6ecb9502010-07-20 20:04:27 +00002483 using namespace analyze_format_string;
Ted Kremenekefaff192010-02-27 01:41:03 +00002484 using namespace analyze_printf;
Ted Kremenek6ecb9502010-07-20 20:04:27 +00002485 const PrintfConversionSpecifier &CS = FS.getConversionSpecifier();
Ted Kremeneke0e53132010-01-28 23:39:18 +00002486
Ted Kremenekbaa40062010-07-19 22:01:06 +00002487 if (FS.consumesDataArgument()) {
2488 if (atFirstArg) {
2489 atFirstArg = false;
2490 usesPositionalArgs = FS.usesPositionalArg();
2491 }
2492 else if (usesPositionalArgs != FS.usesPositionalArg()) {
Richard Trieu55733de2011-10-28 00:41:25 +00002493 HandlePositionalNonpositionalArgs(getLocationOfByte(CS.getStart()),
2494 startSpecifier, specifierLen);
Ted Kremenekbaa40062010-07-19 22:01:06 +00002495 return false;
2496 }
Ted Kremenek0d277352010-01-29 01:06:55 +00002497 }
Ted Kremenek4e4b30e2010-02-16 01:46:59 +00002498
Ted Kremenekefaff192010-02-27 01:41:03 +00002499 // First check if the field width, precision, and conversion specifier
2500 // have matching data arguments.
2501 if (!HandleAmount(FS.getFieldWidth(), /* field width */ 0,
2502 startSpecifier, specifierLen)) {
2503 return false;
2504 }
2505
2506 if (!HandleAmount(FS.getPrecision(), /* precision */ 1,
2507 startSpecifier, specifierLen)) {
Ted Kremenek0d277352010-01-29 01:06:55 +00002508 return false;
2509 }
2510
Ted Kremenekf88c8e02010-01-29 20:55:36 +00002511 if (!CS.consumesDataArgument()) {
2512 // FIXME: Technically specifying a precision or field width here
2513 // makes no sense. Worth issuing a warning at some point.
Ted Kremenek0e5675d2010-02-10 02:16:30 +00002514 return true;
Ted Kremenekf88c8e02010-01-29 20:55:36 +00002515 }
Ted Kremenek4e4b30e2010-02-16 01:46:59 +00002516
Ted Kremenek7f70dc82010-02-26 19:18:41 +00002517 // Consume the argument.
2518 unsigned argIndex = FS.getArgIndex();
Ted Kremeneke3fc5472010-02-27 08:34:51 +00002519 if (argIndex < NumDataArgs) {
2520 // The check to see if the argIndex is valid will come later.
2521 // We set the bit here because we may exit early from this
2522 // function if we encounter some other error.
2523 CoveredArgs.set(argIndex);
2524 }
Ted Kremenek7f70dc82010-02-26 19:18:41 +00002525
2526 // Check for using an Objective-C specific conversion specifier
2527 // in a non-ObjC literal.
Jordan Rose50687312012-06-04 23:52:23 +00002528 if (!ObjCContext && CS.isObjCArg()) {
Ted Kremenek826a3452010-07-16 02:11:22 +00002529 return HandleInvalidPrintfConversionSpecifier(FS, startSpecifier,
2530 specifierLen);
Ted Kremenek7f70dc82010-02-26 19:18:41 +00002531 }
Ted Kremenek4e4b30e2010-02-16 01:46:59 +00002532
Tom Caree4ee9662010-06-17 19:00:27 +00002533 // Check for invalid use of field width
2534 if (!FS.hasValidFieldWidth()) {
Tom Care45f9b7e2010-06-21 21:21:01 +00002535 HandleInvalidAmount(FS, FS.getFieldWidth(), /* field width */ 0,
Tom Caree4ee9662010-06-17 19:00:27 +00002536 startSpecifier, specifierLen);
2537 }
2538
2539 // Check for invalid use of precision
2540 if (!FS.hasValidPrecision()) {
2541 HandleInvalidAmount(FS, FS.getPrecision(), /* precision */ 1,
2542 startSpecifier, specifierLen);
2543 }
2544
2545 // Check each flag does not conflict with any other component.
Ted Kremenek65197b42011-01-08 05:28:46 +00002546 if (!FS.hasValidThousandsGroupingPrefix())
2547 HandleFlag(FS, FS.hasThousandsGrouping(), startSpecifier, specifierLen);
Tom Caree4ee9662010-06-17 19:00:27 +00002548 if (!FS.hasValidLeadingZeros())
2549 HandleFlag(FS, FS.hasLeadingZeros(), startSpecifier, specifierLen);
2550 if (!FS.hasValidPlusPrefix())
2551 HandleFlag(FS, FS.hasPlusPrefix(), startSpecifier, specifierLen);
Tom Care45f9b7e2010-06-21 21:21:01 +00002552 if (!FS.hasValidSpacePrefix())
2553 HandleFlag(FS, FS.hasSpacePrefix(), startSpecifier, specifierLen);
Tom Caree4ee9662010-06-17 19:00:27 +00002554 if (!FS.hasValidAlternativeForm())
2555 HandleFlag(FS, FS.hasAlternativeForm(), startSpecifier, specifierLen);
2556 if (!FS.hasValidLeftJustified())
2557 HandleFlag(FS, FS.isLeftJustified(), startSpecifier, specifierLen);
2558
2559 // Check that flags are not ignored by another flag
Tom Care45f9b7e2010-06-21 21:21:01 +00002560 if (FS.hasSpacePrefix() && FS.hasPlusPrefix()) // ' ' ignored by '+'
2561 HandleIgnoredFlag(FS, FS.hasSpacePrefix(), FS.hasPlusPrefix(),
2562 startSpecifier, specifierLen);
Tom Caree4ee9662010-06-17 19:00:27 +00002563 if (FS.hasLeadingZeros() && FS.isLeftJustified()) // '0' ignored by '-'
2564 HandleIgnoredFlag(FS, FS.hasLeadingZeros(), FS.isLeftJustified(),
2565 startSpecifier, specifierLen);
2566
2567 // Check the length modifier is valid with the given conversion specifier.
2568 const LengthModifier &LM = FS.getLengthModifier();
2569 if (!FS.hasValidLengthModifier())
Richard Trieu55733de2011-10-28 00:41:25 +00002570 EmitFormatDiagnostic(S.PDiag(diag::warn_format_nonsensical_length)
2571 << LM.toString() << CS.toString(),
2572 getLocationOfByte(LM.getStart()),
2573 /*IsStringLocation*/true,
2574 getSpecifierRange(startSpecifier, specifierLen),
2575 FixItHint::CreateRemoval(
2576 getSpecifierRange(LM.getStart(),
2577 LM.getLength())));
Hans Wennborg76517422012-02-22 10:17:01 +00002578 if (!FS.hasStandardLengthModifier())
2579 HandleNonStandardLengthModifier(LM, startSpecifier, specifierLen);
David Blaikie4e4d0842012-03-11 07:00:24 +00002580 if (!FS.hasStandardConversionSpecifier(S.getLangOpts()))
Hans Wennborg76517422012-02-22 10:17:01 +00002581 HandleNonStandardConversionSpecifier(CS, startSpecifier, specifierLen);
2582 if (!FS.hasStandardLengthConversionCombination())
2583 HandleNonStandardConversionSpecification(LM, CS, startSpecifier,
2584 specifierLen);
Tom Caree4ee9662010-06-17 19:00:27 +00002585
Ted Kremenekda51f0d2010-01-29 01:43:31 +00002586 // The remaining checks depend on the data arguments.
2587 if (HasVAListArg)
2588 return true;
Ted Kremenek4e4b30e2010-02-16 01:46:59 +00002589
Ted Kremenek666a1972010-07-26 19:45:42 +00002590 if (!CheckNumArgs(FS, CS, startSpecifier, specifierLen, argIndex))
Ted Kremenekda51f0d2010-01-29 01:43:31 +00002591 return false;
Ted Kremenek4e4b30e2010-02-16 01:46:59 +00002592
Jordan Rose48716662012-07-19 18:10:08 +00002593 const Expr *Arg = getDataArg(argIndex);
2594 if (!Arg)
2595 return true;
2596
2597 return checkFormatExpr(FS, startSpecifier, specifierLen, Arg);
Richard Smith831421f2012-06-25 20:30:08 +00002598}
2599
Jordan Roseec087352012-09-05 22:56:26 +00002600static bool requiresParensToAddCast(const Expr *E) {
2601 // FIXME: We should have a general way to reason about operator
2602 // precedence and whether parens are actually needed here.
2603 // Take care of a few common cases where they aren't.
2604 const Expr *Inside = E->IgnoreImpCasts();
2605 if (const PseudoObjectExpr *POE = dyn_cast<PseudoObjectExpr>(Inside))
2606 Inside = POE->getSyntacticForm()->IgnoreImpCasts();
2607
2608 switch (Inside->getStmtClass()) {
2609 case Stmt::ArraySubscriptExprClass:
2610 case Stmt::CallExprClass:
2611 case Stmt::DeclRefExprClass:
2612 case Stmt::MemberExprClass:
2613 case Stmt::ObjCIvarRefExprClass:
2614 case Stmt::ObjCMessageExprClass:
2615 case Stmt::ObjCPropertyRefExprClass:
2616 case Stmt::ParenExprClass:
2617 case Stmt::UnaryOperatorClass:
2618 return false;
2619 default:
2620 return true;
2621 }
2622}
2623
Richard Smith831421f2012-06-25 20:30:08 +00002624bool
2625CheckPrintfHandler::checkFormatExpr(const analyze_printf::PrintfSpecifier &FS,
2626 const char *StartSpecifier,
2627 unsigned SpecifierLen,
2628 const Expr *E) {
2629 using namespace analyze_format_string;
2630 using namespace analyze_printf;
Michael J. Spencer96827eb2010-07-27 04:46:02 +00002631 // Now type check the data expression that matches the
2632 // format specifier.
Hans Wennborgf3749f42012-08-07 08:11:26 +00002633 const analyze_printf::ArgType &AT = FS.getArgType(S.Context,
2634 ObjCContext);
Jordan Rose614a8652012-09-05 22:56:19 +00002635 if (!AT.isValid())
2636 return true;
Jordan Roseec087352012-09-05 22:56:26 +00002637
2638 QualType IntendedTy = E->getType();
2639 if (AT.matchesType(S.Context, IntendedTy))
Jordan Rose614a8652012-09-05 22:56:19 +00002640 return true;
Jordan Roseee0259d2012-06-04 22:48:57 +00002641
Jordan Rose614a8652012-09-05 22:56:19 +00002642 // Look through argument promotions for our error message's reported type.
2643 // This includes the integral and floating promotions, but excludes array
2644 // and function pointer decay; seeing that an argument intended to be a
2645 // string has type 'char [6]' is probably more confusing than 'char *'.
2646 if (const ImplicitCastExpr *ICE = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(E)) {
2647 if (ICE->getCastKind() == CK_IntegralCast ||
2648 ICE->getCastKind() == CK_FloatingCast) {
2649 E = ICE->getSubExpr();
Jordan Roseec087352012-09-05 22:56:26 +00002650 IntendedTy = E->getType();
Jordan Rose614a8652012-09-05 22:56:19 +00002651
2652 // Check if we didn't match because of an implicit cast from a 'char'
2653 // or 'short' to an 'int'. This is done because printf is a varargs
2654 // function.
2655 if (ICE->getType() == S.Context.IntTy ||
2656 ICE->getType() == S.Context.UnsignedIntTy) {
2657 // All further checking is done on the subexpression.
Jordan Roseec087352012-09-05 22:56:26 +00002658 if (AT.matchesType(S.Context, IntendedTy))
Jordan Rose614a8652012-09-05 22:56:19 +00002659 return true;
Ted Kremenek4d8ae4d2010-10-21 04:00:58 +00002660 }
Jordan Roseee0259d2012-06-04 22:48:57 +00002661 }
Jordan Rose614a8652012-09-05 22:56:19 +00002662 }
Michael J. Spencer96827eb2010-07-27 04:46:02 +00002663
Jordan Roseec087352012-09-05 22:56:26 +00002664 if (S.Context.getTargetInfo().getTriple().isOSDarwin()) {
2665 // Special-case some of Darwin's platform-independence types.
2666 if (const TypedefType *UserTy = IntendedTy->getAs<TypedefType>()) {
2667 StringRef Name = UserTy->getDecl()->getName();
2668 IntendedTy = llvm::StringSwitch<QualType>(Name)
2669 .Case("NSInteger", S.Context.LongTy)
2670 .Case("NSUInteger", S.Context.UnsignedLongTy)
2671 .Case("SInt32", S.Context.IntTy)
2672 .Case("UInt32", S.Context.UnsignedIntTy)
2673 .Default(IntendedTy);
2674 }
2675 }
2676
Jordan Rose614a8652012-09-05 22:56:19 +00002677 // We may be able to offer a FixItHint if it is a supported type.
2678 PrintfSpecifier fixedFS = FS;
Jordan Roseec087352012-09-05 22:56:26 +00002679 bool success = fixedFS.fixType(IntendedTy, S.getLangOpts(),
Jordan Rose614a8652012-09-05 22:56:19 +00002680 S.Context, ObjCContext);
Michael J. Spencer96827eb2010-07-27 04:46:02 +00002681
Jordan Rose614a8652012-09-05 22:56:19 +00002682 if (success) {
2683 // Get the fix string from the fixed format specifier
2684 SmallString<16> buf;
2685 llvm::raw_svector_ostream os(buf);
2686 fixedFS.toString(os);
Michael J. Spencer96827eb2010-07-27 04:46:02 +00002687
Jordan Roseec087352012-09-05 22:56:26 +00002688 CharSourceRange SpecRange = getSpecifierRange(StartSpecifier, SpecifierLen);
2689
2690 if (IntendedTy != E->getType()) {
2691 // The canonical type for formatting this value is different from the
2692 // actual type of the expression. (This occurs, for example, with Darwin's
2693 // NSInteger on 32-bit platforms, where it is typedef'd as 'int', but
2694 // should be printed as 'long' for 64-bit compatibility.)
2695 // Rather than emitting a normal format/argument mismatch, we want to
2696 // add a cast to the recommended type (and correct the format string
2697 // if necessary).
2698 SmallString<16> CastBuf;
2699 llvm::raw_svector_ostream CastFix(CastBuf);
2700 CastFix << "(";
2701 IntendedTy.print(CastFix, S.Context.getPrintingPolicy());
2702 CastFix << ")";
2703
2704 SmallVector<FixItHint,4> Hints;
2705 if (!AT.matchesType(S.Context, IntendedTy))
2706 Hints.push_back(FixItHint::CreateReplacement(SpecRange, os.str()));
2707
2708 if (const CStyleCastExpr *CCast = dyn_cast<CStyleCastExpr>(E)) {
2709 // If there's already a cast present, just replace it.
2710 SourceRange CastRange(CCast->getLParenLoc(), CCast->getRParenLoc());
2711 Hints.push_back(FixItHint::CreateReplacement(CastRange, CastFix.str()));
2712
2713 } else if (!requiresParensToAddCast(E)) {
2714 // If the expression has high enough precedence,
2715 // just write the C-style cast.
2716 Hints.push_back(FixItHint::CreateInsertion(E->getLocStart(),
2717 CastFix.str()));
2718 } else {
2719 // Otherwise, add parens around the expression as well as the cast.
2720 CastFix << "(";
2721 Hints.push_back(FixItHint::CreateInsertion(E->getLocStart(),
2722 CastFix.str()));
2723
2724 SourceLocation After = S.PP.getLocForEndOfToken(E->getLocEnd());
2725 Hints.push_back(FixItHint::CreateInsertion(After, ")"));
2726 }
2727
2728 // We extract the name from the typedef because we don't want to show
2729 // the underlying type in the diagnostic.
2730 const TypedefType *UserTy = cast<TypedefType>(E->getType());
2731 StringRef Name = UserTy->getDecl()->getName();
2732
2733 // Finally, emit the diagnostic.
2734 EmitFormatDiagnostic(S.PDiag(diag::warn_format_argument_needs_cast)
2735 << Name << IntendedTy
2736 << E->getSourceRange(),
2737 E->getLocStart(), /*IsStringLocation=*/false,
2738 SpecRange, Hints);
2739 } else {
2740 EmitFormatDiagnostic(
2741 S.PDiag(diag::warn_printf_conversion_argument_type_mismatch)
2742 << AT.getRepresentativeTypeName(S.Context) << IntendedTy
2743 << E->getSourceRange(),
2744 E->getLocStart(),
2745 /*IsStringLocation*/false,
2746 SpecRange,
2747 FixItHint::CreateReplacement(SpecRange, os.str()));
2748 }
Jordan Rose614a8652012-09-05 22:56:19 +00002749 } else {
2750 const CharSourceRange &CSR = getSpecifierRange(StartSpecifier,
2751 SpecifierLen);
2752 // Since the warning for passing non-POD types to variadic functions
2753 // was deferred until now, we emit a warning for non-POD
2754 // arguments here.
2755 if (S.isValidVarArgType(E->getType()) == Sema::VAK_Invalid) {
2756 unsigned DiagKind;
2757 if (E->getType()->isObjCObjectType())
2758 DiagKind = diag::err_cannot_pass_objc_interface_to_vararg_format;
2759 else
2760 DiagKind = diag::warn_non_pod_vararg_with_format_string;
2761
2762 EmitFormatDiagnostic(
2763 S.PDiag(DiagKind)
2764 << S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus0x
2765 << E->getType()
2766 << CallType
2767 << AT.getRepresentativeTypeName(S.Context)
2768 << CSR
2769 << E->getSourceRange(),
2770 E->getLocStart(), /*IsStringLocation*/false, CSR);
2771
2772 checkForCStrMembers(AT, E, CSR);
2773 } else
Richard Trieu55733de2011-10-28 00:41:25 +00002774 EmitFormatDiagnostic(
2775 S.PDiag(diag::warn_printf_conversion_argument_type_mismatch)
Hans Wennborgf3749f42012-08-07 08:11:26 +00002776 << AT.getRepresentativeTypeName(S.Context) << E->getType()
Jordan Rose614a8652012-09-05 22:56:19 +00002777 << CSR
Richard Smith831421f2012-06-25 20:30:08 +00002778 << E->getSourceRange(),
Jordan Rose614a8652012-09-05 22:56:19 +00002779 E->getLocStart(), /*IsStringLocation*/false, CSR);
Michael J. Spencer96827eb2010-07-27 04:46:02 +00002780 }
2781
Ted Kremeneke0e53132010-01-28 23:39:18 +00002782 return true;
2783}
2784
Ted Kremenek826a3452010-07-16 02:11:22 +00002785//===--- CHECK: Scanf format string checking ------------------------------===//
2786
2787namespace {
2788class CheckScanfHandler : public CheckFormatHandler {
2789public:
2790 CheckScanfHandler(Sema &s, const StringLiteral *fexpr,
2791 const Expr *origFormatExpr, unsigned firstDataArg,
Jordan Rose50687312012-06-04 23:52:23 +00002792 unsigned numDataArgs, const char *beg, bool hasVAListArg,
Jean-Daniel Dupas29c3f812012-01-17 20:03:31 +00002793 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs,
Jordan Roseddcfbc92012-07-19 18:10:23 +00002794 unsigned formatIdx, bool inFunctionCall,
2795 Sema::VariadicCallType CallType)
Ted Kremenek826a3452010-07-16 02:11:22 +00002796 : CheckFormatHandler(s, fexpr, origFormatExpr, firstDataArg,
Jordan Rose50687312012-06-04 23:52:23 +00002797 numDataArgs, beg, hasVAListArg,
Jordan Roseddcfbc92012-07-19 18:10:23 +00002798 Args, NumArgs, formatIdx, inFunctionCall, CallType)
2799 {}
Ted Kremenek826a3452010-07-16 02:11:22 +00002800
2801 bool HandleScanfSpecifier(const analyze_scanf::ScanfSpecifier &FS,
2802 const char *startSpecifier,
2803 unsigned specifierLen);
Ted Kremenekc09b6a52010-07-19 21:25:57 +00002804
2805 bool HandleInvalidScanfConversionSpecifier(
2806 const analyze_scanf::ScanfSpecifier &FS,
2807 const char *startSpecifier,
2808 unsigned specifierLen);
Ted Kremenekb7c21012010-07-16 18:28:03 +00002809
2810 void HandleIncompleteScanList(const char *start, const char *end);
Ted Kremenek826a3452010-07-16 02:11:22 +00002811};
Ted Kremenek07d161f2010-01-29 01:50:07 +00002812}
Ted Kremeneke0e53132010-01-28 23:39:18 +00002813
Ted Kremenekb7c21012010-07-16 18:28:03 +00002814void CheckScanfHandler::HandleIncompleteScanList(const char *start,
2815 const char *end) {
Richard Trieu55733de2011-10-28 00:41:25 +00002816 EmitFormatDiagnostic(S.PDiag(diag::warn_scanf_scanlist_incomplete),
2817 getLocationOfByte(end), /*IsStringLocation*/true,
2818 getSpecifierRange(start, end - start));
Ted Kremenekb7c21012010-07-16 18:28:03 +00002819}
2820
Ted Kremenekc09b6a52010-07-19 21:25:57 +00002821bool CheckScanfHandler::HandleInvalidScanfConversionSpecifier(
2822 const analyze_scanf::ScanfSpecifier &FS,
2823 const char *startSpecifier,
2824 unsigned specifierLen) {
2825
Ted Kremenek6ecb9502010-07-20 20:04:27 +00002826 const analyze_scanf::ScanfConversionSpecifier &CS =
Ted Kremenekc09b6a52010-07-19 21:25:57 +00002827 FS.getConversionSpecifier();
2828
2829 return HandleInvalidConversionSpecifier(FS.getArgIndex(),
2830 getLocationOfByte(CS.getStart()),
2831 startSpecifier, specifierLen,
2832 CS.getStart(), CS.getLength());
2833}
2834
Ted Kremenek826a3452010-07-16 02:11:22 +00002835bool CheckScanfHandler::HandleScanfSpecifier(
2836 const analyze_scanf::ScanfSpecifier &FS,
2837 const char *startSpecifier,
2838 unsigned specifierLen) {
2839
2840 using namespace analyze_scanf;
2841 using namespace analyze_format_string;
2842
Ted Kremenek6ecb9502010-07-20 20:04:27 +00002843 const ScanfConversionSpecifier &CS = FS.getConversionSpecifier();
Ted Kremenek826a3452010-07-16 02:11:22 +00002844
Ted Kremenekbaa40062010-07-19 22:01:06 +00002845 // Handle case where '%' and '*' don't consume an argument. These shouldn't
2846 // be used to decide if we are using positional arguments consistently.
2847 if (FS.consumesDataArgument()) {
2848 if (atFirstArg) {
2849 atFirstArg = false;
2850 usesPositionalArgs = FS.usesPositionalArg();
2851 }
2852 else if (usesPositionalArgs != FS.usesPositionalArg()) {
Richard Trieu55733de2011-10-28 00:41:25 +00002853 HandlePositionalNonpositionalArgs(getLocationOfByte(CS.getStart()),
2854 startSpecifier, specifierLen);
Ted Kremenekbaa40062010-07-19 22:01:06 +00002855 return false;
2856 }
Ted Kremenek826a3452010-07-16 02:11:22 +00002857 }
2858
2859 // Check if the field with is non-zero.
2860 const OptionalAmount &Amt = FS.getFieldWidth();
2861 if (Amt.getHowSpecified() == OptionalAmount::Constant) {
2862 if (Amt.getConstantAmount() == 0) {
2863 const CharSourceRange &R = getSpecifierRange(Amt.getStart(),
2864 Amt.getConstantLength());
Richard Trieu55733de2011-10-28 00:41:25 +00002865 EmitFormatDiagnostic(S.PDiag(diag::warn_scanf_nonzero_width),
2866 getLocationOfByte(Amt.getStart()),
2867 /*IsStringLocation*/true, R,
2868 FixItHint::CreateRemoval(R));
Ted Kremenek826a3452010-07-16 02:11:22 +00002869 }
2870 }
2871
2872 if (!FS.consumesDataArgument()) {
2873 // FIXME: Technically specifying a precision or field width here
2874 // makes no sense. Worth issuing a warning at some point.
2875 return true;
2876 }
2877
2878 // Consume the argument.
2879 unsigned argIndex = FS.getArgIndex();
2880 if (argIndex < NumDataArgs) {
2881 // The check to see if the argIndex is valid will come later.
2882 // We set the bit here because we may exit early from this
2883 // function if we encounter some other error.
2884 CoveredArgs.set(argIndex);
2885 }
2886
Ted Kremenek1e51c202010-07-20 20:04:47 +00002887 // Check the length modifier is valid with the given conversion specifier.
2888 const LengthModifier &LM = FS.getLengthModifier();
2889 if (!FS.hasValidLengthModifier()) {
Jean-Daniel Dupas220947b2012-01-31 18:12:08 +00002890 const CharSourceRange &R = getSpecifierRange(LM.getStart(), LM.getLength());
2891 EmitFormatDiagnostic(S.PDiag(diag::warn_format_nonsensical_length)
2892 << LM.toString() << CS.toString()
2893 << getSpecifierRange(startSpecifier, specifierLen),
2894 getLocationOfByte(LM.getStart()),
2895 /*IsStringLocation*/true, R,
2896 FixItHint::CreateRemoval(R));
Ted Kremenek1e51c202010-07-20 20:04:47 +00002897 }
2898
Hans Wennborg76517422012-02-22 10:17:01 +00002899 if (!FS.hasStandardLengthModifier())
2900 HandleNonStandardLengthModifier(LM, startSpecifier, specifierLen);
David Blaikie4e4d0842012-03-11 07:00:24 +00002901 if (!FS.hasStandardConversionSpecifier(S.getLangOpts()))
Hans Wennborg76517422012-02-22 10:17:01 +00002902 HandleNonStandardConversionSpecifier(CS, startSpecifier, specifierLen);
2903 if (!FS.hasStandardLengthConversionCombination())
2904 HandleNonStandardConversionSpecification(LM, CS, startSpecifier,
2905 specifierLen);
2906
Ted Kremenek826a3452010-07-16 02:11:22 +00002907 // The remaining checks depend on the data arguments.
2908 if (HasVAListArg)
2909 return true;
2910
Ted Kremenek666a1972010-07-26 19:45:42 +00002911 if (!CheckNumArgs(FS, CS, startSpecifier, specifierLen, argIndex))
Ted Kremenek826a3452010-07-16 02:11:22 +00002912 return false;
Ted Kremenek826a3452010-07-16 02:11:22 +00002913
Hans Wennborg6fcd9322011-12-10 13:20:11 +00002914 // Check that the argument type matches the format specifier.
2915 const Expr *Ex = getDataArg(argIndex);
Jordan Rose48716662012-07-19 18:10:08 +00002916 if (!Ex)
2917 return true;
2918
Hans Wennborg58e1e542012-08-07 08:59:46 +00002919 const analyze_format_string::ArgType &AT = FS.getArgType(S.Context);
2920 if (AT.isValid() && !AT.matchesType(S.Context, Ex->getType())) {
Hans Wennborg6fcd9322011-12-10 13:20:11 +00002921 ScanfSpecifier fixedFS = FS;
David Blaikie4e4d0842012-03-11 07:00:24 +00002922 bool success = fixedFS.fixType(Ex->getType(), S.getLangOpts(),
Hans Wennborgbe6126a2012-02-15 09:59:46 +00002923 S.Context);
Hans Wennborg6fcd9322011-12-10 13:20:11 +00002924
2925 if (success) {
2926 // Get the fix string from the fixed format specifier.
Dylan Noblesmithf7ccbad2012-02-05 02:13:05 +00002927 SmallString<128> buf;
Hans Wennborg6fcd9322011-12-10 13:20:11 +00002928 llvm::raw_svector_ostream os(buf);
2929 fixedFS.toString(os);
2930
2931 EmitFormatDiagnostic(
2932 S.PDiag(diag::warn_printf_conversion_argument_type_mismatch)
Hans Wennborg58e1e542012-08-07 08:59:46 +00002933 << AT.getRepresentativeTypeName(S.Context) << Ex->getType()
Hans Wennborg6fcd9322011-12-10 13:20:11 +00002934 << Ex->getSourceRange(),
Matt Beaumont-Gayabf145a2012-05-17 00:03:16 +00002935 Ex->getLocStart(),
2936 /*IsStringLocation*/false,
Hans Wennborg6fcd9322011-12-10 13:20:11 +00002937 getSpecifierRange(startSpecifier, specifierLen),
2938 FixItHint::CreateReplacement(
2939 getSpecifierRange(startSpecifier, specifierLen),
2940 os.str()));
2941 } else {
Jean-Daniel Dupas220947b2012-01-31 18:12:08 +00002942 EmitFormatDiagnostic(
2943 S.PDiag(diag::warn_printf_conversion_argument_type_mismatch)
Hans Wennborg58e1e542012-08-07 08:59:46 +00002944 << AT.getRepresentativeTypeName(S.Context) << Ex->getType()
Jean-Daniel Dupas220947b2012-01-31 18:12:08 +00002945 << Ex->getSourceRange(),
Matt Beaumont-Gayabf145a2012-05-17 00:03:16 +00002946 Ex->getLocStart(),
2947 /*IsStringLocation*/false,
Jean-Daniel Dupas220947b2012-01-31 18:12:08 +00002948 getSpecifierRange(startSpecifier, specifierLen));
Hans Wennborg6fcd9322011-12-10 13:20:11 +00002949 }
2950 }
2951
Ted Kremenek826a3452010-07-16 02:11:22 +00002952 return true;
2953}
2954
2955void Sema::CheckFormatString(const StringLiteral *FExpr,
Ted Kremenek0e5675d2010-02-10 02:16:30 +00002956 const Expr *OrigFormatExpr,
Jean-Daniel Dupas29c3f812012-01-17 20:03:31 +00002957 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs,
2958 bool HasVAListArg, unsigned format_idx,
Jean-Daniel Dupas34269df2012-01-30 08:46:47 +00002959 unsigned firstDataArg, FormatStringType Type,
Jordan Roseddcfbc92012-07-19 18:10:23 +00002960 bool inFunctionCall, VariadicCallType CallType) {
Ted Kremenek826a3452010-07-16 02:11:22 +00002961
Ted Kremeneke0e53132010-01-28 23:39:18 +00002962 // CHECK: is the format string a wide literal?
Richard Smithdf9ef1b2012-06-13 05:37:23 +00002963 if (!FExpr->isAscii() && !FExpr->isUTF8()) {
Richard Trieu55733de2011-10-28 00:41:25 +00002964 CheckFormatHandler::EmitFormatDiagnostic(
Jean-Daniel Dupas29c3f812012-01-17 20:03:31 +00002965 *this, inFunctionCall, Args[format_idx],
Richard Trieu55733de2011-10-28 00:41:25 +00002966 PDiag(diag::warn_format_string_is_wide_literal), FExpr->getLocStart(),
2967 /*IsStringLocation*/true, OrigFormatExpr->getSourceRange());
Ted Kremeneke0e53132010-01-28 23:39:18 +00002968 return;
2969 }
Ted Kremenek826a3452010-07-16 02:11:22 +00002970
Ted Kremeneke0e53132010-01-28 23:39:18 +00002971 // Str - The format string. NOTE: this is NOT null-terminated!
Chris Lattner5f9e2722011-07-23 10:55:15 +00002972 StringRef StrRef = FExpr->getString();
Benjamin Kramer2f4eaef2010-08-17 12:54:38 +00002973 const char *Str = StrRef.data();
2974 unsigned StrLen = StrRef.size();
Jean-Daniel Dupas29c3f812012-01-17 20:03:31 +00002975 const unsigned numDataArgs = NumArgs - firstDataArg;
Ted Kremenek826a3452010-07-16 02:11:22 +00002976
Ted Kremeneke0e53132010-01-28 23:39:18 +00002977 // CHECK: empty format string?
Ted Kremenek4cd57912011-09-29 05:52:16 +00002978 if (StrLen == 0 && numDataArgs > 0) {
Richard Trieu55733de2011-10-28 00:41:25 +00002979 CheckFormatHandler::EmitFormatDiagnostic(
Jean-Daniel Dupas29c3f812012-01-17 20:03:31 +00002980 *this, inFunctionCall, Args[format_idx],
Richard Trieu55733de2011-10-28 00:41:25 +00002981 PDiag(diag::warn_empty_format_string), FExpr->getLocStart(),
2982 /*IsStringLocation*/true, OrigFormatExpr->getSourceRange());
Ted Kremeneke0e53132010-01-28 23:39:18 +00002983 return;
2984 }
Ted Kremenek826a3452010-07-16 02:11:22 +00002985
Jean-Daniel Dupas34269df2012-01-30 08:46:47 +00002986 if (Type == FST_Printf || Type == FST_NSString) {
Ted Kremenek826a3452010-07-16 02:11:22 +00002987 CheckPrintfHandler H(*this, FExpr, OrigFormatExpr, firstDataArg,
Jordan Rose50687312012-06-04 23:52:23 +00002988 numDataArgs, (Type == FST_NSString),
Jean-Daniel Dupas29c3f812012-01-17 20:03:31 +00002989 Str, HasVAListArg, Args, NumArgs, format_idx,
Jordan Roseddcfbc92012-07-19 18:10:23 +00002990 inFunctionCall, CallType);
Ted Kremenek826a3452010-07-16 02:11:22 +00002991
Hans Wennborgd02deeb2011-12-15 10:25:47 +00002992 if (!analyze_format_string::ParsePrintfString(H, Str, Str + StrLen,
David Blaikie4e4d0842012-03-11 07:00:24 +00002993 getLangOpts()))
Ted Kremenek826a3452010-07-16 02:11:22 +00002994 H.DoneProcessing();
Jean-Daniel Dupas34269df2012-01-30 08:46:47 +00002995 } else if (Type == FST_Scanf) {
Jordan Rose50687312012-06-04 23:52:23 +00002996 CheckScanfHandler H(*this, FExpr, OrigFormatExpr, firstDataArg, numDataArgs,
Jean-Daniel Dupas29c3f812012-01-17 20:03:31 +00002997 Str, HasVAListArg, Args, NumArgs, format_idx,
Jordan Roseddcfbc92012-07-19 18:10:23 +00002998 inFunctionCall, CallType);
Ted Kremenek826a3452010-07-16 02:11:22 +00002999
Hans Wennborgd02deeb2011-12-15 10:25:47 +00003000 if (!analyze_format_string::ParseScanfString(H, Str, Str + StrLen,
David Blaikie4e4d0842012-03-11 07:00:24 +00003001 getLangOpts()))
Ted Kremenek826a3452010-07-16 02:11:22 +00003002 H.DoneProcessing();
Jean-Daniel Dupas34269df2012-01-30 08:46:47 +00003003 } // TODO: handle other formats
Ted Kremenekce7024e2010-01-28 01:18:22 +00003004}
3005
Chandler Carruth7ccc95b2011-04-27 07:05:31 +00003006//===--- CHECK: Standard memory functions ---------------------------------===//
3007
Douglas Gregor2a053a32011-05-03 20:05:22 +00003008/// \brief Determine whether the given type is a dynamic class type (e.g.,
3009/// whether it has a vtable).
3010static bool isDynamicClassType(QualType T) {
3011 if (CXXRecordDecl *Record = T->getAsCXXRecordDecl())
3012 if (CXXRecordDecl *Definition = Record->getDefinition())
3013 if (Definition->isDynamicClass())
3014 return true;
3015
3016 return false;
3017}
3018
Chandler Carrutha72a12f2011-06-21 23:04:20 +00003019/// \brief If E is a sizeof expression, returns its argument expression,
Chandler Carruth000d4282011-06-16 09:09:40 +00003020/// otherwise returns NULL.
3021static const Expr *getSizeOfExprArg(const Expr* E) {
Nico Webere4a1c642011-06-14 16:14:58 +00003022 if (const UnaryExprOrTypeTraitExpr *SizeOf =
Chandler Carruth000d4282011-06-16 09:09:40 +00003023 dyn_cast<UnaryExprOrTypeTraitExpr>(E))
3024 if (SizeOf->getKind() == clang::UETT_SizeOf && !SizeOf->isArgumentType())
3025 return SizeOf->getArgumentExpr()->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
Nico Webere4a1c642011-06-14 16:14:58 +00003026
Chandler Carruth000d4282011-06-16 09:09:40 +00003027 return 0;
3028}
3029
Chandler Carrutha72a12f2011-06-21 23:04:20 +00003030/// \brief If E is a sizeof expression, returns its argument type.
Chandler Carruth000d4282011-06-16 09:09:40 +00003031static QualType getSizeOfArgType(const Expr* E) {
3032 if (const UnaryExprOrTypeTraitExpr *SizeOf =
3033 dyn_cast<UnaryExprOrTypeTraitExpr>(E))
3034 if (SizeOf->getKind() == clang::UETT_SizeOf)
3035 return SizeOf->getTypeOfArgument();
3036
3037 return QualType();
Nico Webere4a1c642011-06-14 16:14:58 +00003038}
3039
Chandler Carruth7ccc95b2011-04-27 07:05:31 +00003040/// \brief Check for dangerous or invalid arguments to memset().
3041///
Chandler Carruth929f0132011-06-03 06:23:57 +00003042/// This issues warnings on known problematic, dangerous or unspecified
Matt Beaumont-Gaycc2f30c2011-08-05 00:22:34 +00003043/// arguments to the standard 'memset', 'memcpy', 'memmove', and 'memcmp'
3044/// function calls.
Chandler Carruth7ccc95b2011-04-27 07:05:31 +00003045///
3046/// \param Call The call expression to diagnose.
Matt Beaumont-Gaycc2f30c2011-08-05 00:22:34 +00003047void Sema::CheckMemaccessArguments(const CallExpr *Call,
Anna Zaks0a151a12012-01-17 00:37:07 +00003048 unsigned BId,
Matt Beaumont-Gaycc2f30c2011-08-05 00:22:34 +00003049 IdentifierInfo *FnName) {
Anna Zaks0a151a12012-01-17 00:37:07 +00003050 assert(BId != 0);
3051
Ted Kremenek1d59f7f2011-04-28 01:38:02 +00003052 // It is possible to have a non-standard definition of memset. Validate
Douglas Gregor707a23e2011-06-16 17:56:04 +00003053 // we have enough arguments, and if not, abort further checking.
Anna Zaks0a151a12012-01-17 00:37:07 +00003054 unsigned ExpectedNumArgs = (BId == Builtin::BIstrndup ? 2 : 3);
Nico Webercda57822011-10-13 22:30:23 +00003055 if (Call->getNumArgs() < ExpectedNumArgs)
Ted Kremenek1d59f7f2011-04-28 01:38:02 +00003056 return;
3057
Anna Zaks0a151a12012-01-17 00:37:07 +00003058 unsigned LastArg = (BId == Builtin::BImemset ||
3059 BId == Builtin::BIstrndup ? 1 : 2);
3060 unsigned LenArg = (BId == Builtin::BIstrndup ? 1 : 2);
Nico Webercda57822011-10-13 22:30:23 +00003061 const Expr *LenExpr = Call->getArg(LenArg)->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
Chandler Carruth000d4282011-06-16 09:09:40 +00003062
3063 // We have special checking when the length is a sizeof expression.
3064 QualType SizeOfArgTy = getSizeOfArgType(LenExpr);
3065 const Expr *SizeOfArg = getSizeOfExprArg(LenExpr);
3066 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID SizeOfArgID;
3067
Douglas Gregor06bc9eb2011-05-03 20:37:33 +00003068 for (unsigned ArgIdx = 0; ArgIdx != LastArg; ++ArgIdx) {
3069 const Expr *Dest = Call->getArg(ArgIdx)->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
Nico Webere4a1c642011-06-14 16:14:58 +00003070 SourceRange ArgRange = Call->getArg(ArgIdx)->getSourceRange();
Chandler Carruth7ccc95b2011-04-27 07:05:31 +00003071
Douglas Gregor06bc9eb2011-05-03 20:37:33 +00003072 QualType DestTy = Dest->getType();
3073 if (const PointerType *DestPtrTy = DestTy->getAs<PointerType>()) {
3074 QualType PointeeTy = DestPtrTy->getPointeeType();
John McCallf85e1932011-06-15 23:02:42 +00003075
Chandler Carruth000d4282011-06-16 09:09:40 +00003076 // Never warn about void type pointers. This can be used to suppress
3077 // false positives.
3078 if (PointeeTy->isVoidType())
Douglas Gregor06bc9eb2011-05-03 20:37:33 +00003079 continue;
Chandler Carruth7ccc95b2011-04-27 07:05:31 +00003080
Chandler Carruth000d4282011-06-16 09:09:40 +00003081 // Catch "memset(p, 0, sizeof(p))" -- needs to be sizeof(*p). Do this by
3082 // actually comparing the expressions for equality. Because computing the
3083 // expression IDs can be expensive, we only do this if the diagnostic is
3084 // enabled.
3085 if (SizeOfArg &&
3086 Diags.getDiagnosticLevel(diag::warn_sizeof_pointer_expr_memaccess,
3087 SizeOfArg->getExprLoc())) {
3088 // We only compute IDs for expressions if the warning is enabled, and
3089 // cache the sizeof arg's ID.
3090 if (SizeOfArgID == llvm::FoldingSetNodeID())
3091 SizeOfArg->Profile(SizeOfArgID, Context, true);
3092 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID DestID;
3093 Dest->Profile(DestID, Context, true);
3094 if (DestID == SizeOfArgID) {
Nico Webercda57822011-10-13 22:30:23 +00003095 // TODO: For strncpy() and friends, this could suggest sizeof(dst)
3096 // over sizeof(src) as well.
Chandler Carruth000d4282011-06-16 09:09:40 +00003097 unsigned ActionIdx = 0; // Default is to suggest dereferencing.
Anna Zaks6fcb3722012-05-30 00:34:21 +00003098 StringRef ReadableName = FnName->getName();
3099
Chandler Carruth000d4282011-06-16 09:09:40 +00003100 if (const UnaryOperator *UnaryOp = dyn_cast<UnaryOperator>(Dest))
Anna Zaks90c78322012-05-30 23:14:52 +00003101 if (UnaryOp->getOpcode() == UO_AddrOf)
Chandler Carruth000d4282011-06-16 09:09:40 +00003102 ActionIdx = 1; // If its an address-of operator, just remove it.
3103 if (Context.getTypeSize(PointeeTy) == Context.getCharWidth())
3104 ActionIdx = 2; // If the pointee's size is sizeof(char),
3105 // suggest an explicit length.
Anna Zaks6fcb3722012-05-30 00:34:21 +00003106
3107 // If the function is defined as a builtin macro, do not show macro
3108 // expansion.
3109 SourceLocation SL = SizeOfArg->getExprLoc();
3110 SourceRange DSR = Dest->getSourceRange();
3111 SourceRange SSR = SizeOfArg->getSourceRange();
3112 SourceManager &SM = PP.getSourceManager();
3113
3114 if (SM.isMacroArgExpansion(SL)) {
3115 ReadableName = Lexer::getImmediateMacroName(SL, SM, LangOpts);
3116 SL = SM.getSpellingLoc(SL);
3117 DSR = SourceRange(SM.getSpellingLoc(DSR.getBegin()),
3118 SM.getSpellingLoc(DSR.getEnd()));
3119 SSR = SourceRange(SM.getSpellingLoc(SSR.getBegin()),
3120 SM.getSpellingLoc(SSR.getEnd()));
3121 }
3122
Anna Zaks90c78322012-05-30 23:14:52 +00003123 DiagRuntimeBehavior(SL, SizeOfArg,
Chandler Carruth000d4282011-06-16 09:09:40 +00003124 PDiag(diag::warn_sizeof_pointer_expr_memaccess)
Anna Zaks6fcb3722012-05-30 00:34:21 +00003125 << ReadableName
Anna Zaks90c78322012-05-30 23:14:52 +00003126 << PointeeTy
3127 << DestTy
Anna Zaks6fcb3722012-05-30 00:34:21 +00003128 << DSR
Anna Zaks90c78322012-05-30 23:14:52 +00003129 << SSR);
3130 DiagRuntimeBehavior(SL, SizeOfArg,
3131 PDiag(diag::warn_sizeof_pointer_expr_memaccess_note)
3132 << ActionIdx
3133 << SSR);
3134
Chandler Carruth000d4282011-06-16 09:09:40 +00003135 break;
3136 }
3137 }
3138
3139 // Also check for cases where the sizeof argument is the exact same
3140 // type as the memory argument, and where it points to a user-defined
3141 // record type.
3142 if (SizeOfArgTy != QualType()) {
3143 if (PointeeTy->isRecordType() &&
3144 Context.typesAreCompatible(SizeOfArgTy, DestTy)) {
3145 DiagRuntimeBehavior(LenExpr->getExprLoc(), Dest,
3146 PDiag(diag::warn_sizeof_pointer_type_memaccess)
3147 << FnName << SizeOfArgTy << ArgIdx
3148 << PointeeTy << Dest->getSourceRange()
3149 << LenExpr->getSourceRange());
3150 break;
3151 }
Nico Webere4a1c642011-06-14 16:14:58 +00003152 }
3153
Douglas Gregor06bc9eb2011-05-03 20:37:33 +00003154 // Always complain about dynamic classes.
Anna Zaks0a151a12012-01-17 00:37:07 +00003155 if (isDynamicClassType(PointeeTy)) {
3156
3157 unsigned OperationType = 0;
3158 // "overwritten" if we're warning about the destination for any call
3159 // but memcmp; otherwise a verb appropriate to the call.
3160 if (ArgIdx != 0 || BId == Builtin::BImemcmp) {
3161 if (BId == Builtin::BImemcpy)
3162 OperationType = 1;
3163 else if(BId == Builtin::BImemmove)
3164 OperationType = 2;
3165 else if (BId == Builtin::BImemcmp)
3166 OperationType = 3;
3167 }
3168
Matt Beaumont-Gay5c5218e2011-08-19 20:40:18 +00003169 DiagRuntimeBehavior(
3170 Dest->getExprLoc(), Dest,
3171 PDiag(diag::warn_dyn_class_memaccess)
Anna Zaks0a151a12012-01-17 00:37:07 +00003172 << (BId == Builtin::BImemcmp ? ArgIdx + 2 : ArgIdx)
Anna Zaksd9b859a2012-01-13 21:52:01 +00003173 << FnName << PointeeTy
Anna Zaks0a151a12012-01-17 00:37:07 +00003174 << OperationType
Matt Beaumont-Gay5c5218e2011-08-19 20:40:18 +00003175 << Call->getCallee()->getSourceRange());
Anna Zaks0a151a12012-01-17 00:37:07 +00003176 } else if (PointeeTy.hasNonTrivialObjCLifetime() &&
3177 BId != Builtin::BImemset)
Matt Beaumont-Gay5c5218e2011-08-19 20:40:18 +00003178 DiagRuntimeBehavior(
3179 Dest->getExprLoc(), Dest,
3180 PDiag(diag::warn_arc_object_memaccess)
3181 << ArgIdx << FnName << PointeeTy
3182 << Call->getCallee()->getSourceRange());
John McCallf85e1932011-06-15 23:02:42 +00003183 else
Douglas Gregor06bc9eb2011-05-03 20:37:33 +00003184 continue;
John McCallf85e1932011-06-15 23:02:42 +00003185
3186 DiagRuntimeBehavior(
3187 Dest->getExprLoc(), Dest,
Chandler Carruth929f0132011-06-03 06:23:57 +00003188 PDiag(diag::note_bad_memaccess_silence)
Douglas Gregor06bc9eb2011-05-03 20:37:33 +00003189 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(ArgRange.getBegin(), "(void*)"));
3190 break;
3191 }
Chandler Carruth7ccc95b2011-04-27 07:05:31 +00003192 }
3193}
3194
Ted Kremenekbd5da9d2011-08-18 20:55:45 +00003195// A little helper routine: ignore addition and subtraction of integer literals.
3196// This intentionally does not ignore all integer constant expressions because
3197// we don't want to remove sizeof().
3198static const Expr *ignoreLiteralAdditions(const Expr *Ex, ASTContext &Ctx) {
3199 Ex = Ex->IgnoreParenCasts();
3200
3201 for (;;) {
3202 const BinaryOperator * BO = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(Ex);
3203 if (!BO || !BO->isAdditiveOp())
3204 break;
3205
3206 const Expr *RHS = BO->getRHS()->IgnoreParenCasts();
3207 const Expr *LHS = BO->getLHS()->IgnoreParenCasts();
3208
3209 if (isa<IntegerLiteral>(RHS))
3210 Ex = LHS;
3211 else if (isa<IntegerLiteral>(LHS))
3212 Ex = RHS;
3213 else
3214 break;
3215 }
3216
3217 return Ex;
3218}
3219
Anna Zaks0f38ace2012-08-08 21:42:23 +00003220static bool isConstantSizeArrayWithMoreThanOneElement(QualType Ty,
3221 ASTContext &Context) {
3222 // Only handle constant-sized or VLAs, but not flexible members.
3223 if (const ConstantArrayType *CAT = Context.getAsConstantArrayType(Ty)) {
3224 // Only issue the FIXIT for arrays of size > 1.
3225 if (CAT->getSize().getSExtValue() <= 1)
3226 return false;
3227 } else if (!Ty->isVariableArrayType()) {
3228 return false;
3229 }
3230 return true;
3231}
3232
Ted Kremenekbd5da9d2011-08-18 20:55:45 +00003233// Warn if the user has made the 'size' argument to strlcpy or strlcat
3234// be the size of the source, instead of the destination.
3235void Sema::CheckStrlcpycatArguments(const CallExpr *Call,
3236 IdentifierInfo *FnName) {
3237
3238 // Don't crash if the user has the wrong number of arguments
3239 if (Call->getNumArgs() != 3)
3240 return;
3241
3242 const Expr *SrcArg = ignoreLiteralAdditions(Call->getArg(1), Context);
3243 const Expr *SizeArg = ignoreLiteralAdditions(Call->getArg(2), Context);
3244 const Expr *CompareWithSrc = NULL;
3245
3246 // Look for 'strlcpy(dst, x, sizeof(x))'
3247 if (const Expr *Ex = getSizeOfExprArg(SizeArg))
3248 CompareWithSrc = Ex;
3249 else {
3250 // Look for 'strlcpy(dst, x, strlen(x))'
3251 if (const CallExpr *SizeCall = dyn_cast<CallExpr>(SizeArg)) {
Richard Smith180f4792011-11-10 06:34:14 +00003252 if (SizeCall->isBuiltinCall() == Builtin::BIstrlen
Ted Kremenekbd5da9d2011-08-18 20:55:45 +00003253 && SizeCall->getNumArgs() == 1)
3254 CompareWithSrc = ignoreLiteralAdditions(SizeCall->getArg(0), Context);
3255 }
3256 }
3257
3258 if (!CompareWithSrc)
3259 return;
3260
3261 // Determine if the argument to sizeof/strlen is equal to the source
3262 // argument. In principle there's all kinds of things you could do
3263 // here, for instance creating an == expression and evaluating it with
3264 // EvaluateAsBooleanCondition, but this uses a more direct technique:
3265 const DeclRefExpr *SrcArgDRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(SrcArg);
3266 if (!SrcArgDRE)
3267 return;
3268
3269 const DeclRefExpr *CompareWithSrcDRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(CompareWithSrc);
3270 if (!CompareWithSrcDRE ||
3271 SrcArgDRE->getDecl() != CompareWithSrcDRE->getDecl())
3272 return;
3273
3274 const Expr *OriginalSizeArg = Call->getArg(2);
3275 Diag(CompareWithSrcDRE->getLocStart(), diag::warn_strlcpycat_wrong_size)
3276 << OriginalSizeArg->getSourceRange() << FnName;
3277
3278 // Output a FIXIT hint if the destination is an array (rather than a
3279 // pointer to an array). This could be enhanced to handle some
3280 // pointers if we know the actual size, like if DstArg is 'array+2'
3281 // we could say 'sizeof(array)-2'.
3282 const Expr *DstArg = Call->getArg(0)->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
Anna Zaks0f38ace2012-08-08 21:42:23 +00003283 if (!isConstantSizeArrayWithMoreThanOneElement(DstArg->getType(), Context))
Ted Kremenek8f746222011-08-18 22:48:41 +00003284 return;
Ted Kremenek8f746222011-08-18 22:48:41 +00003285
Dylan Noblesmithf7ccbad2012-02-05 02:13:05 +00003286 SmallString<128> sizeString;
Ted Kremenek8f746222011-08-18 22:48:41 +00003287 llvm::raw_svector_ostream OS(sizeString);
3288 OS << "sizeof(";
Richard Smithd1420c62012-08-16 03:56:14 +00003289 DstArg->printPretty(OS, 0, getPrintingPolicy());
Ted Kremenek8f746222011-08-18 22:48:41 +00003290 OS << ")";
3291
3292 Diag(OriginalSizeArg->getLocStart(), diag::note_strlcpycat_wrong_size)
3293 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(OriginalSizeArg->getSourceRange(),
3294 OS.str());
Ted Kremenekbd5da9d2011-08-18 20:55:45 +00003295}
3296
Anna Zaksc36bedc2012-02-01 19:08:57 +00003297/// Check if two expressions refer to the same declaration.
3298static bool referToTheSameDecl(const Expr *E1, const Expr *E2) {
3299 if (const DeclRefExpr *D1 = dyn_cast_or_null<DeclRefExpr>(E1))
3300 if (const DeclRefExpr *D2 = dyn_cast_or_null<DeclRefExpr>(E2))
3301 return D1->getDecl() == D2->getDecl();
3302 return false;
3303}
3304
3305static const Expr *getStrlenExprArg(const Expr *E) {
3306 if (const CallExpr *CE = dyn_cast<CallExpr>(E)) {
3307 const FunctionDecl *FD = CE->getDirectCallee();
3308 if (!FD || FD->getMemoryFunctionKind() != Builtin::BIstrlen)
3309 return 0;
3310 return CE->getArg(0)->IgnoreParenCasts();
3311 }
3312 return 0;
3313}
3314
3315// Warn on anti-patterns as the 'size' argument to strncat.
3316// The correct size argument should look like following:
3317// strncat(dst, src, sizeof(dst) - strlen(dest) - 1);
3318void Sema::CheckStrncatArguments(const CallExpr *CE,
3319 IdentifierInfo *FnName) {
3320 // Don't crash if the user has the wrong number of arguments.
3321 if (CE->getNumArgs() < 3)
3322 return;
3323 const Expr *DstArg = CE->getArg(0)->IgnoreParenCasts();
3324 const Expr *SrcArg = CE->getArg(1)->IgnoreParenCasts();
3325 const Expr *LenArg = CE->getArg(2)->IgnoreParenCasts();
3326
3327 // Identify common expressions, which are wrongly used as the size argument
3328 // to strncat and may lead to buffer overflows.
3329 unsigned PatternType = 0;
3330 if (const Expr *SizeOfArg = getSizeOfExprArg(LenArg)) {
3331 // - sizeof(dst)
3332 if (referToTheSameDecl(SizeOfArg, DstArg))
3333 PatternType = 1;
3334 // - sizeof(src)
3335 else if (referToTheSameDecl(SizeOfArg, SrcArg))
3336 PatternType = 2;
3337 } else if (const BinaryOperator *BE = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(LenArg)) {
3338 if (BE->getOpcode() == BO_Sub) {
3339 const Expr *L = BE->getLHS()->IgnoreParenCasts();
3340 const Expr *R = BE->getRHS()->IgnoreParenCasts();
3341 // - sizeof(dst) - strlen(dst)
3342 if (referToTheSameDecl(DstArg, getSizeOfExprArg(L)) &&
3343 referToTheSameDecl(DstArg, getStrlenExprArg(R)))
3344 PatternType = 1;
3345 // - sizeof(src) - (anything)
3346 else if (referToTheSameDecl(SrcArg, getSizeOfExprArg(L)))
3347 PatternType = 2;
3348 }
3349 }
3350
3351 if (PatternType == 0)
3352 return;
3353
Anna Zaksafdb0412012-02-03 01:27:37 +00003354 // Generate the diagnostic.
3355 SourceLocation SL = LenArg->getLocStart();
3356 SourceRange SR = LenArg->getSourceRange();
3357 SourceManager &SM = PP.getSourceManager();
3358
3359 // If the function is defined as a builtin macro, do not show macro expansion.
3360 if (SM.isMacroArgExpansion(SL)) {
3361 SL = SM.getSpellingLoc(SL);
3362 SR = SourceRange(SM.getSpellingLoc(SR.getBegin()),
3363 SM.getSpellingLoc(SR.getEnd()));
3364 }
3365
Anna Zaks0f38ace2012-08-08 21:42:23 +00003366 // Check if the destination is an array (rather than a pointer to an array).
3367 QualType DstTy = DstArg->getType();
3368 bool isKnownSizeArray = isConstantSizeArrayWithMoreThanOneElement(DstTy,
3369 Context);
3370 if (!isKnownSizeArray) {
3371 if (PatternType == 1)
3372 Diag(SL, diag::warn_strncat_wrong_size) << SR;
3373 else
3374 Diag(SL, diag::warn_strncat_src_size) << SR;
3375 return;
3376 }
3377
Anna Zaksc36bedc2012-02-01 19:08:57 +00003378 if (PatternType == 1)
Anna Zaksafdb0412012-02-03 01:27:37 +00003379 Diag(SL, diag::warn_strncat_large_size) << SR;
Anna Zaksc36bedc2012-02-01 19:08:57 +00003380 else
Anna Zaksafdb0412012-02-03 01:27:37 +00003381 Diag(SL, diag::warn_strncat_src_size) << SR;
Anna Zaksc36bedc2012-02-01 19:08:57 +00003382
Dylan Noblesmithf7ccbad2012-02-05 02:13:05 +00003383 SmallString<128> sizeString;
Anna Zaksc36bedc2012-02-01 19:08:57 +00003384 llvm::raw_svector_ostream OS(sizeString);
3385 OS << "sizeof(";
Richard Smithd1420c62012-08-16 03:56:14 +00003386 DstArg->printPretty(OS, 0, getPrintingPolicy());
Anna Zaksc36bedc2012-02-01 19:08:57 +00003387 OS << ") - ";
3388 OS << "strlen(";
Richard Smithd1420c62012-08-16 03:56:14 +00003389 DstArg->printPretty(OS, 0, getPrintingPolicy());
Anna Zaksc36bedc2012-02-01 19:08:57 +00003390 OS << ") - 1";
3391
Anna Zaksafdb0412012-02-03 01:27:37 +00003392 Diag(SL, diag::note_strncat_wrong_size)
3393 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(SR, OS.str());
Anna Zaksc36bedc2012-02-01 19:08:57 +00003394}
3395
Ted Kremenek06de2762007-08-17 16:46:58 +00003396//===--- CHECK: Return Address of Stack Variable --------------------------===//
3397
Argyrios Kyrtzidise720ce72012-04-30 23:23:55 +00003398static Expr *EvalVal(Expr *E, SmallVectorImpl<DeclRefExpr *> &refVars,
3399 Decl *ParentDecl);
3400static Expr *EvalAddr(Expr* E, SmallVectorImpl<DeclRefExpr *> &refVars,
3401 Decl *ParentDecl);
Ted Kremenek06de2762007-08-17 16:46:58 +00003402
3403/// CheckReturnStackAddr - Check if a return statement returns the address
3404/// of a stack variable.
3405void
3406Sema::CheckReturnStackAddr(Expr *RetValExp, QualType lhsType,
3407 SourceLocation ReturnLoc) {
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003408
Argyrios Kyrtzidis26e10be2010-11-30 22:57:32 +00003409 Expr *stackE = 0;
Chris Lattner5f9e2722011-07-23 10:55:15 +00003410 SmallVector<DeclRefExpr *, 8> refVars;
Argyrios Kyrtzidis26e10be2010-11-30 22:57:32 +00003411
3412 // Perform checking for returned stack addresses, local blocks,
3413 // label addresses or references to temporaries.
John McCallf85e1932011-06-15 23:02:42 +00003414 if (lhsType->isPointerType() ||
David Blaikie4e4d0842012-03-11 07:00:24 +00003415 (!getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && lhsType->isBlockPointerType())) {
Argyrios Kyrtzidise720ce72012-04-30 23:23:55 +00003416 stackE = EvalAddr(RetValExp, refVars, /*ParentDecl=*/0);
Mike Stumpac5fc7c2009-08-04 21:02:39 +00003417 } else if (lhsType->isReferenceType()) {
Argyrios Kyrtzidise720ce72012-04-30 23:23:55 +00003418 stackE = EvalVal(RetValExp, refVars, /*ParentDecl=*/0);
Argyrios Kyrtzidis26e10be2010-11-30 22:57:32 +00003419 }
3420
3421 if (stackE == 0)
3422 return; // Nothing suspicious was found.
3423
3424 SourceLocation diagLoc;
3425 SourceRange diagRange;
3426 if (refVars.empty()) {
3427 diagLoc = stackE->getLocStart();
3428 diagRange = stackE->getSourceRange();
3429 } else {
3430 // We followed through a reference variable. 'stackE' contains the
3431 // problematic expression but we will warn at the return statement pointing
3432 // at the reference variable. We will later display the "trail" of
3433 // reference variables using notes.
3434 diagLoc = refVars[0]->getLocStart();
3435 diagRange = refVars[0]->getSourceRange();
3436 }
3437
3438 if (DeclRefExpr *DR = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(stackE)) { //address of local var.
3439 Diag(diagLoc, lhsType->isReferenceType() ? diag::warn_ret_stack_ref
3440 : diag::warn_ret_stack_addr)
3441 << DR->getDecl()->getDeclName() << diagRange;
3442 } else if (isa<BlockExpr>(stackE)) { // local block.
3443 Diag(diagLoc, diag::err_ret_local_block) << diagRange;
3444 } else if (isa<AddrLabelExpr>(stackE)) { // address of label.
3445 Diag(diagLoc, diag::warn_ret_addr_label) << diagRange;
3446 } else { // local temporary.
3447 Diag(diagLoc, lhsType->isReferenceType() ? diag::warn_ret_local_temp_ref
3448 : diag::warn_ret_local_temp_addr)
3449 << diagRange;
3450 }
3451
3452 // Display the "trail" of reference variables that we followed until we
3453 // found the problematic expression using notes.
3454 for (unsigned i = 0, e = refVars.size(); i != e; ++i) {
3455 VarDecl *VD = cast<VarDecl>(refVars[i]->getDecl());
3456 // If this var binds to another reference var, show the range of the next
3457 // var, otherwise the var binds to the problematic expression, in which case
3458 // show the range of the expression.
3459 SourceRange range = (i < e-1) ? refVars[i+1]->getSourceRange()
3460 : stackE->getSourceRange();
3461 Diag(VD->getLocation(), diag::note_ref_var_local_bind)
3462 << VD->getDeclName() << range;
Ted Kremenek06de2762007-08-17 16:46:58 +00003463 }
3464}
3465
3466/// EvalAddr - EvalAddr and EvalVal are mutually recursive functions that
3467/// check if the expression in a return statement evaluates to an address
Argyrios Kyrtzidis26e10be2010-11-30 22:57:32 +00003468/// to a location on the stack, a local block, an address of a label, or a
3469/// reference to local temporary. The recursion is used to traverse the
Ted Kremenek06de2762007-08-17 16:46:58 +00003470/// AST of the return expression, with recursion backtracking when we
Argyrios Kyrtzidis26e10be2010-11-30 22:57:32 +00003471/// encounter a subexpression that (1) clearly does not lead to one of the
3472/// above problematic expressions (2) is something we cannot determine leads to
3473/// a problematic expression based on such local checking.
3474///
3475/// Both EvalAddr and EvalVal follow through reference variables to evaluate
3476/// the expression that they point to. Such variables are added to the
3477/// 'refVars' vector so that we know what the reference variable "trail" was.
Ted Kremenek06de2762007-08-17 16:46:58 +00003478///
Ted Kremeneke8c600f2007-08-28 17:02:55 +00003479/// EvalAddr processes expressions that are pointers that are used as
3480/// references (and not L-values). EvalVal handles all other values.
Argyrios Kyrtzidis26e10be2010-11-30 22:57:32 +00003481/// At the base case of the recursion is a check for the above problematic
3482/// expressions.
Ted Kremenek06de2762007-08-17 16:46:58 +00003483///
3484/// This implementation handles:
3485///
3486/// * pointer-to-pointer casts
3487/// * implicit conversions from array references to pointers
3488/// * taking the address of fields
3489/// * arbitrary interplay between "&" and "*" operators
3490/// * pointer arithmetic from an address of a stack variable
3491/// * taking the address of an array element where the array is on the stack
Argyrios Kyrtzidise720ce72012-04-30 23:23:55 +00003492static Expr *EvalAddr(Expr *E, SmallVectorImpl<DeclRefExpr *> &refVars,
3493 Decl *ParentDecl) {
Argyrios Kyrtzidis26e10be2010-11-30 22:57:32 +00003494 if (E->isTypeDependent())
3495 return NULL;
3496
Ted Kremenek06de2762007-08-17 16:46:58 +00003497 // We should only be called for evaluating pointer expressions.
David Chisnall0f436562009-08-17 16:35:33 +00003498 assert((E->getType()->isAnyPointerType() ||
Steve Naroffdd972f22008-09-05 22:11:13 +00003499 E->getType()->isBlockPointerType() ||
Ted Kremeneka526c5c2008-01-07 19:49:32 +00003500 E->getType()->isObjCQualifiedIdType()) &&
Chris Lattnerfae3f1f2007-12-28 05:31:15 +00003501 "EvalAddr only works on pointers");
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003502
Peter Collingbournef111d932011-04-15 00:35:48 +00003503 E = E->IgnoreParens();
3504
Ted Kremenek06de2762007-08-17 16:46:58 +00003505 // Our "symbolic interpreter" is just a dispatch off the currently
3506 // viewed AST node. We then recursively traverse the AST by calling
3507 // EvalAddr and EvalVal appropriately.
3508 switch (E->getStmtClass()) {
Argyrios Kyrtzidis26e10be2010-11-30 22:57:32 +00003509 case Stmt::DeclRefExprClass: {
3510 DeclRefExpr *DR = cast<DeclRefExpr>(E);
3511
3512 if (VarDecl *V = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(DR->getDecl()))
3513 // If this is a reference variable, follow through to the expression that
3514 // it points to.
3515 if (V->hasLocalStorage() &&
3516 V->getType()->isReferenceType() && V->hasInit()) {
3517 // Add the reference variable to the "trail".
3518 refVars.push_back(DR);
Argyrios Kyrtzidise720ce72012-04-30 23:23:55 +00003519 return EvalAddr(V->getInit(), refVars, ParentDecl);
Argyrios Kyrtzidis26e10be2010-11-30 22:57:32 +00003520 }
3521
3522 return NULL;
3523 }
Ted Kremenek06de2762007-08-17 16:46:58 +00003524
Chris Lattnerfae3f1f2007-12-28 05:31:15 +00003525 case Stmt::UnaryOperatorClass: {
3526 // The only unary operator that make sense to handle here
3527 // is AddrOf. All others don't make sense as pointers.
3528 UnaryOperator *U = cast<UnaryOperator>(E);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003529
John McCall2de56d12010-08-25 11:45:40 +00003530 if (U->getOpcode() == UO_AddrOf)
Argyrios Kyrtzidise720ce72012-04-30 23:23:55 +00003531 return EvalVal(U->getSubExpr(), refVars, ParentDecl);
Chris Lattnerfae3f1f2007-12-28 05:31:15 +00003532 else
Ted Kremenek06de2762007-08-17 16:46:58 +00003533 return NULL;
3534 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003535
Chris Lattnerfae3f1f2007-12-28 05:31:15 +00003536 case Stmt::BinaryOperatorClass: {
3537 // Handle pointer arithmetic. All other binary operators are not valid
3538 // in this context.
3539 BinaryOperator *B = cast<BinaryOperator>(E);
John McCall2de56d12010-08-25 11:45:40 +00003540 BinaryOperatorKind op = B->getOpcode();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003541
John McCall2de56d12010-08-25 11:45:40 +00003542 if (op != BO_Add && op != BO_Sub)
Chris Lattnerfae3f1f2007-12-28 05:31:15 +00003543 return NULL;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003544
Chris Lattnerfae3f1f2007-12-28 05:31:15 +00003545 Expr *Base = B->getLHS();
3546
3547 // Determine which argument is the real pointer base. It could be
3548 // the RHS argument instead of the LHS.
3549 if (!Base->getType()->isPointerType()) Base = B->getRHS();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003550
Chris Lattnerfae3f1f2007-12-28 05:31:15 +00003551 assert (Base->getType()->isPointerType());
Argyrios Kyrtzidise720ce72012-04-30 23:23:55 +00003552 return EvalAddr(Base, refVars, ParentDecl);
Chris Lattnerfae3f1f2007-12-28 05:31:15 +00003553 }
Steve Naroff61f40a22008-09-10 19:17:48 +00003554
Chris Lattnerfae3f1f2007-12-28 05:31:15 +00003555 // For conditional operators we need to see if either the LHS or RHS are
3556 // valid DeclRefExpr*s. If one of them is valid, we return it.
3557 case Stmt::ConditionalOperatorClass: {
3558 ConditionalOperator *C = cast<ConditionalOperator>(E);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003559
Chris Lattnerfae3f1f2007-12-28 05:31:15 +00003560 // Handle the GNU extension for missing LHS.
Douglas Gregor9ee5ee82010-10-21 16:21:08 +00003561 if (Expr *lhsExpr = C->getLHS()) {
3562 // In C++, we can have a throw-expression, which has 'void' type.
3563 if (!lhsExpr->getType()->isVoidType())
Argyrios Kyrtzidise720ce72012-04-30 23:23:55 +00003564 if (Expr* LHS = EvalAddr(lhsExpr, refVars, ParentDecl))
Douglas Gregor9ee5ee82010-10-21 16:21:08 +00003565 return LHS;
3566 }
Chris Lattnerfae3f1f2007-12-28 05:31:15 +00003567
Douglas Gregor9ee5ee82010-10-21 16:21:08 +00003568 // In C++, we can have a throw-expression, which has 'void' type.
3569 if (C->getRHS()->getType()->isVoidType())
3570 return NULL;
3571
Argyrios Kyrtzidise720ce72012-04-30 23:23:55 +00003572 return EvalAddr(C->getRHS(), refVars, ParentDecl);
Chris Lattnerfae3f1f2007-12-28 05:31:15 +00003573 }
Argyrios Kyrtzidis26e10be2010-11-30 22:57:32 +00003574
3575 case Stmt::BlockExprClass:
John McCall469a1eb2011-02-02 13:00:07 +00003576 if (cast<BlockExpr>(E)->getBlockDecl()->hasCaptures())
Argyrios Kyrtzidis26e10be2010-11-30 22:57:32 +00003577 return E; // local block.
3578 return NULL;
3579
3580 case Stmt::AddrLabelExprClass:
3581 return E; // address of label.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003582
John McCall80ee6e82011-11-10 05:35:25 +00003583 case Stmt::ExprWithCleanupsClass:
Argyrios Kyrtzidise720ce72012-04-30 23:23:55 +00003584 return EvalAddr(cast<ExprWithCleanups>(E)->getSubExpr(), refVars,
3585 ParentDecl);
John McCall80ee6e82011-11-10 05:35:25 +00003586
Ted Kremenek54b52742008-08-07 00:49:01 +00003587 // For casts, we need to handle conversions from arrays to
3588 // pointer values, and pointer-to-pointer conversions.
Douglas Gregor49badde2008-10-27 19:41:14 +00003589 case Stmt::ImplicitCastExprClass:
Douglas Gregor6eec8e82008-10-28 15:36:24 +00003590 case Stmt::CStyleCastExprClass:
John McCallf85e1932011-06-15 23:02:42 +00003591 case Stmt::CXXFunctionalCastExprClass:
Eli Friedman8b9414e2012-02-23 23:04:32 +00003592 case Stmt::ObjCBridgedCastExprClass:
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003593 case Stmt::CXXStaticCastExprClass:
3594 case Stmt::CXXDynamicCastExprClass:
Douglas Gregor49badde2008-10-27 19:41:14 +00003595 case Stmt::CXXConstCastExprClass:
3596 case Stmt::CXXReinterpretCastExprClass: {
Eli Friedman8b9414e2012-02-23 23:04:32 +00003597 Expr* SubExpr = cast<CastExpr>(E)->getSubExpr();
3598 switch (cast<CastExpr>(E)->getCastKind()) {
3599 case CK_BitCast:
3600 case CK_LValueToRValue:
3601 case CK_NoOp:
3602 case CK_BaseToDerived:
3603 case CK_DerivedToBase:
3604 case CK_UncheckedDerivedToBase:
3605 case CK_Dynamic:
3606 case CK_CPointerToObjCPointerCast:
3607 case CK_BlockPointerToObjCPointerCast:
3608 case CK_AnyPointerToBlockPointerCast:
Argyrios Kyrtzidise720ce72012-04-30 23:23:55 +00003609 return EvalAddr(SubExpr, refVars, ParentDecl);
Eli Friedman8b9414e2012-02-23 23:04:32 +00003610
3611 case CK_ArrayToPointerDecay:
Argyrios Kyrtzidise720ce72012-04-30 23:23:55 +00003612 return EvalVal(SubExpr, refVars, ParentDecl);
Eli Friedman8b9414e2012-02-23 23:04:32 +00003613
3614 default:
3615 return 0;
3616 }
Chris Lattnerfae3f1f2007-12-28 05:31:15 +00003617 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003618
Douglas Gregor03e80032011-06-21 17:03:29 +00003619 case Stmt::MaterializeTemporaryExprClass:
3620 if (Expr *Result = EvalAddr(
3621 cast<MaterializeTemporaryExpr>(E)->GetTemporaryExpr(),
Argyrios Kyrtzidise720ce72012-04-30 23:23:55 +00003622 refVars, ParentDecl))
Douglas Gregor03e80032011-06-21 17:03:29 +00003623 return Result;
3624
3625 return E;
3626
Chris Lattnerfae3f1f2007-12-28 05:31:15 +00003627 // Everything else: we simply don't reason about them.
3628 default:
3629 return NULL;
3630 }
Ted Kremenek06de2762007-08-17 16:46:58 +00003631}
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003632
Ted Kremenek06de2762007-08-17 16:46:58 +00003633
3634/// EvalVal - This function is complements EvalAddr in the mutual recursion.
3635/// See the comments for EvalAddr for more details.
Argyrios Kyrtzidise720ce72012-04-30 23:23:55 +00003636static Expr *EvalVal(Expr *E, SmallVectorImpl<DeclRefExpr *> &refVars,
3637 Decl *ParentDecl) {
Ted Kremenek68957a92010-08-04 20:01:07 +00003638do {
Ted Kremeneke8c600f2007-08-28 17:02:55 +00003639 // We should only be called for evaluating non-pointer expressions, or
3640 // expressions with a pointer type that are not used as references but instead
3641 // are l-values (e.g., DeclRefExpr with a pointer type).
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003642
Ted Kremenek06de2762007-08-17 16:46:58 +00003643 // Our "symbolic interpreter" is just a dispatch off the currently
3644 // viewed AST node. We then recursively traverse the AST by calling
3645 // EvalAddr and EvalVal appropriately.
Peter Collingbournef111d932011-04-15 00:35:48 +00003646
3647 E = E->IgnoreParens();
Ted Kremenek06de2762007-08-17 16:46:58 +00003648 switch (E->getStmtClass()) {
Ted Kremenek68957a92010-08-04 20:01:07 +00003649 case Stmt::ImplicitCastExprClass: {
3650 ImplicitCastExpr *IE = cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(E);
John McCall5baba9d2010-08-25 10:28:54 +00003651 if (IE->getValueKind() == VK_LValue) {
Ted Kremenek68957a92010-08-04 20:01:07 +00003652 E = IE->getSubExpr();
3653 continue;
3654 }
3655 return NULL;
3656 }
3657
John McCall80ee6e82011-11-10 05:35:25 +00003658 case Stmt::ExprWithCleanupsClass:
Argyrios Kyrtzidise720ce72012-04-30 23:23:55 +00003659 return EvalVal(cast<ExprWithCleanups>(E)->getSubExpr(), refVars,ParentDecl);
John McCall80ee6e82011-11-10 05:35:25 +00003660
Douglas Gregora2813ce2009-10-23 18:54:35 +00003661 case Stmt::DeclRefExprClass: {
Argyrios Kyrtzidis26e10be2010-11-30 22:57:32 +00003662 // When we hit a DeclRefExpr we are looking at code that refers to a
3663 // variable's name. If it's not a reference variable we check if it has
3664 // local storage within the function, and if so, return the expression.
Ted Kremenek06de2762007-08-17 16:46:58 +00003665 DeclRefExpr *DR = cast<DeclRefExpr>(E);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003666
Argyrios Kyrtzidise720ce72012-04-30 23:23:55 +00003667 if (VarDecl *V = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(DR->getDecl())) {
3668 // Check if it refers to itself, e.g. "int& i = i;".
3669 if (V == ParentDecl)
3670 return DR;
3671
Argyrios Kyrtzidis26e10be2010-11-30 22:57:32 +00003672 if (V->hasLocalStorage()) {
3673 if (!V->getType()->isReferenceType())
3674 return DR;
3675
3676 // Reference variable, follow through to the expression that
3677 // it points to.
3678 if (V->hasInit()) {
3679 // Add the reference variable to the "trail".
3680 refVars.push_back(DR);
Argyrios Kyrtzidise720ce72012-04-30 23:23:55 +00003681 return EvalVal(V->getInit(), refVars, V);
Argyrios Kyrtzidis26e10be2010-11-30 22:57:32 +00003682 }
3683 }
Argyrios Kyrtzidise720ce72012-04-30 23:23:55 +00003684 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003685
Ted Kremenek06de2762007-08-17 16:46:58 +00003686 return NULL;
3687 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003688
Ted Kremenek06de2762007-08-17 16:46:58 +00003689 case Stmt::UnaryOperatorClass: {
3690 // The only unary operator that make sense to handle here
3691 // is Deref. All others don't resolve to a "name." This includes
3692 // handling all sorts of rvalues passed to a unary operator.
3693 UnaryOperator *U = cast<UnaryOperator>(E);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003694
John McCall2de56d12010-08-25 11:45:40 +00003695 if (U->getOpcode() == UO_Deref)
Argyrios Kyrtzidise720ce72012-04-30 23:23:55 +00003696 return EvalAddr(U->getSubExpr(), refVars, ParentDecl);
Ted Kremenek06de2762007-08-17 16:46:58 +00003697
3698 return NULL;
3699 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003700
Ted Kremenek06de2762007-08-17 16:46:58 +00003701 case Stmt::ArraySubscriptExprClass: {
3702 // Array subscripts are potential references to data on the stack. We
3703 // retrieve the DeclRefExpr* for the array variable if it indeed
3704 // has local storage.
Argyrios Kyrtzidise720ce72012-04-30 23:23:55 +00003705 return EvalAddr(cast<ArraySubscriptExpr>(E)->getBase(), refVars,ParentDecl);
Ted Kremenek06de2762007-08-17 16:46:58 +00003706 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003707
Ted Kremenek06de2762007-08-17 16:46:58 +00003708 case Stmt::ConditionalOperatorClass: {
3709 // For conditional operators we need to see if either the LHS or RHS are
Argyrios Kyrtzidis26e10be2010-11-30 22:57:32 +00003710 // non-NULL Expr's. If one is non-NULL, we return it.
Ted Kremenek06de2762007-08-17 16:46:58 +00003711 ConditionalOperator *C = cast<ConditionalOperator>(E);
3712
Anders Carlsson39073232007-11-30 19:04:31 +00003713 // Handle the GNU extension for missing LHS.
3714 if (Expr *lhsExpr = C->getLHS())
Argyrios Kyrtzidise720ce72012-04-30 23:23:55 +00003715 if (Expr *LHS = EvalVal(lhsExpr, refVars, ParentDecl))
Anders Carlsson39073232007-11-30 19:04:31 +00003716 return LHS;
3717
Argyrios Kyrtzidise720ce72012-04-30 23:23:55 +00003718 return EvalVal(C->getRHS(), refVars, ParentDecl);
Ted Kremenek06de2762007-08-17 16:46:58 +00003719 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003720
Ted Kremenek06de2762007-08-17 16:46:58 +00003721 // Accesses to members are potential references to data on the stack.
Douglas Gregor83f6faf2009-08-31 23:41:50 +00003722 case Stmt::MemberExprClass: {
Ted Kremenek06de2762007-08-17 16:46:58 +00003723 MemberExpr *M = cast<MemberExpr>(E);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003724
Ted Kremenek06de2762007-08-17 16:46:58 +00003725 // Check for indirect access. We only want direct field accesses.
Ted Kremeneka423e812010-09-02 01:12:13 +00003726 if (M->isArrow())
Ted Kremenek06de2762007-08-17 16:46:58 +00003727 return NULL;
Ted Kremeneka423e812010-09-02 01:12:13 +00003728
3729 // Check whether the member type is itself a reference, in which case
3730 // we're not going to refer to the member, but to what the member refers to.
3731 if (M->getMemberDecl()->getType()->isReferenceType())
3732 return NULL;
3733
Argyrios Kyrtzidise720ce72012-04-30 23:23:55 +00003734 return EvalVal(M->getBase(), refVars, ParentDecl);
Ted Kremenek06de2762007-08-17 16:46:58 +00003735 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003736
Douglas Gregor03e80032011-06-21 17:03:29 +00003737 case Stmt::MaterializeTemporaryExprClass:
3738 if (Expr *Result = EvalVal(
3739 cast<MaterializeTemporaryExpr>(E)->GetTemporaryExpr(),
Argyrios Kyrtzidise720ce72012-04-30 23:23:55 +00003740 refVars, ParentDecl))
Douglas Gregor03e80032011-06-21 17:03:29 +00003741 return Result;
3742
3743 return E;
3744
Ted Kremenek06de2762007-08-17 16:46:58 +00003745 default:
Argyrios Kyrtzidis26e10be2010-11-30 22:57:32 +00003746 // Check that we don't return or take the address of a reference to a
3747 // temporary. This is only useful in C++.
3748 if (!E->isTypeDependent() && E->isRValue())
3749 return E;
3750
3751 // Everything else: we simply don't reason about them.
Ted Kremenek06de2762007-08-17 16:46:58 +00003752 return NULL;
3753 }
Ted Kremenek68957a92010-08-04 20:01:07 +00003754} while (true);
Ted Kremenek06de2762007-08-17 16:46:58 +00003755}
Ted Kremenek588e5eb2007-11-25 00:58:00 +00003756
3757//===--- CHECK: Floating-Point comparisons (-Wfloat-equal) ---------------===//
3758
3759/// Check for comparisons of floating point operands using != and ==.
3760/// Issue a warning if these are no self-comparisons, as they are not likely
3761/// to do what the programmer intended.
Richard Trieudd225092011-09-15 21:56:47 +00003762void Sema::CheckFloatComparison(SourceLocation Loc, Expr* LHS, Expr *RHS) {
Richard Trieudd225092011-09-15 21:56:47 +00003763 Expr* LeftExprSansParen = LHS->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
3764 Expr* RightExprSansParen = RHS->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
Ted Kremenek588e5eb2007-11-25 00:58:00 +00003765
3766 // Special case: check for x == x (which is OK).
3767 // Do not emit warnings for such cases.
3768 if (DeclRefExpr* DRL = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(LeftExprSansParen))
3769 if (DeclRefExpr* DRR = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(RightExprSansParen))
3770 if (DRL->getDecl() == DRR->getDecl())
David Blaikie980343b2012-07-16 20:47:22 +00003771 return;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003772
3773
Ted Kremenek1b500bb2007-11-29 00:59:04 +00003774 // Special case: check for comparisons against literals that can be exactly
3775 // represented by APFloat. In such cases, do not emit a warning. This
3776 // is a heuristic: often comparison against such literals are used to
3777 // detect if a value in a variable has not changed. This clearly can
3778 // lead to false negatives.
David Blaikie980343b2012-07-16 20:47:22 +00003779 if (FloatingLiteral* FLL = dyn_cast<FloatingLiteral>(LeftExprSansParen)) {
3780 if (FLL->isExact())
3781 return;
3782 } else
3783 if (FloatingLiteral* FLR = dyn_cast<FloatingLiteral>(RightExprSansParen))
3784 if (FLR->isExact())
3785 return;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003786
Ted Kremenek588e5eb2007-11-25 00:58:00 +00003787 // Check for comparisons with builtin types.
David Blaikie980343b2012-07-16 20:47:22 +00003788 if (CallExpr* CL = dyn_cast<CallExpr>(LeftExprSansParen))
3789 if (CL->isBuiltinCall())
3790 return;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003791
David Blaikie980343b2012-07-16 20:47:22 +00003792 if (CallExpr* CR = dyn_cast<CallExpr>(RightExprSansParen))
3793 if (CR->isBuiltinCall())
3794 return;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003795
Ted Kremenek588e5eb2007-11-25 00:58:00 +00003796 // Emit the diagnostic.
David Blaikie980343b2012-07-16 20:47:22 +00003797 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_floatingpoint_eq)
3798 << LHS->getSourceRange() << RHS->getSourceRange();
Ted Kremenek588e5eb2007-11-25 00:58:00 +00003799}
John McCallba26e582010-01-04 23:21:16 +00003800
John McCallf2370c92010-01-06 05:24:50 +00003801//===--- CHECK: Integer mixed-sign comparisons (-Wsign-compare) --------===//
3802//===--- CHECK: Lossy implicit conversions (-Wconversion) --------------===//
John McCallba26e582010-01-04 23:21:16 +00003803
John McCallf2370c92010-01-06 05:24:50 +00003804namespace {
John McCallba26e582010-01-04 23:21:16 +00003805
John McCallf2370c92010-01-06 05:24:50 +00003806/// Structure recording the 'active' range of an integer-valued
3807/// expression.
3808struct IntRange {
3809 /// The number of bits active in the int.
3810 unsigned Width;
John McCallba26e582010-01-04 23:21:16 +00003811
John McCallf2370c92010-01-06 05:24:50 +00003812 /// True if the int is known not to have negative values.
3813 bool NonNegative;
John McCallba26e582010-01-04 23:21:16 +00003814
John McCallf2370c92010-01-06 05:24:50 +00003815 IntRange(unsigned Width, bool NonNegative)
3816 : Width(Width), NonNegative(NonNegative)
3817 {}
John McCallba26e582010-01-04 23:21:16 +00003818
John McCall1844a6e2010-11-10 23:38:19 +00003819 /// Returns the range of the bool type.
John McCallf2370c92010-01-06 05:24:50 +00003820 static IntRange forBoolType() {
3821 return IntRange(1, true);
John McCall51313c32010-01-04 23:31:57 +00003822 }
3823
John McCall1844a6e2010-11-10 23:38:19 +00003824 /// Returns the range of an opaque value of the given integral type.
3825 static IntRange forValueOfType(ASTContext &C, QualType T) {
3826 return forValueOfCanonicalType(C,
3827 T->getCanonicalTypeInternal().getTypePtr());
John McCall51313c32010-01-04 23:31:57 +00003828 }
3829
John McCall1844a6e2010-11-10 23:38:19 +00003830 /// Returns the range of an opaque value of a canonical integral type.
3831 static IntRange forValueOfCanonicalType(ASTContext &C, const Type *T) {
John McCallf2370c92010-01-06 05:24:50 +00003832 assert(T->isCanonicalUnqualified());
3833
3834 if (const VectorType *VT = dyn_cast<VectorType>(T))
3835 T = VT->getElementType().getTypePtr();
3836 if (const ComplexType *CT = dyn_cast<ComplexType>(T))
3837 T = CT->getElementType().getTypePtr();
John McCall323ed742010-05-06 08:58:33 +00003838
John McCall091f23f2010-11-09 22:22:12 +00003839 // For enum types, use the known bit width of the enumerators.
John McCall323ed742010-05-06 08:58:33 +00003840 if (const EnumType *ET = dyn_cast<EnumType>(T)) {
3841 EnumDecl *Enum = ET->getDecl();
John McCall5e1cdac2011-10-07 06:10:15 +00003842 if (!Enum->isCompleteDefinition())
John McCall091f23f2010-11-09 22:22:12 +00003843 return IntRange(C.getIntWidth(QualType(T, 0)), false);
3844
John McCall323ed742010-05-06 08:58:33 +00003845 unsigned NumPositive = Enum->getNumPositiveBits();
3846 unsigned NumNegative = Enum->getNumNegativeBits();
3847
3848 return IntRange(std::max(NumPositive, NumNegative), NumNegative == 0);
3849 }
John McCallf2370c92010-01-06 05:24:50 +00003850
3851 const BuiltinType *BT = cast<BuiltinType>(T);
3852 assert(BT->isInteger());
3853
3854 return IntRange(C.getIntWidth(QualType(T, 0)), BT->isUnsignedInteger());
3855 }
3856
John McCall1844a6e2010-11-10 23:38:19 +00003857 /// Returns the "target" range of a canonical integral type, i.e.
3858 /// the range of values expressible in the type.
3859 ///
3860 /// This matches forValueOfCanonicalType except that enums have the
3861 /// full range of their type, not the range of their enumerators.
3862 static IntRange forTargetOfCanonicalType(ASTContext &C, const Type *T) {
3863 assert(T->isCanonicalUnqualified());
3864
3865 if (const VectorType *VT = dyn_cast<VectorType>(T))
3866 T = VT->getElementType().getTypePtr();
3867 if (const ComplexType *CT = dyn_cast<ComplexType>(T))
3868 T = CT->getElementType().getTypePtr();
3869 if (const EnumType *ET = dyn_cast<EnumType>(T))
Douglas Gregor69ff26b2011-09-08 23:29:05 +00003870 T = C.getCanonicalType(ET->getDecl()->getIntegerType()).getTypePtr();
John McCall1844a6e2010-11-10 23:38:19 +00003871
3872 const BuiltinType *BT = cast<BuiltinType>(T);
3873 assert(BT->isInteger());
3874
3875 return IntRange(C.getIntWidth(QualType(T, 0)), BT->isUnsignedInteger());
3876 }
3877
3878 /// Returns the supremum of two ranges: i.e. their conservative merge.
John McCallc0cd21d2010-02-23 19:22:29 +00003879 static IntRange join(IntRange L, IntRange R) {
John McCallf2370c92010-01-06 05:24:50 +00003880 return IntRange(std::max(L.Width, R.Width),
John McCall60fad452010-01-06 22:07:33 +00003881 L.NonNegative && R.NonNegative);
3882 }
3883
John McCall1844a6e2010-11-10 23:38:19 +00003884 /// Returns the infinum of two ranges: i.e. their aggressive merge.
John McCallc0cd21d2010-02-23 19:22:29 +00003885 static IntRange meet(IntRange L, IntRange R) {
John McCall60fad452010-01-06 22:07:33 +00003886 return IntRange(std::min(L.Width, R.Width),
3887 L.NonNegative || R.NonNegative);
John McCallf2370c92010-01-06 05:24:50 +00003888 }
3889};
3890
Ted Kremenek0692a192012-01-31 05:37:37 +00003891static IntRange GetValueRange(ASTContext &C, llvm::APSInt &value,
3892 unsigned MaxWidth) {
John McCallf2370c92010-01-06 05:24:50 +00003893 if (value.isSigned() && value.isNegative())
3894 return IntRange(value.getMinSignedBits(), false);
3895
3896 if (value.getBitWidth() > MaxWidth)
Jay Foad9f71a8f2010-12-07 08:25:34 +00003897 value = value.trunc(MaxWidth);
John McCallf2370c92010-01-06 05:24:50 +00003898
3899 // isNonNegative() just checks the sign bit without considering
3900 // signedness.
3901 return IntRange(value.getActiveBits(), true);
3902}
3903
Ted Kremenek0692a192012-01-31 05:37:37 +00003904static IntRange GetValueRange(ASTContext &C, APValue &result, QualType Ty,
3905 unsigned MaxWidth) {
John McCallf2370c92010-01-06 05:24:50 +00003906 if (result.isInt())
3907 return GetValueRange(C, result.getInt(), MaxWidth);
3908
3909 if (result.isVector()) {
John McCall0acc3112010-01-06 22:57:21 +00003910 IntRange R = GetValueRange(C, result.getVectorElt(0), Ty, MaxWidth);
3911 for (unsigned i = 1, e = result.getVectorLength(); i != e; ++i) {
3912 IntRange El = GetValueRange(C, result.getVectorElt(i), Ty, MaxWidth);
3913 R = IntRange::join(R, El);
3914 }
John McCallf2370c92010-01-06 05:24:50 +00003915 return R;
3916 }
3917
3918 if (result.isComplexInt()) {
3919 IntRange R = GetValueRange(C, result.getComplexIntReal(), MaxWidth);
3920 IntRange I = GetValueRange(C, result.getComplexIntImag(), MaxWidth);
3921 return IntRange::join(R, I);
John McCall51313c32010-01-04 23:31:57 +00003922 }
3923
3924 // This can happen with lossless casts to intptr_t of "based" lvalues.
3925 // Assume it might use arbitrary bits.
John McCall0acc3112010-01-06 22:57:21 +00003926 // FIXME: The only reason we need to pass the type in here is to get
3927 // the sign right on this one case. It would be nice if APValue
3928 // preserved this.
Eli Friedman65639282012-01-04 23:13:47 +00003929 assert(result.isLValue() || result.isAddrLabelDiff());
Douglas Gregor5e9ebb32011-05-21 16:28:01 +00003930 return IntRange(MaxWidth, Ty->isUnsignedIntegerOrEnumerationType());
John McCall51313c32010-01-04 23:31:57 +00003931}
John McCallf2370c92010-01-06 05:24:50 +00003932
3933/// Pseudo-evaluate the given integer expression, estimating the
3934/// range of values it might take.
3935///
3936/// \param MaxWidth - the width to which the value will be truncated
Ted Kremenek0692a192012-01-31 05:37:37 +00003937static IntRange GetExprRange(ASTContext &C, Expr *E, unsigned MaxWidth) {
John McCallf2370c92010-01-06 05:24:50 +00003938 E = E->IgnoreParens();
3939
3940 // Try a full evaluation first.
3941 Expr::EvalResult result;
Richard Smith51f47082011-10-29 00:50:52 +00003942 if (E->EvaluateAsRValue(result, C))
John McCall0acc3112010-01-06 22:57:21 +00003943 return GetValueRange(C, result.Val, E->getType(), MaxWidth);
John McCallf2370c92010-01-06 05:24:50 +00003944
3945 // I think we only want to look through implicit casts here; if the
3946 // user has an explicit widening cast, we should treat the value as
3947 // being of the new, wider type.
3948 if (ImplicitCastExpr *CE = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(E)) {
Eli Friedmanb17ee5b2011-12-15 02:41:52 +00003949 if (CE->getCastKind() == CK_NoOp || CE->getCastKind() == CK_LValueToRValue)
John McCallf2370c92010-01-06 05:24:50 +00003950 return GetExprRange(C, CE->getSubExpr(), MaxWidth);
3951
John McCall1844a6e2010-11-10 23:38:19 +00003952 IntRange OutputTypeRange = IntRange::forValueOfType(C, CE->getType());
John McCallf2370c92010-01-06 05:24:50 +00003953
John McCall2de56d12010-08-25 11:45:40 +00003954 bool isIntegerCast = (CE->getCastKind() == CK_IntegralCast);
John McCall60fad452010-01-06 22:07:33 +00003955
John McCallf2370c92010-01-06 05:24:50 +00003956 // Assume that non-integer casts can span the full range of the type.
John McCall60fad452010-01-06 22:07:33 +00003957 if (!isIntegerCast)
John McCallf2370c92010-01-06 05:24:50 +00003958 return OutputTypeRange;
3959
3960 IntRange SubRange
3961 = GetExprRange(C, CE->getSubExpr(),
3962 std::min(MaxWidth, OutputTypeRange.Width));
3963
3964 // Bail out if the subexpr's range is as wide as the cast type.
3965 if (SubRange.Width >= OutputTypeRange.Width)
3966 return OutputTypeRange;
3967
3968 // Otherwise, we take the smaller width, and we're non-negative if
3969 // either the output type or the subexpr is.
3970 return IntRange(SubRange.Width,
3971 SubRange.NonNegative || OutputTypeRange.NonNegative);
3972 }
3973
3974 if (ConditionalOperator *CO = dyn_cast<ConditionalOperator>(E)) {
3975 // If we can fold the condition, just take that operand.
3976 bool CondResult;
3977 if (CO->getCond()->EvaluateAsBooleanCondition(CondResult, C))
3978 return GetExprRange(C, CondResult ? CO->getTrueExpr()
3979 : CO->getFalseExpr(),
3980 MaxWidth);
3981
3982 // Otherwise, conservatively merge.
3983 IntRange L = GetExprRange(C, CO->getTrueExpr(), MaxWidth);
3984 IntRange R = GetExprRange(C, CO->getFalseExpr(), MaxWidth);
3985 return IntRange::join(L, R);
3986 }
3987
3988 if (BinaryOperator *BO = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(E)) {
3989 switch (BO->getOpcode()) {
3990
3991 // Boolean-valued operations are single-bit and positive.
John McCall2de56d12010-08-25 11:45:40 +00003992 case BO_LAnd:
3993 case BO_LOr:
3994 case BO_LT:
3995 case BO_GT:
3996 case BO_LE:
3997 case BO_GE:
3998 case BO_EQ:
3999 case BO_NE:
John McCallf2370c92010-01-06 05:24:50 +00004000 return IntRange::forBoolType();
4001
John McCall862ff872011-07-13 06:35:24 +00004002 // The type of the assignments is the type of the LHS, so the RHS
4003 // is not necessarily the same type.
John McCall2de56d12010-08-25 11:45:40 +00004004 case BO_MulAssign:
4005 case BO_DivAssign:
4006 case BO_RemAssign:
4007 case BO_AddAssign:
4008 case BO_SubAssign:
John McCall862ff872011-07-13 06:35:24 +00004009 case BO_XorAssign:
4010 case BO_OrAssign:
4011 // TODO: bitfields?
John McCall1844a6e2010-11-10 23:38:19 +00004012 return IntRange::forValueOfType(C, E->getType());
John McCallc0cd21d2010-02-23 19:22:29 +00004013
John McCall862ff872011-07-13 06:35:24 +00004014 // Simple assignments just pass through the RHS, which will have
4015 // been coerced to the LHS type.
4016 case BO_Assign:
4017 // TODO: bitfields?
4018 return GetExprRange(C, BO->getRHS(), MaxWidth);
4019
John McCallf2370c92010-01-06 05:24:50 +00004020 // Operations with opaque sources are black-listed.
John McCall2de56d12010-08-25 11:45:40 +00004021 case BO_PtrMemD:
4022 case BO_PtrMemI:
John McCall1844a6e2010-11-10 23:38:19 +00004023 return IntRange::forValueOfType(C, E->getType());
John McCallf2370c92010-01-06 05:24:50 +00004024
John McCall60fad452010-01-06 22:07:33 +00004025 // Bitwise-and uses the *infinum* of the two source ranges.
John McCall2de56d12010-08-25 11:45:40 +00004026 case BO_And:
4027 case BO_AndAssign:
John McCall60fad452010-01-06 22:07:33 +00004028 return IntRange::meet(GetExprRange(C, BO->getLHS(), MaxWidth),
4029 GetExprRange(C, BO->getRHS(), MaxWidth));
4030
John McCallf2370c92010-01-06 05:24:50 +00004031 // Left shift gets black-listed based on a judgement call.
John McCall2de56d12010-08-25 11:45:40 +00004032 case BO_Shl:
John McCall3aae6092010-04-07 01:14:35 +00004033 // ...except that we want to treat '1 << (blah)' as logically
4034 // positive. It's an important idiom.
4035 if (IntegerLiteral *I
4036 = dyn_cast<IntegerLiteral>(BO->getLHS()->IgnoreParenCasts())) {
4037 if (I->getValue() == 1) {
John McCall1844a6e2010-11-10 23:38:19 +00004038 IntRange R = IntRange::forValueOfType(C, E->getType());
John McCall3aae6092010-04-07 01:14:35 +00004039 return IntRange(R.Width, /*NonNegative*/ true);
4040 }
4041 }
4042 // fallthrough
4043
John McCall2de56d12010-08-25 11:45:40 +00004044 case BO_ShlAssign:
John McCall1844a6e2010-11-10 23:38:19 +00004045 return IntRange::forValueOfType(C, E->getType());
John McCallf2370c92010-01-06 05:24:50 +00004046
John McCall60fad452010-01-06 22:07:33 +00004047 // Right shift by a constant can narrow its left argument.
John McCall2de56d12010-08-25 11:45:40 +00004048 case BO_Shr:
4049 case BO_ShrAssign: {
John McCall60fad452010-01-06 22:07:33 +00004050 IntRange L = GetExprRange(C, BO->getLHS(), MaxWidth);
4051
4052 // If the shift amount is a positive constant, drop the width by
4053 // that much.
4054 llvm::APSInt shift;
4055 if (BO->getRHS()->isIntegerConstantExpr(shift, C) &&
4056 shift.isNonNegative()) {
4057 unsigned zext = shift.getZExtValue();
4058 if (zext >= L.Width)
4059 L.Width = (L.NonNegative ? 0 : 1);
4060 else
4061 L.Width -= zext;
4062 }
4063
4064 return L;
4065 }
4066
4067 // Comma acts as its right operand.
John McCall2de56d12010-08-25 11:45:40 +00004068 case BO_Comma:
John McCallf2370c92010-01-06 05:24:50 +00004069 return GetExprRange(C, BO->getRHS(), MaxWidth);
4070
John McCall60fad452010-01-06 22:07:33 +00004071 // Black-list pointer subtractions.
John McCall2de56d12010-08-25 11:45:40 +00004072 case BO_Sub:
John McCallf2370c92010-01-06 05:24:50 +00004073 if (BO->getLHS()->getType()->isPointerType())
John McCall1844a6e2010-11-10 23:38:19 +00004074 return IntRange::forValueOfType(C, E->getType());
John McCall00fe7612011-07-14 22:39:48 +00004075 break;
Ted Kremenek4e4b30e2010-02-16 01:46:59 +00004076
John McCall00fe7612011-07-14 22:39:48 +00004077 // The width of a division result is mostly determined by the size
4078 // of the LHS.
4079 case BO_Div: {
4080 // Don't 'pre-truncate' the operands.
4081 unsigned opWidth = C.getIntWidth(E->getType());
4082 IntRange L = GetExprRange(C, BO->getLHS(), opWidth);
4083
4084 // If the divisor is constant, use that.
4085 llvm::APSInt divisor;
4086 if (BO->getRHS()->isIntegerConstantExpr(divisor, C)) {
4087 unsigned log2 = divisor.logBase2(); // floor(log_2(divisor))
4088 if (log2 >= L.Width)
4089 L.Width = (L.NonNegative ? 0 : 1);
4090 else
4091 L.Width = std::min(L.Width - log2, MaxWidth);
4092 return L;
4093 }
4094
4095 // Otherwise, just use the LHS's width.
4096 IntRange R = GetExprRange(C, BO->getRHS(), opWidth);
4097 return IntRange(L.Width, L.NonNegative && R.NonNegative);
4098 }
4099
4100 // The result of a remainder can't be larger than the result of
4101 // either side.
4102 case BO_Rem: {
4103 // Don't 'pre-truncate' the operands.
4104 unsigned opWidth = C.getIntWidth(E->getType());
4105 IntRange L = GetExprRange(C, BO->getLHS(), opWidth);
4106 IntRange R = GetExprRange(C, BO->getRHS(), opWidth);
4107
4108 IntRange meet = IntRange::meet(L, R);
4109 meet.Width = std::min(meet.Width, MaxWidth);
4110 return meet;
4111 }
4112
4113 // The default behavior is okay for these.
4114 case BO_Mul:
4115 case BO_Add:
4116 case BO_Xor:
4117 case BO_Or:
John McCallf2370c92010-01-06 05:24:50 +00004118 break;
4119 }
4120
John McCall00fe7612011-07-14 22:39:48 +00004121 // The default case is to treat the operation as if it were closed
4122 // on the narrowest type that encompasses both operands.
John McCallf2370c92010-01-06 05:24:50 +00004123 IntRange L = GetExprRange(C, BO->getLHS(), MaxWidth);
4124 IntRange R = GetExprRange(C, BO->getRHS(), MaxWidth);
4125 return IntRange::join(L, R);
4126 }
4127
4128 if (UnaryOperator *UO = dyn_cast<UnaryOperator>(E)) {
4129 switch (UO->getOpcode()) {
4130 // Boolean-valued operations are white-listed.
John McCall2de56d12010-08-25 11:45:40 +00004131 case UO_LNot:
John McCallf2370c92010-01-06 05:24:50 +00004132 return IntRange::forBoolType();
4133
4134 // Operations with opaque sources are black-listed.
John McCall2de56d12010-08-25 11:45:40 +00004135 case UO_Deref:
4136 case UO_AddrOf: // should be impossible
John McCall1844a6e2010-11-10 23:38:19 +00004137 return IntRange::forValueOfType(C, E->getType());
John McCallf2370c92010-01-06 05:24:50 +00004138
4139 default:
4140 return GetExprRange(C, UO->getSubExpr(), MaxWidth);
4141 }
4142 }
Douglas Gregor8ecdb652010-04-28 22:16:22 +00004143
4144 if (dyn_cast<OffsetOfExpr>(E)) {
John McCall1844a6e2010-11-10 23:38:19 +00004145 IntRange::forValueOfType(C, E->getType());
Douglas Gregor8ecdb652010-04-28 22:16:22 +00004146 }
John McCallf2370c92010-01-06 05:24:50 +00004147
Richard Smitha6b8b2c2011-10-10 18:28:20 +00004148 if (FieldDecl *BitField = E->getBitField())
4149 return IntRange(BitField->getBitWidthValue(C),
Douglas Gregor5e9ebb32011-05-21 16:28:01 +00004150 BitField->getType()->isUnsignedIntegerOrEnumerationType());
John McCallf2370c92010-01-06 05:24:50 +00004151
John McCall1844a6e2010-11-10 23:38:19 +00004152 return IntRange::forValueOfType(C, E->getType());
John McCallf2370c92010-01-06 05:24:50 +00004153}
John McCall51313c32010-01-04 23:31:57 +00004154
Ted Kremenek0692a192012-01-31 05:37:37 +00004155static IntRange GetExprRange(ASTContext &C, Expr *E) {
John McCall323ed742010-05-06 08:58:33 +00004156 return GetExprRange(C, E, C.getIntWidth(E->getType()));
4157}
4158
John McCall51313c32010-01-04 23:31:57 +00004159/// Checks whether the given value, which currently has the given
4160/// source semantics, has the same value when coerced through the
4161/// target semantics.
Ted Kremenek0692a192012-01-31 05:37:37 +00004162static bool IsSameFloatAfterCast(const llvm::APFloat &value,
4163 const llvm::fltSemantics &Src,
4164 const llvm::fltSemantics &Tgt) {
John McCall51313c32010-01-04 23:31:57 +00004165 llvm::APFloat truncated = value;
4166
4167 bool ignored;
4168 truncated.convert(Src, llvm::APFloat::rmNearestTiesToEven, &ignored);
4169 truncated.convert(Tgt, llvm::APFloat::rmNearestTiesToEven, &ignored);
4170
4171 return truncated.bitwiseIsEqual(value);
4172}
4173
4174/// Checks whether the given value, which currently has the given
4175/// source semantics, has the same value when coerced through the
4176/// target semantics.
4177///
4178/// The value might be a vector of floats (or a complex number).
Ted Kremenek0692a192012-01-31 05:37:37 +00004179static bool IsSameFloatAfterCast(const APValue &value,
4180 const llvm::fltSemantics &Src,
4181 const llvm::fltSemantics &Tgt) {
John McCall51313c32010-01-04 23:31:57 +00004182 if (value.isFloat())
4183 return IsSameFloatAfterCast(value.getFloat(), Src, Tgt);
4184
4185 if (value.isVector()) {
4186 for (unsigned i = 0, e = value.getVectorLength(); i != e; ++i)
4187 if (!IsSameFloatAfterCast(value.getVectorElt(i), Src, Tgt))
4188 return false;
4189 return true;
4190 }
4191
4192 assert(value.isComplexFloat());
4193 return (IsSameFloatAfterCast(value.getComplexFloatReal(), Src, Tgt) &&
4194 IsSameFloatAfterCast(value.getComplexFloatImag(), Src, Tgt));
4195}
4196
Ted Kremenek0692a192012-01-31 05:37:37 +00004197static void AnalyzeImplicitConversions(Sema &S, Expr *E, SourceLocation CC);
John McCall323ed742010-05-06 08:58:33 +00004198
Ted Kremeneke3b159c2010-09-23 21:43:44 +00004199static bool IsZero(Sema &S, Expr *E) {
4200 // Suppress cases where we are comparing against an enum constant.
4201 if (const DeclRefExpr *DR =
4202 dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(E->IgnoreParenImpCasts()))
4203 if (isa<EnumConstantDecl>(DR->getDecl()))
4204 return false;
4205
4206 // Suppress cases where the '0' value is expanded from a macro.
4207 if (E->getLocStart().isMacroID())
4208 return false;
4209
John McCall323ed742010-05-06 08:58:33 +00004210 llvm::APSInt Value;
4211 return E->isIntegerConstantExpr(Value, S.Context) && Value == 0;
4212}
4213
John McCall372e1032010-10-06 00:25:24 +00004214static bool HasEnumType(Expr *E) {
4215 // Strip off implicit integral promotions.
4216 while (ImplicitCastExpr *ICE = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(E)) {
Argyrios Kyrtzidis63b57ae2010-10-07 21:52:18 +00004217 if (ICE->getCastKind() != CK_IntegralCast &&
4218 ICE->getCastKind() != CK_NoOp)
John McCall372e1032010-10-06 00:25:24 +00004219 break;
Argyrios Kyrtzidis63b57ae2010-10-07 21:52:18 +00004220 E = ICE->getSubExpr();
John McCall372e1032010-10-06 00:25:24 +00004221 }
4222
4223 return E->getType()->isEnumeralType();
4224}
4225
Ted Kremenek0692a192012-01-31 05:37:37 +00004226static void CheckTrivialUnsignedComparison(Sema &S, BinaryOperator *E) {
John McCall2de56d12010-08-25 11:45:40 +00004227 BinaryOperatorKind op = E->getOpcode();
Douglas Gregor14af91a2010-12-21 07:22:56 +00004228 if (E->isValueDependent())
4229 return;
4230
John McCall2de56d12010-08-25 11:45:40 +00004231 if (op == BO_LT && IsZero(S, E->getRHS())) {
John McCall323ed742010-05-06 08:58:33 +00004232 S.Diag(E->getOperatorLoc(), diag::warn_lunsigned_always_true_comparison)
John McCall372e1032010-10-06 00:25:24 +00004233 << "< 0" << "false" << HasEnumType(E->getLHS())
John McCall323ed742010-05-06 08:58:33 +00004234 << E->getLHS()->getSourceRange() << E->getRHS()->getSourceRange();
John McCall2de56d12010-08-25 11:45:40 +00004235 } else if (op == BO_GE && IsZero(S, E->getRHS())) {
John McCall323ed742010-05-06 08:58:33 +00004236 S.Diag(E->getOperatorLoc(), diag::warn_lunsigned_always_true_comparison)
John McCall372e1032010-10-06 00:25:24 +00004237 << ">= 0" << "true" << HasEnumType(E->getLHS())
John McCall323ed742010-05-06 08:58:33 +00004238 << E->getLHS()->getSourceRange() << E->getRHS()->getSourceRange();
John McCall2de56d12010-08-25 11:45:40 +00004239 } else if (op == BO_GT && IsZero(S, E->getLHS())) {
John McCall323ed742010-05-06 08:58:33 +00004240 S.Diag(E->getOperatorLoc(), diag::warn_runsigned_always_true_comparison)
John McCall372e1032010-10-06 00:25:24 +00004241 << "0 >" << "false" << HasEnumType(E->getRHS())
John McCall323ed742010-05-06 08:58:33 +00004242 << E->getLHS()->getSourceRange() << E->getRHS()->getSourceRange();
John McCall2de56d12010-08-25 11:45:40 +00004243 } else if (op == BO_LE && IsZero(S, E->getLHS())) {
John McCall323ed742010-05-06 08:58:33 +00004244 S.Diag(E->getOperatorLoc(), diag::warn_runsigned_always_true_comparison)
John McCall372e1032010-10-06 00:25:24 +00004245 << "0 <=" << "true" << HasEnumType(E->getRHS())
John McCall323ed742010-05-06 08:58:33 +00004246 << E->getLHS()->getSourceRange() << E->getRHS()->getSourceRange();
4247 }
4248}
4249
4250/// Analyze the operands of the given comparison. Implements the
4251/// fallback case from AnalyzeComparison.
Ted Kremenek0692a192012-01-31 05:37:37 +00004252static void AnalyzeImpConvsInComparison(Sema &S, BinaryOperator *E) {
John McCallb4eb64d2010-10-08 02:01:28 +00004253 AnalyzeImplicitConversions(S, E->getLHS(), E->getOperatorLoc());
4254 AnalyzeImplicitConversions(S, E->getRHS(), E->getOperatorLoc());
John McCall323ed742010-05-06 08:58:33 +00004255}
John McCall51313c32010-01-04 23:31:57 +00004256
John McCallba26e582010-01-04 23:21:16 +00004257/// \brief Implements -Wsign-compare.
4258///
Richard Trieudd225092011-09-15 21:56:47 +00004259/// \param E the binary operator to check for warnings
Ted Kremenek0692a192012-01-31 05:37:37 +00004260static void AnalyzeComparison(Sema &S, BinaryOperator *E) {
John McCall323ed742010-05-06 08:58:33 +00004261 // The type the comparison is being performed in.
4262 QualType T = E->getLHS()->getType();
4263 assert(S.Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(T, E->getRHS()->getType())
4264 && "comparison with mismatched types");
John McCallba26e582010-01-04 23:21:16 +00004265
John McCall323ed742010-05-06 08:58:33 +00004266 // We don't do anything special if this isn't an unsigned integral
4267 // comparison: we're only interested in integral comparisons, and
4268 // signed comparisons only happen in cases we don't care to warn about.
Douglas Gregor3e026e32011-02-19 22:34:59 +00004269 //
4270 // We also don't care about value-dependent expressions or expressions
4271 // whose result is a constant.
4272 if (!T->hasUnsignedIntegerRepresentation()
4273 || E->isValueDependent() || E->isIntegerConstantExpr(S.Context))
John McCall323ed742010-05-06 08:58:33 +00004274 return AnalyzeImpConvsInComparison(S, E);
John McCallf2370c92010-01-06 05:24:50 +00004275
Richard Trieudd225092011-09-15 21:56:47 +00004276 Expr *LHS = E->getLHS()->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
4277 Expr *RHS = E->getRHS()->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
John McCallba26e582010-01-04 23:21:16 +00004278
John McCall323ed742010-05-06 08:58:33 +00004279 // Check to see if one of the (unmodified) operands is of different
4280 // signedness.
4281 Expr *signedOperand, *unsignedOperand;
Richard Trieudd225092011-09-15 21:56:47 +00004282 if (LHS->getType()->hasSignedIntegerRepresentation()) {
4283 assert(!RHS->getType()->hasSignedIntegerRepresentation() &&
John McCall323ed742010-05-06 08:58:33 +00004284 "unsigned comparison between two signed integer expressions?");
Richard Trieudd225092011-09-15 21:56:47 +00004285 signedOperand = LHS;
4286 unsignedOperand = RHS;
4287 } else if (RHS->getType()->hasSignedIntegerRepresentation()) {
4288 signedOperand = RHS;
4289 unsignedOperand = LHS;
John McCallba26e582010-01-04 23:21:16 +00004290 } else {
John McCall323ed742010-05-06 08:58:33 +00004291 CheckTrivialUnsignedComparison(S, E);
4292 return AnalyzeImpConvsInComparison(S, E);
John McCallba26e582010-01-04 23:21:16 +00004293 }
4294
John McCall323ed742010-05-06 08:58:33 +00004295 // Otherwise, calculate the effective range of the signed operand.
4296 IntRange signedRange = GetExprRange(S.Context, signedOperand);
John McCallf2370c92010-01-06 05:24:50 +00004297
John McCall323ed742010-05-06 08:58:33 +00004298 // Go ahead and analyze implicit conversions in the operands. Note
4299 // that we skip the implicit conversions on both sides.
Richard Trieudd225092011-09-15 21:56:47 +00004300 AnalyzeImplicitConversions(S, LHS, E->getOperatorLoc());
4301 AnalyzeImplicitConversions(S, RHS, E->getOperatorLoc());
John McCallba26e582010-01-04 23:21:16 +00004302
John McCall323ed742010-05-06 08:58:33 +00004303 // If the signed range is non-negative, -Wsign-compare won't fire,
4304 // but we should still check for comparisons which are always true
4305 // or false.
4306 if (signedRange.NonNegative)
4307 return CheckTrivialUnsignedComparison(S, E);
John McCallba26e582010-01-04 23:21:16 +00004308
4309 // For (in)equality comparisons, if the unsigned operand is a
4310 // constant which cannot collide with a overflowed signed operand,
4311 // then reinterpreting the signed operand as unsigned will not
4312 // change the result of the comparison.
John McCall323ed742010-05-06 08:58:33 +00004313 if (E->isEqualityOp()) {
4314 unsigned comparisonWidth = S.Context.getIntWidth(T);
4315 IntRange unsignedRange = GetExprRange(S.Context, unsignedOperand);
John McCallba26e582010-01-04 23:21:16 +00004316
John McCall323ed742010-05-06 08:58:33 +00004317 // We should never be unable to prove that the unsigned operand is
4318 // non-negative.
4319 assert(unsignedRange.NonNegative && "unsigned range includes negative?");
4320
4321 if (unsignedRange.Width < comparisonWidth)
4322 return;
4323 }
4324
Douglas Gregor6d3b93d2012-05-01 01:53:49 +00004325 S.DiagRuntimeBehavior(E->getOperatorLoc(), E,
4326 S.PDiag(diag::warn_mixed_sign_comparison)
4327 << LHS->getType() << RHS->getType()
4328 << LHS->getSourceRange() << RHS->getSourceRange());
John McCallba26e582010-01-04 23:21:16 +00004329}
4330
John McCall15d7d122010-11-11 03:21:53 +00004331/// Analyzes an attempt to assign the given value to a bitfield.
4332///
4333/// Returns true if there was something fishy about the attempt.
Ted Kremenek0692a192012-01-31 05:37:37 +00004334static bool AnalyzeBitFieldAssignment(Sema &S, FieldDecl *Bitfield, Expr *Init,
4335 SourceLocation InitLoc) {
John McCall15d7d122010-11-11 03:21:53 +00004336 assert(Bitfield->isBitField());
4337 if (Bitfield->isInvalidDecl())
4338 return false;
4339
John McCall91b60142010-11-11 05:33:51 +00004340 // White-list bool bitfields.
4341 if (Bitfield->getType()->isBooleanType())
4342 return false;
4343
Douglas Gregor46ff3032011-02-04 13:09:01 +00004344 // Ignore value- or type-dependent expressions.
4345 if (Bitfield->getBitWidth()->isValueDependent() ||
4346 Bitfield->getBitWidth()->isTypeDependent() ||
4347 Init->isValueDependent() ||
4348 Init->isTypeDependent())
4349 return false;
4350
John McCall15d7d122010-11-11 03:21:53 +00004351 Expr *OriginalInit = Init->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
4352
Richard Smith80d4b552011-12-28 19:48:30 +00004353 llvm::APSInt Value;
4354 if (!OriginalInit->EvaluateAsInt(Value, S.Context, Expr::SE_AllowSideEffects))
John McCall15d7d122010-11-11 03:21:53 +00004355 return false;
4356
John McCall15d7d122010-11-11 03:21:53 +00004357 unsigned OriginalWidth = Value.getBitWidth();
Richard Smitha6b8b2c2011-10-10 18:28:20 +00004358 unsigned FieldWidth = Bitfield->getBitWidthValue(S.Context);
John McCall15d7d122010-11-11 03:21:53 +00004359
4360 if (OriginalWidth <= FieldWidth)
4361 return false;
4362
Eli Friedman3a643af2012-01-26 23:11:39 +00004363 // Compute the value which the bitfield will contain.
Jay Foad9f71a8f2010-12-07 08:25:34 +00004364 llvm::APSInt TruncatedValue = Value.trunc(FieldWidth);
Eli Friedman3a643af2012-01-26 23:11:39 +00004365 TruncatedValue.setIsSigned(Bitfield->getType()->isSignedIntegerType());
John McCall15d7d122010-11-11 03:21:53 +00004366
Eli Friedman3a643af2012-01-26 23:11:39 +00004367 // Check whether the stored value is equal to the original value.
4368 TruncatedValue = TruncatedValue.extend(OriginalWidth);
Richard Trieue1ecdc12012-07-23 20:21:35 +00004369 if (llvm::APSInt::isSameValue(Value, TruncatedValue))
John McCall15d7d122010-11-11 03:21:53 +00004370 return false;
4371
Eli Friedman3a643af2012-01-26 23:11:39 +00004372 // Special-case bitfields of width 1: booleans are naturally 0/1, and
Eli Friedman34ff0622012-02-02 00:40:20 +00004373 // therefore don't strictly fit into a signed bitfield of width 1.
4374 if (FieldWidth == 1 && Value == 1)
Eli Friedman3a643af2012-01-26 23:11:39 +00004375 return false;
4376
John McCall15d7d122010-11-11 03:21:53 +00004377 std::string PrettyValue = Value.toString(10);
4378 std::string PrettyTrunc = TruncatedValue.toString(10);
4379
4380 S.Diag(InitLoc, diag::warn_impcast_bitfield_precision_constant)
4381 << PrettyValue << PrettyTrunc << OriginalInit->getType()
4382 << Init->getSourceRange();
4383
4384 return true;
4385}
4386
John McCallbeb22aa2010-11-09 23:24:47 +00004387/// Analyze the given simple or compound assignment for warning-worthy
4388/// operations.
Ted Kremenek0692a192012-01-31 05:37:37 +00004389static void AnalyzeAssignment(Sema &S, BinaryOperator *E) {
John McCallbeb22aa2010-11-09 23:24:47 +00004390 // Just recurse on the LHS.
4391 AnalyzeImplicitConversions(S, E->getLHS(), E->getOperatorLoc());
4392
4393 // We want to recurse on the RHS as normal unless we're assigning to
4394 // a bitfield.
4395 if (FieldDecl *Bitfield = E->getLHS()->getBitField()) {
John McCall15d7d122010-11-11 03:21:53 +00004396 if (AnalyzeBitFieldAssignment(S, Bitfield, E->getRHS(),
4397 E->getOperatorLoc())) {
4398 // Recurse, ignoring any implicit conversions on the RHS.
4399 return AnalyzeImplicitConversions(S, E->getRHS()->IgnoreParenImpCasts(),
4400 E->getOperatorLoc());
John McCallbeb22aa2010-11-09 23:24:47 +00004401 }
4402 }
4403
4404 AnalyzeImplicitConversions(S, E->getRHS(), E->getOperatorLoc());
4405}
4406
John McCall51313c32010-01-04 23:31:57 +00004407/// Diagnose an implicit cast; purely a helper for CheckImplicitConversion.
Ted Kremenek0692a192012-01-31 05:37:37 +00004408static void DiagnoseImpCast(Sema &S, Expr *E, QualType SourceType, QualType T,
Anna Zaksc36bedc2012-02-01 19:08:57 +00004409 SourceLocation CContext, unsigned diag,
4410 bool pruneControlFlow = false) {
4411 if (pruneControlFlow) {
4412 S.DiagRuntimeBehavior(E->getExprLoc(), E,
4413 S.PDiag(diag)
4414 << SourceType << T << E->getSourceRange()
4415 << SourceRange(CContext));
4416 return;
4417 }
Douglas Gregor5a5b38f2011-03-12 00:14:31 +00004418 S.Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag)
4419 << SourceType << T << E->getSourceRange() << SourceRange(CContext);
4420}
4421
Chandler Carruthe1b02e02011-04-05 06:47:57 +00004422/// Diagnose an implicit cast; purely a helper for CheckImplicitConversion.
Ted Kremenek0692a192012-01-31 05:37:37 +00004423static void DiagnoseImpCast(Sema &S, Expr *E, QualType T,
Anna Zaksc36bedc2012-02-01 19:08:57 +00004424 SourceLocation CContext, unsigned diag,
4425 bool pruneControlFlow = false) {
4426 DiagnoseImpCast(S, E, E->getType(), T, CContext, diag, pruneControlFlow);
Chandler Carruthe1b02e02011-04-05 06:47:57 +00004427}
4428
Matt Beaumont-Gay9ce63772011-10-14 15:36:25 +00004429/// Diagnose an implicit cast from a literal expression. Does not warn when the
4430/// cast wouldn't lose information.
Chandler Carruthf65076e2011-04-10 08:36:24 +00004431void DiagnoseFloatingLiteralImpCast(Sema &S, FloatingLiteral *FL, QualType T,
4432 SourceLocation CContext) {
Matt Beaumont-Gay9ce63772011-10-14 15:36:25 +00004433 // Try to convert the literal exactly to an integer. If we can, don't warn.
Chandler Carruthf65076e2011-04-10 08:36:24 +00004434 bool isExact = false;
Matt Beaumont-Gay9ce63772011-10-14 15:36:25 +00004435 const llvm::APFloat &Value = FL->getValue();
Jeffrey Yasskin3e1ef782011-07-15 17:03:07 +00004436 llvm::APSInt IntegerValue(S.Context.getIntWidth(T),
4437 T->hasUnsignedIntegerRepresentation());
4438 if (Value.convertToInteger(IntegerValue,
Chandler Carruthf65076e2011-04-10 08:36:24 +00004439 llvm::APFloat::rmTowardZero, &isExact)
Matt Beaumont-Gay9ce63772011-10-14 15:36:25 +00004440 == llvm::APFloat::opOK && isExact)
Chandler Carruthf65076e2011-04-10 08:36:24 +00004441 return;
4442
David Blaikiebe0ee872012-05-15 16:56:36 +00004443 SmallString<16> PrettySourceValue;
4444 Value.toString(PrettySourceValue);
David Blaikiede7e7b82012-05-15 17:18:27 +00004445 SmallString<16> PrettyTargetValue;
David Blaikiebe0ee872012-05-15 16:56:36 +00004446 if (T->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::Bool))
4447 PrettyTargetValue = IntegerValue == 0 ? "false" : "true";
4448 else
David Blaikiede7e7b82012-05-15 17:18:27 +00004449 IntegerValue.toString(PrettyTargetValue);
David Blaikiebe0ee872012-05-15 16:56:36 +00004450
Matt Beaumont-Gay9ce63772011-10-14 15:36:25 +00004451 S.Diag(FL->getExprLoc(), diag::warn_impcast_literal_float_to_integer)
David Blaikiebe0ee872012-05-15 16:56:36 +00004452 << FL->getType() << T.getUnqualifiedType() << PrettySourceValue
4453 << PrettyTargetValue << FL->getSourceRange() << SourceRange(CContext);
Chandler Carruthf65076e2011-04-10 08:36:24 +00004454}
4455
John McCall091f23f2010-11-09 22:22:12 +00004456std::string PrettyPrintInRange(const llvm::APSInt &Value, IntRange Range) {
4457 if (!Range.Width) return "0";
4458
4459 llvm::APSInt ValueInRange = Value;
4460 ValueInRange.setIsSigned(!Range.NonNegative);
Jay Foad9f71a8f2010-12-07 08:25:34 +00004461 ValueInRange = ValueInRange.trunc(Range.Width);
John McCall091f23f2010-11-09 22:22:12 +00004462 return ValueInRange.toString(10);
4463}
4464
Hans Wennborg88617a22012-08-28 15:44:30 +00004465static bool IsImplicitBoolFloatConversion(Sema &S, Expr *Ex, bool ToBool) {
4466 if (!isa<ImplicitCastExpr>(Ex))
4467 return false;
4468
4469 Expr *InnerE = Ex->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
4470 const Type *Target = S.Context.getCanonicalType(Ex->getType()).getTypePtr();
4471 const Type *Source =
4472 S.Context.getCanonicalType(InnerE->getType()).getTypePtr();
4473 if (Target->isDependentType())
4474 return false;
4475
4476 const BuiltinType *FloatCandidateBT =
4477 dyn_cast<BuiltinType>(ToBool ? Source : Target);
4478 const Type *BoolCandidateType = ToBool ? Target : Source;
4479
4480 return (BoolCandidateType->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::Bool) &&
4481 FloatCandidateBT && (FloatCandidateBT->isFloatingPoint()));
4482}
4483
4484void CheckImplicitArgumentConversions(Sema &S, CallExpr *TheCall,
4485 SourceLocation CC) {
4486 unsigned NumArgs = TheCall->getNumArgs();
4487 for (unsigned i = 0; i < NumArgs; ++i) {
4488 Expr *CurrA = TheCall->getArg(i);
4489 if (!IsImplicitBoolFloatConversion(S, CurrA, true))
4490 continue;
4491
4492 bool IsSwapped = ((i > 0) &&
4493 IsImplicitBoolFloatConversion(S, TheCall->getArg(i - 1), false));
4494 IsSwapped |= ((i < (NumArgs - 1)) &&
4495 IsImplicitBoolFloatConversion(S, TheCall->getArg(i + 1), false));
4496 if (IsSwapped) {
4497 // Warn on this floating-point to bool conversion.
4498 DiagnoseImpCast(S, CurrA->IgnoreParenImpCasts(),
4499 CurrA->getType(), CC,
4500 diag::warn_impcast_floating_point_to_bool);
4501 }
4502 }
4503}
4504
John McCall323ed742010-05-06 08:58:33 +00004505void CheckImplicitConversion(Sema &S, Expr *E, QualType T,
John McCallb4eb64d2010-10-08 02:01:28 +00004506 SourceLocation CC, bool *ICContext = 0) {
John McCall323ed742010-05-06 08:58:33 +00004507 if (E->isTypeDependent() || E->isValueDependent()) return;
John McCall51313c32010-01-04 23:31:57 +00004508
John McCall323ed742010-05-06 08:58:33 +00004509 const Type *Source = S.Context.getCanonicalType(E->getType()).getTypePtr();
4510 const Type *Target = S.Context.getCanonicalType(T).getTypePtr();
4511 if (Source == Target) return;
4512 if (Target->isDependentType()) return;
John McCall51313c32010-01-04 23:31:57 +00004513
Chandler Carruth108f7562011-07-26 05:40:03 +00004514 // If the conversion context location is invalid don't complain. We also
4515 // don't want to emit a warning if the issue occurs from the expansion of
4516 // a system macro. The problem is that 'getSpellingLoc()' is slow, so we
4517 // delay this check as long as possible. Once we detect we are in that
4518 // scenario, we just return.
Ted Kremenekef9ff882011-03-10 20:03:42 +00004519 if (CC.isInvalid())
John McCallb4eb64d2010-10-08 02:01:28 +00004520 return;
4521
Richard Trieuf1f8b1a2011-09-23 20:10:00 +00004522 // Diagnose implicit casts to bool.
4523 if (Target->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::Bool)) {
4524 if (isa<StringLiteral>(E))
4525 // Warn on string literal to bool. Checks for string literals in logical
4526 // expressions, for instances, assert(0 && "error here"), is prevented
4527 // by a check in AnalyzeImplicitConversions().
4528 return DiagnoseImpCast(S, E, T, CC,
4529 diag::warn_impcast_string_literal_to_bool);
Lang Hamese14ca9f2011-12-05 20:49:50 +00004530 if (Source->isFunctionType()) {
4531 // Warn on function to bool. Checks free functions and static member
4532 // functions. Weakly imported functions are excluded from the check,
4533 // since it's common to test their value to check whether the linker
4534 // found a definition for them.
4535 ValueDecl *D = 0;
4536 if (DeclRefExpr* R = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(E)) {
4537 D = R->getDecl();
4538 } else if (MemberExpr *M = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(E)) {
4539 D = M->getMemberDecl();
4540 }
4541
4542 if (D && !D->isWeak()) {
Richard Trieu26b45d82011-12-06 04:48:01 +00004543 if (FunctionDecl* F = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) {
4544 S.Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::warn_impcast_function_to_bool)
4545 << F << E->getSourceRange() << SourceRange(CC);
David Blaikie2def7732011-12-09 21:42:37 +00004546 S.Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::note_function_to_bool_silence)
4547 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(E->getExprLoc(), "&");
4548 QualType ReturnType;
4549 UnresolvedSet<4> NonTemplateOverloads;
4550 S.isExprCallable(*E, ReturnType, NonTemplateOverloads);
4551 if (!ReturnType.isNull()
4552 && ReturnType->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::Bool))
4553 S.Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::note_function_to_bool_call)
4554 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(
4555 S.getPreprocessor().getLocForEndOfToken(E->getLocEnd()), "()");
Richard Trieu26b45d82011-12-06 04:48:01 +00004556 return;
4557 }
Lang Hamese14ca9f2011-12-05 20:49:50 +00004558 }
4559 }
Richard Trieuf1f8b1a2011-09-23 20:10:00 +00004560 }
John McCall51313c32010-01-04 23:31:57 +00004561
4562 // Strip vector types.
4563 if (isa<VectorType>(Source)) {
Ted Kremenekef9ff882011-03-10 20:03:42 +00004564 if (!isa<VectorType>(Target)) {
Matt Beaumont-Gayd87a0cd2012-01-06 22:43:58 +00004565 if (S.SourceMgr.isInSystemMacro(CC))
Ted Kremenekef9ff882011-03-10 20:03:42 +00004566 return;
John McCallb4eb64d2010-10-08 02:01:28 +00004567 return DiagnoseImpCast(S, E, T, CC, diag::warn_impcast_vector_scalar);
Ted Kremenekef9ff882011-03-10 20:03:42 +00004568 }
Chris Lattnerb792b302011-06-14 04:51:15 +00004569
4570 // If the vector cast is cast between two vectors of the same size, it is
4571 // a bitcast, not a conversion.
4572 if (S.Context.getTypeSize(Source) == S.Context.getTypeSize(Target))
4573 return;
John McCall51313c32010-01-04 23:31:57 +00004574
4575 Source = cast<VectorType>(Source)->getElementType().getTypePtr();
4576 Target = cast<VectorType>(Target)->getElementType().getTypePtr();
4577 }
4578
4579 // Strip complex types.
4580 if (isa<ComplexType>(Source)) {
Ted Kremenekef9ff882011-03-10 20:03:42 +00004581 if (!isa<ComplexType>(Target)) {
Matt Beaumont-Gayd87a0cd2012-01-06 22:43:58 +00004582 if (S.SourceMgr.isInSystemMacro(CC))
Ted Kremenekef9ff882011-03-10 20:03:42 +00004583 return;
4584
John McCallb4eb64d2010-10-08 02:01:28 +00004585 return DiagnoseImpCast(S, E, T, CC, diag::warn_impcast_complex_scalar);
Ted Kremenekef9ff882011-03-10 20:03:42 +00004586 }
John McCall51313c32010-01-04 23:31:57 +00004587
4588 Source = cast<ComplexType>(Source)->getElementType().getTypePtr();
4589 Target = cast<ComplexType>(Target)->getElementType().getTypePtr();
4590 }
4591
4592 const BuiltinType *SourceBT = dyn_cast<BuiltinType>(Source);
4593 const BuiltinType *TargetBT = dyn_cast<BuiltinType>(Target);
4594
4595 // If the source is floating point...
4596 if (SourceBT && SourceBT->isFloatingPoint()) {
4597 // ...and the target is floating point...
4598 if (TargetBT && TargetBT->isFloatingPoint()) {
4599 // ...then warn if we're dropping FP rank.
4600
4601 // Builtin FP kinds are ordered by increasing FP rank.
4602 if (SourceBT->getKind() > TargetBT->getKind()) {
4603 // Don't warn about float constants that are precisely
4604 // representable in the target type.
4605 Expr::EvalResult result;
Richard Smith51f47082011-10-29 00:50:52 +00004606 if (E->EvaluateAsRValue(result, S.Context)) {
John McCall51313c32010-01-04 23:31:57 +00004607 // Value might be a float, a float vector, or a float complex.
4608 if (IsSameFloatAfterCast(result.Val,
John McCall323ed742010-05-06 08:58:33 +00004609 S.Context.getFloatTypeSemantics(QualType(TargetBT, 0)),
4610 S.Context.getFloatTypeSemantics(QualType(SourceBT, 0))))
John McCall51313c32010-01-04 23:31:57 +00004611 return;
4612 }
4613
Matt Beaumont-Gayd87a0cd2012-01-06 22:43:58 +00004614 if (S.SourceMgr.isInSystemMacro(CC))
Ted Kremenekef9ff882011-03-10 20:03:42 +00004615 return;
4616
John McCallb4eb64d2010-10-08 02:01:28 +00004617 DiagnoseImpCast(S, E, T, CC, diag::warn_impcast_float_precision);
John McCall51313c32010-01-04 23:31:57 +00004618 }
4619 return;
4620 }
4621
Ted Kremenekef9ff882011-03-10 20:03:42 +00004622 // If the target is integral, always warn.
David Blaikiebe0ee872012-05-15 16:56:36 +00004623 if (TargetBT && TargetBT->isInteger()) {
Matt Beaumont-Gayd87a0cd2012-01-06 22:43:58 +00004624 if (S.SourceMgr.isInSystemMacro(CC))
Ted Kremenekef9ff882011-03-10 20:03:42 +00004625 return;
4626
Chandler Carrutha5b93322011-02-17 11:05:49 +00004627 Expr *InnerE = E->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
Matt Beaumont-Gay634c8af2011-09-08 22:30:47 +00004628 // We also want to warn on, e.g., "int i = -1.234"
4629 if (UnaryOperator *UOp = dyn_cast<UnaryOperator>(InnerE))
4630 if (UOp->getOpcode() == UO_Minus || UOp->getOpcode() == UO_Plus)
4631 InnerE = UOp->getSubExpr()->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
4632
Chandler Carruthf65076e2011-04-10 08:36:24 +00004633 if (FloatingLiteral *FL = dyn_cast<FloatingLiteral>(InnerE)) {
4634 DiagnoseFloatingLiteralImpCast(S, FL, T, CC);
Chandler Carrutha5b93322011-02-17 11:05:49 +00004635 } else {
4636 DiagnoseImpCast(S, E, T, CC, diag::warn_impcast_float_integer);
4637 }
4638 }
John McCall51313c32010-01-04 23:31:57 +00004639
Hans Wennborg88617a22012-08-28 15:44:30 +00004640 // If the target is bool, warn if expr is a function or method call.
4641 if (Target->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::Bool) &&
4642 isa<CallExpr>(E)) {
4643 // Check last argument of function call to see if it is an
4644 // implicit cast from a type matching the type the result
4645 // is being cast to.
4646 CallExpr *CEx = cast<CallExpr>(E);
4647 unsigned NumArgs = CEx->getNumArgs();
4648 if (NumArgs > 0) {
4649 Expr *LastA = CEx->getArg(NumArgs - 1);
4650 Expr *InnerE = LastA->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
4651 const Type *InnerType =
4652 S.Context.getCanonicalType(InnerE->getType()).getTypePtr();
4653 if (isa<ImplicitCastExpr>(LastA) && (InnerType == Target)) {
4654 // Warn on this floating-point to bool conversion
4655 DiagnoseImpCast(S, E, T, CC,
4656 diag::warn_impcast_floating_point_to_bool);
4657 }
4658 }
4659 }
John McCall51313c32010-01-04 23:31:57 +00004660 return;
4661 }
4662
Richard Trieu1838ca52011-05-29 19:59:02 +00004663 if ((E->isNullPointerConstant(S.Context, Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNotNull)
David Blaikieb26331b2012-06-19 21:19:06 +00004664 == Expr::NPCK_GNUNull) && !Target->isAnyPointerType()
David Blaikie28a5f0c2012-06-21 18:51:10 +00004665 && !Target->isBlockPointerType() && !Target->isMemberPointerType()) {
David Blaikieb1360492012-03-16 20:30:12 +00004666 SourceLocation Loc = E->getSourceRange().getBegin();
4667 if (Loc.isMacroID())
4668 Loc = S.SourceMgr.getImmediateExpansionRange(Loc).first;
David Blaikie9fb1ac52012-05-15 21:57:38 +00004669 if (!Loc.isMacroID() || CC.isMacroID())
4670 S.Diag(Loc, diag::warn_impcast_null_pointer_to_integer)
4671 << T << clang::SourceRange(CC)
4672 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(Loc, S.getFixItZeroLiteralForType(T));
Richard Trieu1838ca52011-05-29 19:59:02 +00004673 }
4674
David Blaikieb26331b2012-06-19 21:19:06 +00004675 if (!Source->isIntegerType() || !Target->isIntegerType())
4676 return;
4677
David Blaikiebe0ee872012-05-15 16:56:36 +00004678 // TODO: remove this early return once the false positives for constant->bool
4679 // in templates, macros, etc, are reduced or removed.
4680 if (Target->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::Bool))
4681 return;
4682
John McCall323ed742010-05-06 08:58:33 +00004683 IntRange SourceRange = GetExprRange(S.Context, E);
John McCall1844a6e2010-11-10 23:38:19 +00004684 IntRange TargetRange = IntRange::forTargetOfCanonicalType(S.Context, Target);
John McCallf2370c92010-01-06 05:24:50 +00004685
4686 if (SourceRange.Width > TargetRange.Width) {
John McCall091f23f2010-11-09 22:22:12 +00004687 // If the source is a constant, use a default-on diagnostic.
4688 // TODO: this should happen for bitfield stores, too.
4689 llvm::APSInt Value(32);
4690 if (E->isIntegerConstantExpr(Value, S.Context)) {
Matt Beaumont-Gayd87a0cd2012-01-06 22:43:58 +00004691 if (S.SourceMgr.isInSystemMacro(CC))
Ted Kremenekef9ff882011-03-10 20:03:42 +00004692 return;
4693
John McCall091f23f2010-11-09 22:22:12 +00004694 std::string PrettySourceValue = Value.toString(10);
4695 std::string PrettyTargetValue = PrettyPrintInRange(Value, TargetRange);
4696
Ted Kremenek5e745da2011-10-22 02:37:33 +00004697 S.DiagRuntimeBehavior(E->getExprLoc(), E,
4698 S.PDiag(diag::warn_impcast_integer_precision_constant)
4699 << PrettySourceValue << PrettyTargetValue
4700 << E->getType() << T << E->getSourceRange()
4701 << clang::SourceRange(CC));
John McCall091f23f2010-11-09 22:22:12 +00004702 return;
4703 }
4704
Chris Lattnerb792b302011-06-14 04:51:15 +00004705 // People want to build with -Wshorten-64-to-32 and not -Wconversion.
Matt Beaumont-Gayd87a0cd2012-01-06 22:43:58 +00004706 if (S.SourceMgr.isInSystemMacro(CC))
Ted Kremenekef9ff882011-03-10 20:03:42 +00004707 return;
4708
David Blaikie37050842012-04-12 22:40:54 +00004709 if (TargetRange.Width == 32 && S.Context.getIntWidth(E->getType()) == 64)
Anna Zaksc36bedc2012-02-01 19:08:57 +00004710 return DiagnoseImpCast(S, E, T, CC, diag::warn_impcast_integer_64_32,
4711 /* pruneControlFlow */ true);
John McCallb4eb64d2010-10-08 02:01:28 +00004712 return DiagnoseImpCast(S, E, T, CC, diag::warn_impcast_integer_precision);
John McCall323ed742010-05-06 08:58:33 +00004713 }
4714
4715 if ((TargetRange.NonNegative && !SourceRange.NonNegative) ||
4716 (!TargetRange.NonNegative && SourceRange.NonNegative &&
4717 SourceRange.Width == TargetRange.Width)) {
Ted Kremenekef9ff882011-03-10 20:03:42 +00004718
Matt Beaumont-Gayd87a0cd2012-01-06 22:43:58 +00004719 if (S.SourceMgr.isInSystemMacro(CC))
Ted Kremenekef9ff882011-03-10 20:03:42 +00004720 return;
4721
John McCall323ed742010-05-06 08:58:33 +00004722 unsigned DiagID = diag::warn_impcast_integer_sign;
4723
4724 // Traditionally, gcc has warned about this under -Wsign-compare.
4725 // We also want to warn about it in -Wconversion.
4726 // So if -Wconversion is off, use a completely identical diagnostic
4727 // in the sign-compare group.
4728 // The conditional-checking code will
4729 if (ICContext) {
4730 DiagID = diag::warn_impcast_integer_sign_conditional;
4731 *ICContext = true;
4732 }
4733
John McCallb4eb64d2010-10-08 02:01:28 +00004734 return DiagnoseImpCast(S, E, T, CC, DiagID);
John McCall51313c32010-01-04 23:31:57 +00004735 }
4736
Douglas Gregor284cc8d2011-02-22 02:45:07 +00004737 // Diagnose conversions between different enumeration types.
Douglas Gregor5a5b38f2011-03-12 00:14:31 +00004738 // In C, we pretend that the type of an EnumConstantDecl is its enumeration
4739 // type, to give us better diagnostics.
4740 QualType SourceType = E->getType();
David Blaikie4e4d0842012-03-11 07:00:24 +00004741 if (!S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
Douglas Gregor5a5b38f2011-03-12 00:14:31 +00004742 if (DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(E))
4743 if (EnumConstantDecl *ECD = dyn_cast<EnumConstantDecl>(DRE->getDecl())) {
4744 EnumDecl *Enum = cast<EnumDecl>(ECD->getDeclContext());
4745 SourceType = S.Context.getTypeDeclType(Enum);
4746 Source = S.Context.getCanonicalType(SourceType).getTypePtr();
4747 }
4748 }
4749
Douglas Gregor284cc8d2011-02-22 02:45:07 +00004750 if (const EnumType *SourceEnum = Source->getAs<EnumType>())
4751 if (const EnumType *TargetEnum = Target->getAs<EnumType>())
4752 if ((SourceEnum->getDecl()->getIdentifier() ||
Richard Smith162e1c12011-04-15 14:24:37 +00004753 SourceEnum->getDecl()->getTypedefNameForAnonDecl()) &&
Douglas Gregor284cc8d2011-02-22 02:45:07 +00004754 (TargetEnum->getDecl()->getIdentifier() ||
Richard Smith162e1c12011-04-15 14:24:37 +00004755 TargetEnum->getDecl()->getTypedefNameForAnonDecl()) &&
Ted Kremenekef9ff882011-03-10 20:03:42 +00004756 SourceEnum != TargetEnum) {
Matt Beaumont-Gayd87a0cd2012-01-06 22:43:58 +00004757 if (S.SourceMgr.isInSystemMacro(CC))
Ted Kremenekef9ff882011-03-10 20:03:42 +00004758 return;
4759
Douglas Gregor5a5b38f2011-03-12 00:14:31 +00004760 return DiagnoseImpCast(S, E, SourceType, T, CC,
Douglas Gregor284cc8d2011-02-22 02:45:07 +00004761 diag::warn_impcast_different_enum_types);
Ted Kremenekef9ff882011-03-10 20:03:42 +00004762 }
Douglas Gregor284cc8d2011-02-22 02:45:07 +00004763
John McCall51313c32010-01-04 23:31:57 +00004764 return;
4765}
4766
David Blaikie9fb1ac52012-05-15 21:57:38 +00004767void CheckConditionalOperator(Sema &S, ConditionalOperator *E,
4768 SourceLocation CC, QualType T);
John McCall323ed742010-05-06 08:58:33 +00004769
4770void CheckConditionalOperand(Sema &S, Expr *E, QualType T,
John McCallb4eb64d2010-10-08 02:01:28 +00004771 SourceLocation CC, bool &ICContext) {
John McCall323ed742010-05-06 08:58:33 +00004772 E = E->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
4773
4774 if (isa<ConditionalOperator>(E))
David Blaikie9fb1ac52012-05-15 21:57:38 +00004775 return CheckConditionalOperator(S, cast<ConditionalOperator>(E), CC, T);
John McCall323ed742010-05-06 08:58:33 +00004776
John McCallb4eb64d2010-10-08 02:01:28 +00004777 AnalyzeImplicitConversions(S, E, CC);
John McCall323ed742010-05-06 08:58:33 +00004778 if (E->getType() != T)
John McCallb4eb64d2010-10-08 02:01:28 +00004779 return CheckImplicitConversion(S, E, T, CC, &ICContext);
John McCall323ed742010-05-06 08:58:33 +00004780 return;
4781}
4782
David Blaikie9fb1ac52012-05-15 21:57:38 +00004783void CheckConditionalOperator(Sema &S, ConditionalOperator *E,
4784 SourceLocation CC, QualType T) {
John McCallb4eb64d2010-10-08 02:01:28 +00004785 AnalyzeImplicitConversions(S, E->getCond(), CC);
John McCall323ed742010-05-06 08:58:33 +00004786
4787 bool Suspicious = false;
John McCallb4eb64d2010-10-08 02:01:28 +00004788 CheckConditionalOperand(S, E->getTrueExpr(), T, CC, Suspicious);
4789 CheckConditionalOperand(S, E->getFalseExpr(), T, CC, Suspicious);
John McCall323ed742010-05-06 08:58:33 +00004790
4791 // If -Wconversion would have warned about either of the candidates
4792 // for a signedness conversion to the context type...
4793 if (!Suspicious) return;
4794
4795 // ...but it's currently ignored...
Argyrios Kyrtzidis08274082010-12-15 18:44:22 +00004796 if (S.Diags.getDiagnosticLevel(diag::warn_impcast_integer_sign_conditional,
4797 CC))
John McCall323ed742010-05-06 08:58:33 +00004798 return;
4799
John McCall323ed742010-05-06 08:58:33 +00004800 // ...then check whether it would have warned about either of the
4801 // candidates for a signedness conversion to the condition type.
Richard Trieu52541612011-07-21 02:46:28 +00004802 if (E->getType() == T) return;
4803
4804 Suspicious = false;
4805 CheckImplicitConversion(S, E->getTrueExpr()->IgnoreParenImpCasts(),
4806 E->getType(), CC, &Suspicious);
4807 if (!Suspicious)
4808 CheckImplicitConversion(S, E->getFalseExpr()->IgnoreParenImpCasts(),
John McCallb4eb64d2010-10-08 02:01:28 +00004809 E->getType(), CC, &Suspicious);
John McCall323ed742010-05-06 08:58:33 +00004810}
4811
4812/// AnalyzeImplicitConversions - Find and report any interesting
4813/// implicit conversions in the given expression. There are a couple
4814/// of competing diagnostics here, -Wconversion and -Wsign-compare.
John McCallb4eb64d2010-10-08 02:01:28 +00004815void AnalyzeImplicitConversions(Sema &S, Expr *OrigE, SourceLocation CC) {
John McCall323ed742010-05-06 08:58:33 +00004816 QualType T = OrigE->getType();
4817 Expr *E = OrigE->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
4818
Douglas Gregorf8b6e152011-10-10 17:38:18 +00004819 if (E->isTypeDependent() || E->isValueDependent())
4820 return;
4821
John McCall323ed742010-05-06 08:58:33 +00004822 // For conditional operators, we analyze the arguments as if they
4823 // were being fed directly into the output.
4824 if (isa<ConditionalOperator>(E)) {
4825 ConditionalOperator *CO = cast<ConditionalOperator>(E);
David Blaikie9fb1ac52012-05-15 21:57:38 +00004826 CheckConditionalOperator(S, CO, CC, T);
John McCall323ed742010-05-06 08:58:33 +00004827 return;
4828 }
4829
Hans Wennborg88617a22012-08-28 15:44:30 +00004830 // Check implicit argument conversions for function calls.
4831 if (CallExpr *Call = dyn_cast<CallExpr>(E))
4832 CheckImplicitArgumentConversions(S, Call, CC);
4833
John McCall323ed742010-05-06 08:58:33 +00004834 // Go ahead and check any implicit conversions we might have skipped.
4835 // The non-canonical typecheck is just an optimization;
4836 // CheckImplicitConversion will filter out dead implicit conversions.
4837 if (E->getType() != T)
John McCallb4eb64d2010-10-08 02:01:28 +00004838 CheckImplicitConversion(S, E, T, CC);
John McCall323ed742010-05-06 08:58:33 +00004839
4840 // Now continue drilling into this expression.
4841
4842 // Skip past explicit casts.
4843 if (isa<ExplicitCastExpr>(E)) {
4844 E = cast<ExplicitCastExpr>(E)->getSubExpr()->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
John McCallb4eb64d2010-10-08 02:01:28 +00004845 return AnalyzeImplicitConversions(S, E, CC);
John McCall323ed742010-05-06 08:58:33 +00004846 }
4847
John McCallbeb22aa2010-11-09 23:24:47 +00004848 if (BinaryOperator *BO = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(E)) {
4849 // Do a somewhat different check with comparison operators.
4850 if (BO->isComparisonOp())
4851 return AnalyzeComparison(S, BO);
4852
Eli Friedman0fa06382012-01-26 23:34:06 +00004853 // And with simple assignments.
4854 if (BO->getOpcode() == BO_Assign)
John McCallbeb22aa2010-11-09 23:24:47 +00004855 return AnalyzeAssignment(S, BO);
4856 }
John McCall323ed742010-05-06 08:58:33 +00004857
4858 // These break the otherwise-useful invariant below. Fortunately,
4859 // we don't really need to recurse into them, because any internal
4860 // expressions should have been analyzed already when they were
4861 // built into statements.
4862 if (isa<StmtExpr>(E)) return;
4863
4864 // Don't descend into unevaluated contexts.
Peter Collingbournef4e3cfb2011-03-11 19:24:49 +00004865 if (isa<UnaryExprOrTypeTraitExpr>(E)) return;
John McCall323ed742010-05-06 08:58:33 +00004866
4867 // Now just recurse over the expression's children.
John McCallb4eb64d2010-10-08 02:01:28 +00004868 CC = E->getExprLoc();
Richard Trieuf1f8b1a2011-09-23 20:10:00 +00004869 BinaryOperator *BO = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(E);
4870 bool IsLogicalOperator = BO && BO->isLogicalOp();
4871 for (Stmt::child_range I = E->children(); I; ++I) {
Douglas Gregor54042f12012-02-09 10:18:50 +00004872 Expr *ChildExpr = dyn_cast_or_null<Expr>(*I);
Douglas Gregor503384f2012-02-09 00:47:04 +00004873 if (!ChildExpr)
4874 continue;
4875
Richard Trieuf1f8b1a2011-09-23 20:10:00 +00004876 if (IsLogicalOperator &&
4877 isa<StringLiteral>(ChildExpr->IgnoreParenImpCasts()))
4878 // Ignore checking string literals that are in logical operators.
4879 continue;
4880 AnalyzeImplicitConversions(S, ChildExpr, CC);
4881 }
John McCall323ed742010-05-06 08:58:33 +00004882}
4883
4884} // end anonymous namespace
4885
4886/// Diagnoses "dangerous" implicit conversions within the given
4887/// expression (which is a full expression). Implements -Wconversion
4888/// and -Wsign-compare.
John McCallb4eb64d2010-10-08 02:01:28 +00004889///
4890/// \param CC the "context" location of the implicit conversion, i.e.
4891/// the most location of the syntactic entity requiring the implicit
4892/// conversion
4893void Sema::CheckImplicitConversions(Expr *E, SourceLocation CC) {
John McCall323ed742010-05-06 08:58:33 +00004894 // Don't diagnose in unevaluated contexts.
David Blaikie71f55f72012-08-06 22:47:24 +00004895 if (isUnevaluatedContext())
John McCall323ed742010-05-06 08:58:33 +00004896 return;
4897
4898 // Don't diagnose for value- or type-dependent expressions.
4899 if (E->isTypeDependent() || E->isValueDependent())
4900 return;
4901
Kaelyn Uhraind6c88652011-08-05 23:18:04 +00004902 // Check for array bounds violations in cases where the check isn't triggered
4903 // elsewhere for other Expr types (like BinaryOperators), e.g. when an
4904 // ArraySubscriptExpr is on the RHS of a variable initialization.
4905 CheckArrayAccess(E);
4906
John McCallb4eb64d2010-10-08 02:01:28 +00004907 // This is not the right CC for (e.g.) a variable initialization.
4908 AnalyzeImplicitConversions(*this, E, CC);
John McCall323ed742010-05-06 08:58:33 +00004909}
4910
John McCall15d7d122010-11-11 03:21:53 +00004911void Sema::CheckBitFieldInitialization(SourceLocation InitLoc,
4912 FieldDecl *BitField,
4913 Expr *Init) {
4914 (void) AnalyzeBitFieldAssignment(*this, BitField, Init, InitLoc);
4915}
4916
Mike Stumpf8c49212010-01-21 03:59:47 +00004917/// CheckParmsForFunctionDef - Check that the parameters of the given
4918/// function are appropriate for the definition of a function. This
4919/// takes care of any checks that cannot be performed on the
4920/// declaration itself, e.g., that the types of each of the function
4921/// parameters are complete.
Douglas Gregor82aa7132010-11-01 18:37:59 +00004922bool Sema::CheckParmsForFunctionDef(ParmVarDecl **P, ParmVarDecl **PEnd,
4923 bool CheckParameterNames) {
Mike Stumpf8c49212010-01-21 03:59:47 +00004924 bool HasInvalidParm = false;
Douglas Gregor82aa7132010-11-01 18:37:59 +00004925 for (; P != PEnd; ++P) {
4926 ParmVarDecl *Param = *P;
4927
Mike Stumpf8c49212010-01-21 03:59:47 +00004928 // C99 6.7.5.3p4: the parameters in a parameter type list in a
4929 // function declarator that is part of a function definition of
4930 // that function shall not have incomplete type.
4931 //
4932 // This is also C++ [dcl.fct]p6.
4933 if (!Param->isInvalidDecl() &&
4934 RequireCompleteType(Param->getLocation(), Param->getType(),
Douglas Gregord10099e2012-05-04 16:32:21 +00004935 diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)) {
Mike Stumpf8c49212010-01-21 03:59:47 +00004936 Param->setInvalidDecl();
4937 HasInvalidParm = true;
4938 }
4939
4940 // C99 6.9.1p5: If the declarator includes a parameter type list, the
4941 // declaration of each parameter shall include an identifier.
Douglas Gregor82aa7132010-11-01 18:37:59 +00004942 if (CheckParameterNames &&
4943 Param->getIdentifier() == 0 &&
Mike Stumpf8c49212010-01-21 03:59:47 +00004944 !Param->isImplicit() &&
David Blaikie4e4d0842012-03-11 07:00:24 +00004945 !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
Mike Stumpf8c49212010-01-21 03:59:47 +00004946 Diag(Param->getLocation(), diag::err_parameter_name_omitted);
Sam Weinigd17e3402010-02-01 05:02:49 +00004947
4948 // C99 6.7.5.3p12:
4949 // If the function declarator is not part of a definition of that
4950 // function, parameters may have incomplete type and may use the [*]
4951 // notation in their sequences of declarator specifiers to specify
4952 // variable length array types.
4953 QualType PType = Param->getOriginalType();
4954 if (const ArrayType *AT = Context.getAsArrayType(PType)) {
4955 if (AT->getSizeModifier() == ArrayType::Star) {
Sylvestre Ledrubed28ac2012-07-23 08:59:39 +00004956 // FIXME: This diagnosic should point the '[*]' if source-location
Sam Weinigd17e3402010-02-01 05:02:49 +00004957 // information is added for it.
4958 Diag(Param->getLocation(), diag::err_array_star_in_function_definition);
4959 }
4960 }
Mike Stumpf8c49212010-01-21 03:59:47 +00004961 }
4962
4963 return HasInvalidParm;
4964}
John McCallb7f4ffe2010-08-12 21:44:57 +00004965
4966/// CheckCastAlign - Implements -Wcast-align, which warns when a
4967/// pointer cast increases the alignment requirements.
4968void Sema::CheckCastAlign(Expr *Op, QualType T, SourceRange TRange) {
4969 // This is actually a lot of work to potentially be doing on every
4970 // cast; don't do it if we're ignoring -Wcast_align (as is the default).
Argyrios Kyrtzidis08274082010-12-15 18:44:22 +00004971 if (getDiagnostics().getDiagnosticLevel(diag::warn_cast_align,
4972 TRange.getBegin())
David Blaikied6471f72011-09-25 23:23:43 +00004973 == DiagnosticsEngine::Ignored)
John McCallb7f4ffe2010-08-12 21:44:57 +00004974 return;
4975
4976 // Ignore dependent types.
4977 if (T->isDependentType() || Op->getType()->isDependentType())
4978 return;
4979
4980 // Require that the destination be a pointer type.
4981 const PointerType *DestPtr = T->getAs<PointerType>();
4982 if (!DestPtr) return;
4983
4984 // If the destination has alignment 1, we're done.
4985 QualType DestPointee = DestPtr->getPointeeType();
4986 if (DestPointee->isIncompleteType()) return;
4987 CharUnits DestAlign = Context.getTypeAlignInChars(DestPointee);
4988 if (DestAlign.isOne()) return;
4989
4990 // Require that the source be a pointer type.
4991 const PointerType *SrcPtr = Op->getType()->getAs<PointerType>();
4992 if (!SrcPtr) return;
4993 QualType SrcPointee = SrcPtr->getPointeeType();
4994
4995 // Whitelist casts from cv void*. We already implicitly
4996 // whitelisted casts to cv void*, since they have alignment 1.
4997 // Also whitelist casts involving incomplete types, which implicitly
4998 // includes 'void'.
4999 if (SrcPointee->isIncompleteType()) return;
5000
5001 CharUnits SrcAlign = Context.getTypeAlignInChars(SrcPointee);
5002 if (SrcAlign >= DestAlign) return;
5003
5004 Diag(TRange.getBegin(), diag::warn_cast_align)
5005 << Op->getType() << T
5006 << static_cast<unsigned>(SrcAlign.getQuantity())
5007 << static_cast<unsigned>(DestAlign.getQuantity())
5008 << TRange << Op->getSourceRange();
5009}
5010
Kaelyn Uhraind6c88652011-08-05 23:18:04 +00005011static const Type* getElementType(const Expr *BaseExpr) {
5012 const Type* EltType = BaseExpr->getType().getTypePtr();
5013 if (EltType->isAnyPointerType())
5014 return EltType->getPointeeType().getTypePtr();
5015 else if (EltType->isArrayType())
5016 return EltType->getBaseElementTypeUnsafe();
5017 return EltType;
5018}
5019
Chandler Carruthc2684342011-08-05 09:10:50 +00005020/// \brief Check whether this array fits the idiom of a size-one tail padded
5021/// array member of a struct.
5022///
5023/// We avoid emitting out-of-bounds access warnings for such arrays as they are
5024/// commonly used to emulate flexible arrays in C89 code.
5025static bool IsTailPaddedMemberArray(Sema &S, llvm::APInt Size,
5026 const NamedDecl *ND) {
5027 if (Size != 1 || !ND) return false;
5028
5029 const FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(ND);
5030 if (!FD) return false;
5031
5032 // Don't consider sizes resulting from macro expansions or template argument
5033 // substitution to form C89 tail-padded arrays.
Sean Callanand2cf3482012-05-04 18:22:53 +00005034
5035 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = FD->getTypeSourceInfo();
Ted Kremenek00e1f6f2012-05-09 05:35:08 +00005036 while (TInfo) {
5037 TypeLoc TL = TInfo->getTypeLoc();
5038 // Look through typedefs.
5039 const TypedefTypeLoc *TTL = dyn_cast<TypedefTypeLoc>(&TL);
5040 if (TTL) {
5041 const TypedefNameDecl *TDL = TTL->getTypedefNameDecl();
5042 TInfo = TDL->getTypeSourceInfo();
5043 continue;
5044 }
5045 ConstantArrayTypeLoc CTL = cast<ConstantArrayTypeLoc>(TL);
5046 const Expr *SizeExpr = dyn_cast<IntegerLiteral>(CTL.getSizeExpr());
Sean Callanand2cf3482012-05-04 18:22:53 +00005047 if (!SizeExpr || SizeExpr->getExprLoc().isMacroID())
5048 return false;
Ted Kremenek00e1f6f2012-05-09 05:35:08 +00005049 break;
Sean Callanand2cf3482012-05-04 18:22:53 +00005050 }
Chandler Carruthc2684342011-08-05 09:10:50 +00005051
5052 const RecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(FD->getDeclContext());
Matt Beaumont-Gay381711c2011-11-29 22:43:53 +00005053 if (!RD) return false;
5054 if (RD->isUnion()) return false;
5055 if (const CXXRecordDecl *CRD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RD)) {
5056 if (!CRD->isStandardLayout()) return false;
5057 }
Chandler Carruthc2684342011-08-05 09:10:50 +00005058
Benjamin Kramer22d4fed2011-08-06 03:04:42 +00005059 // See if this is the last field decl in the record.
5060 const Decl *D = FD;
5061 while ((D = D->getNextDeclInContext()))
5062 if (isa<FieldDecl>(D))
5063 return false;
5064 return true;
Chandler Carruthc2684342011-08-05 09:10:50 +00005065}
5066
Kaelyn Uhraind6c88652011-08-05 23:18:04 +00005067void Sema::CheckArrayAccess(const Expr *BaseExpr, const Expr *IndexExpr,
Matt Beaumont-Gay80fb7dd2011-12-14 16:02:15 +00005068 const ArraySubscriptExpr *ASE,
Richard Smith25b009a2011-12-16 19:31:14 +00005069 bool AllowOnePastEnd, bool IndexNegated) {
Eli Friedman92b670e2012-02-27 21:21:40 +00005070 IndexExpr = IndexExpr->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
Matt Beaumont-Gay80fb7dd2011-12-14 16:02:15 +00005071 if (IndexExpr->isValueDependent())
5072 return;
5073
Matt Beaumont-Gay8ef8f432011-12-12 22:35:02 +00005074 const Type *EffectiveType = getElementType(BaseExpr);
Kaelyn Uhraind6c88652011-08-05 23:18:04 +00005075 BaseExpr = BaseExpr->IgnoreParenCasts();
Chandler Carruth34064582011-02-17 20:55:08 +00005076 const ConstantArrayType *ArrayTy =
Kaelyn Uhraind6c88652011-08-05 23:18:04 +00005077 Context.getAsConstantArrayType(BaseExpr->getType());
Chandler Carruth34064582011-02-17 20:55:08 +00005078 if (!ArrayTy)
Ted Kremeneka0125d82011-02-16 01:57:07 +00005079 return;
Chandler Carruth35001ca2011-02-17 21:10:52 +00005080
Chandler Carruth34064582011-02-17 20:55:08 +00005081 llvm::APSInt index;
Matt Beaumont-Gay80fb7dd2011-12-14 16:02:15 +00005082 if (!IndexExpr->EvaluateAsInt(index, Context))
Ted Kremeneka0125d82011-02-16 01:57:07 +00005083 return;
Richard Smith25b009a2011-12-16 19:31:14 +00005084 if (IndexNegated)
5085 index = -index;
Ted Kremenek8fd0a5d2011-02-16 04:01:44 +00005086
Chandler Carruthba447122011-08-05 08:07:29 +00005087 const NamedDecl *ND = NULL;
Chandler Carruthba447122011-08-05 08:07:29 +00005088 if (const DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(BaseExpr))
5089 ND = dyn_cast<NamedDecl>(DRE->getDecl());
Chandler Carruthc2684342011-08-05 09:10:50 +00005090 if (const MemberExpr *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(BaseExpr))
Chandler Carruthba447122011-08-05 08:07:29 +00005091 ND = dyn_cast<NamedDecl>(ME->getMemberDecl());
Chandler Carruthba447122011-08-05 08:07:29 +00005092
Ted Kremenek9e060ca2011-02-23 23:06:04 +00005093 if (index.isUnsigned() || !index.isNegative()) {
Ted Kremenek25b3b842011-02-18 02:27:00 +00005094 llvm::APInt size = ArrayTy->getSize();
Chandler Carruth35001ca2011-02-17 21:10:52 +00005095 if (!size.isStrictlyPositive())
5096 return;
Kaelyn Uhraind6c88652011-08-05 23:18:04 +00005097
5098 const Type* BaseType = getElementType(BaseExpr);
Nico Weberde5998f2011-09-17 22:59:41 +00005099 if (BaseType != EffectiveType) {
Kaelyn Uhraind6c88652011-08-05 23:18:04 +00005100 // Make sure we're comparing apples to apples when comparing index to size
5101 uint64_t ptrarith_typesize = Context.getTypeSize(EffectiveType);
5102 uint64_t array_typesize = Context.getTypeSize(BaseType);
Kaelyn Uhraind10f4bc2011-08-10 19:47:25 +00005103 // Handle ptrarith_typesize being zero, such as when casting to void*
Kaelyn Uhrain18f16972011-08-10 18:49:28 +00005104 if (!ptrarith_typesize) ptrarith_typesize = 1;
Kaelyn Uhraind6c88652011-08-05 23:18:04 +00005105 if (ptrarith_typesize != array_typesize) {
5106 // There's a cast to a different size type involved
5107 uint64_t ratio = array_typesize / ptrarith_typesize;
5108 // TODO: Be smarter about handling cases where array_typesize is not a
5109 // multiple of ptrarith_typesize
5110 if (ptrarith_typesize * ratio == array_typesize)
5111 size *= llvm::APInt(size.getBitWidth(), ratio);
5112 }
5113 }
5114
Chandler Carruth34064582011-02-17 20:55:08 +00005115 if (size.getBitWidth() > index.getBitWidth())
Eli Friedman92b670e2012-02-27 21:21:40 +00005116 index = index.zext(size.getBitWidth());
Ted Kremenek25b3b842011-02-18 02:27:00 +00005117 else if (size.getBitWidth() < index.getBitWidth())
Eli Friedman92b670e2012-02-27 21:21:40 +00005118 size = size.zext(index.getBitWidth());
Ted Kremenek25b3b842011-02-18 02:27:00 +00005119
Kaelyn Uhraind6c88652011-08-05 23:18:04 +00005120 // For array subscripting the index must be less than size, but for pointer
5121 // arithmetic also allow the index (offset) to be equal to size since
5122 // computing the next address after the end of the array is legal and
5123 // commonly done e.g. in C++ iterators and range-based for loops.
Eli Friedman92b670e2012-02-27 21:21:40 +00005124 if (AllowOnePastEnd ? index.ule(size) : index.ult(size))
Chandler Carruthba447122011-08-05 08:07:29 +00005125 return;
5126
5127 // Also don't warn for arrays of size 1 which are members of some
5128 // structure. These are often used to approximate flexible arrays in C89
5129 // code.
Kaelyn Uhraind6c88652011-08-05 23:18:04 +00005130 if (IsTailPaddedMemberArray(*this, size, ND))
Ted Kremenek8fd0a5d2011-02-16 04:01:44 +00005131 return;
Chandler Carruth34064582011-02-17 20:55:08 +00005132
Matt Beaumont-Gay80fb7dd2011-12-14 16:02:15 +00005133 // Suppress the warning if the subscript expression (as identified by the
5134 // ']' location) and the index expression are both from macro expansions
5135 // within a system header.
5136 if (ASE) {
5137 SourceLocation RBracketLoc = SourceMgr.getSpellingLoc(
5138 ASE->getRBracketLoc());
5139 if (SourceMgr.isInSystemHeader(RBracketLoc)) {
5140 SourceLocation IndexLoc = SourceMgr.getSpellingLoc(
5141 IndexExpr->getLocStart());
5142 if (SourceMgr.isFromSameFile(RBracketLoc, IndexLoc))
5143 return;
5144 }
5145 }
5146
Kaelyn Uhraind6c88652011-08-05 23:18:04 +00005147 unsigned DiagID = diag::warn_ptr_arith_exceeds_bounds;
Matt Beaumont-Gay80fb7dd2011-12-14 16:02:15 +00005148 if (ASE)
Kaelyn Uhraind6c88652011-08-05 23:18:04 +00005149 DiagID = diag::warn_array_index_exceeds_bounds;
5150
5151 DiagRuntimeBehavior(BaseExpr->getLocStart(), BaseExpr,
5152 PDiag(DiagID) << index.toString(10, true)
5153 << size.toString(10, true)
5154 << (unsigned)size.getLimitedValue(~0U)
5155 << IndexExpr->getSourceRange());
Chandler Carruth34064582011-02-17 20:55:08 +00005156 } else {
Kaelyn Uhraind6c88652011-08-05 23:18:04 +00005157 unsigned DiagID = diag::warn_array_index_precedes_bounds;
Matt Beaumont-Gay80fb7dd2011-12-14 16:02:15 +00005158 if (!ASE) {
Kaelyn Uhraind6c88652011-08-05 23:18:04 +00005159 DiagID = diag::warn_ptr_arith_precedes_bounds;
5160 if (index.isNegative()) index = -index;
5161 }
5162
5163 DiagRuntimeBehavior(BaseExpr->getLocStart(), BaseExpr,
5164 PDiag(DiagID) << index.toString(10, true)
5165 << IndexExpr->getSourceRange());
Ted Kremeneka0125d82011-02-16 01:57:07 +00005166 }
Chandler Carruth35001ca2011-02-17 21:10:52 +00005167
Matt Beaumont-Gaycfbc5b52011-11-29 19:27:11 +00005168 if (!ND) {
5169 // Try harder to find a NamedDecl to point at in the note.
5170 while (const ArraySubscriptExpr *ASE =
5171 dyn_cast<ArraySubscriptExpr>(BaseExpr))
5172 BaseExpr = ASE->getBase()->IgnoreParenCasts();
5173 if (const DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(BaseExpr))
5174 ND = dyn_cast<NamedDecl>(DRE->getDecl());
5175 if (const MemberExpr *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(BaseExpr))
5176 ND = dyn_cast<NamedDecl>(ME->getMemberDecl());
5177 }
5178
Chandler Carruth35001ca2011-02-17 21:10:52 +00005179 if (ND)
Kaelyn Uhraind6c88652011-08-05 23:18:04 +00005180 DiagRuntimeBehavior(ND->getLocStart(), BaseExpr,
5181 PDiag(diag::note_array_index_out_of_bounds)
5182 << ND->getDeclName());
Ted Kremeneka0125d82011-02-16 01:57:07 +00005183}
5184
Ted Kremenek3aea4da2011-03-01 18:41:00 +00005185void Sema::CheckArrayAccess(const Expr *expr) {
Kaelyn Uhraind6c88652011-08-05 23:18:04 +00005186 int AllowOnePastEnd = 0;
5187 while (expr) {
5188 expr = expr->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
Ted Kremenek3aea4da2011-03-01 18:41:00 +00005189 switch (expr->getStmtClass()) {
Kaelyn Uhraind6c88652011-08-05 23:18:04 +00005190 case Stmt::ArraySubscriptExprClass: {
5191 const ArraySubscriptExpr *ASE = cast<ArraySubscriptExpr>(expr);
Matt Beaumont-Gay80fb7dd2011-12-14 16:02:15 +00005192 CheckArrayAccess(ASE->getBase(), ASE->getIdx(), ASE,
Kaelyn Uhraind6c88652011-08-05 23:18:04 +00005193 AllowOnePastEnd > 0);
Ted Kremenek3aea4da2011-03-01 18:41:00 +00005194 return;
Kaelyn Uhraind6c88652011-08-05 23:18:04 +00005195 }
5196 case Stmt::UnaryOperatorClass: {
5197 // Only unwrap the * and & unary operators
5198 const UnaryOperator *UO = cast<UnaryOperator>(expr);
5199 expr = UO->getSubExpr();
5200 switch (UO->getOpcode()) {
5201 case UO_AddrOf:
5202 AllowOnePastEnd++;
5203 break;
5204 case UO_Deref:
5205 AllowOnePastEnd--;
5206 break;
5207 default:
5208 return;
5209 }
5210 break;
5211 }
Ted Kremenek3aea4da2011-03-01 18:41:00 +00005212 case Stmt::ConditionalOperatorClass: {
5213 const ConditionalOperator *cond = cast<ConditionalOperator>(expr);
5214 if (const Expr *lhs = cond->getLHS())
5215 CheckArrayAccess(lhs);
5216 if (const Expr *rhs = cond->getRHS())
5217 CheckArrayAccess(rhs);
5218 return;
5219 }
5220 default:
5221 return;
5222 }
Peter Collingbournef111d932011-04-15 00:35:48 +00005223 }
Ted Kremenek3aea4da2011-03-01 18:41:00 +00005224}
John McCallf85e1932011-06-15 23:02:42 +00005225
5226//===--- CHECK: Objective-C retain cycles ----------------------------------//
5227
5228namespace {
5229 struct RetainCycleOwner {
5230 RetainCycleOwner() : Variable(0), Indirect(false) {}
5231 VarDecl *Variable;
5232 SourceRange Range;
5233 SourceLocation Loc;
5234 bool Indirect;
5235
5236 void setLocsFrom(Expr *e) {
5237 Loc = e->getExprLoc();
5238 Range = e->getSourceRange();
5239 }
5240 };
5241}
5242
5243/// Consider whether capturing the given variable can possibly lead to
5244/// a retain cycle.
5245static bool considerVariable(VarDecl *var, Expr *ref, RetainCycleOwner &owner) {
5246 // In ARC, it's captured strongly iff the variable has __strong
5247 // lifetime. In MRR, it's captured strongly if the variable is
5248 // __block and has an appropriate type.
5249 if (var->getType().getObjCLifetime() != Qualifiers::OCL_Strong)
5250 return false;
5251
5252 owner.Variable = var;
5253 owner.setLocsFrom(ref);
5254 return true;
5255}
5256
Fariborz Jahanian6e6f93a2012-01-10 19:28:26 +00005257static bool findRetainCycleOwner(Sema &S, Expr *e, RetainCycleOwner &owner) {
John McCallf85e1932011-06-15 23:02:42 +00005258 while (true) {
5259 e = e->IgnoreParens();
5260 if (CastExpr *cast = dyn_cast<CastExpr>(e)) {
5261 switch (cast->getCastKind()) {
5262 case CK_BitCast:
5263 case CK_LValueBitCast:
5264 case CK_LValueToRValue:
John McCall33e56f32011-09-10 06:18:15 +00005265 case CK_ARCReclaimReturnedObject:
John McCallf85e1932011-06-15 23:02:42 +00005266 e = cast->getSubExpr();
5267 continue;
5268
John McCallf85e1932011-06-15 23:02:42 +00005269 default:
5270 return false;
5271 }
5272 }
5273
5274 if (ObjCIvarRefExpr *ref = dyn_cast<ObjCIvarRefExpr>(e)) {
5275 ObjCIvarDecl *ivar = ref->getDecl();
5276 if (ivar->getType().getObjCLifetime() != Qualifiers::OCL_Strong)
5277 return false;
5278
5279 // Try to find a retain cycle in the base.
Fariborz Jahanian6e6f93a2012-01-10 19:28:26 +00005280 if (!findRetainCycleOwner(S, ref->getBase(), owner))
John McCallf85e1932011-06-15 23:02:42 +00005281 return false;
5282
5283 if (ref->isFreeIvar()) owner.setLocsFrom(ref);
5284 owner.Indirect = true;
5285 return true;
5286 }
5287
5288 if (DeclRefExpr *ref = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(e)) {
5289 VarDecl *var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(ref->getDecl());
5290 if (!var) return false;
5291 return considerVariable(var, ref, owner);
5292 }
5293
John McCallf85e1932011-06-15 23:02:42 +00005294 if (MemberExpr *member = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(e)) {
5295 if (member->isArrow()) return false;
5296
5297 // Don't count this as an indirect ownership.
5298 e = member->getBase();
5299 continue;
5300 }
5301
John McCall4b9c2d22011-11-06 09:01:30 +00005302 if (PseudoObjectExpr *pseudo = dyn_cast<PseudoObjectExpr>(e)) {
5303 // Only pay attention to pseudo-objects on property references.
5304 ObjCPropertyRefExpr *pre
5305 = dyn_cast<ObjCPropertyRefExpr>(pseudo->getSyntacticForm()
5306 ->IgnoreParens());
5307 if (!pre) return false;
5308 if (pre->isImplicitProperty()) return false;
5309 ObjCPropertyDecl *property = pre->getExplicitProperty();
5310 if (!property->isRetaining() &&
5311 !(property->getPropertyIvarDecl() &&
5312 property->getPropertyIvarDecl()->getType()
5313 .getObjCLifetime() == Qualifiers::OCL_Strong))
5314 return false;
5315
5316 owner.Indirect = true;
Fariborz Jahanian6e6f93a2012-01-10 19:28:26 +00005317 if (pre->isSuperReceiver()) {
5318 owner.Variable = S.getCurMethodDecl()->getSelfDecl();
5319 if (!owner.Variable)
5320 return false;
5321 owner.Loc = pre->getLocation();
5322 owner.Range = pre->getSourceRange();
5323 return true;
5324 }
John McCall4b9c2d22011-11-06 09:01:30 +00005325 e = const_cast<Expr*>(cast<OpaqueValueExpr>(pre->getBase())
5326 ->getSourceExpr());
5327 continue;
5328 }
5329
John McCallf85e1932011-06-15 23:02:42 +00005330 // Array ivars?
5331
5332 return false;
5333 }
5334}
5335
5336namespace {
5337 struct FindCaptureVisitor : EvaluatedExprVisitor<FindCaptureVisitor> {
5338 FindCaptureVisitor(ASTContext &Context, VarDecl *variable)
5339 : EvaluatedExprVisitor<FindCaptureVisitor>(Context),
5340 Variable(variable), Capturer(0) {}
5341
5342 VarDecl *Variable;
5343 Expr *Capturer;
5344
5345 void VisitDeclRefExpr(DeclRefExpr *ref) {
5346 if (ref->getDecl() == Variable && !Capturer)
5347 Capturer = ref;
5348 }
5349
John McCallf85e1932011-06-15 23:02:42 +00005350 void VisitObjCIvarRefExpr(ObjCIvarRefExpr *ref) {
5351 if (Capturer) return;
5352 Visit(ref->getBase());
5353 if (Capturer && ref->isFreeIvar())
5354 Capturer = ref;
5355 }
5356
5357 void VisitBlockExpr(BlockExpr *block) {
5358 // Look inside nested blocks
5359 if (block->getBlockDecl()->capturesVariable(Variable))
5360 Visit(block->getBlockDecl()->getBody());
5361 }
Fariborz Jahanian7e2e4c32012-08-31 20:04:47 +00005362
5363 void VisitOpaqueValueExpr(OpaqueValueExpr *OVE) {
5364 if (Capturer) return;
5365 if (OVE->getSourceExpr())
5366 Visit(OVE->getSourceExpr());
5367 }
John McCallf85e1932011-06-15 23:02:42 +00005368 };
5369}
5370
5371/// Check whether the given argument is a block which captures a
5372/// variable.
5373static Expr *findCapturingExpr(Sema &S, Expr *e, RetainCycleOwner &owner) {
5374 assert(owner.Variable && owner.Loc.isValid());
5375
5376 e = e->IgnoreParenCasts();
5377 BlockExpr *block = dyn_cast<BlockExpr>(e);
5378 if (!block || !block->getBlockDecl()->capturesVariable(owner.Variable))
5379 return 0;
5380
5381 FindCaptureVisitor visitor(S.Context, owner.Variable);
5382 visitor.Visit(block->getBlockDecl()->getBody());
5383 return visitor.Capturer;
5384}
5385
5386static void diagnoseRetainCycle(Sema &S, Expr *capturer,
5387 RetainCycleOwner &owner) {
5388 assert(capturer);
5389 assert(owner.Variable && owner.Loc.isValid());
5390
5391 S.Diag(capturer->getExprLoc(), diag::warn_arc_retain_cycle)
5392 << owner.Variable << capturer->getSourceRange();
5393 S.Diag(owner.Loc, diag::note_arc_retain_cycle_owner)
5394 << owner.Indirect << owner.Range;
5395}
5396
5397/// Check for a keyword selector that starts with the word 'add' or
5398/// 'set'.
5399static bool isSetterLikeSelector(Selector sel) {
5400 if (sel.isUnarySelector()) return false;
5401
Chris Lattner5f9e2722011-07-23 10:55:15 +00005402 StringRef str = sel.getNameForSlot(0);
John McCallf85e1932011-06-15 23:02:42 +00005403 while (!str.empty() && str.front() == '_') str = str.substr(1);
Ted Kremenek968a0ee2011-12-01 00:59:21 +00005404 if (str.startswith("set"))
John McCallf85e1932011-06-15 23:02:42 +00005405 str = str.substr(3);
Ted Kremenek968a0ee2011-12-01 00:59:21 +00005406 else if (str.startswith("add")) {
5407 // Specially whitelist 'addOperationWithBlock:'.
5408 if (sel.getNumArgs() == 1 && str.startswith("addOperationWithBlock"))
5409 return false;
5410 str = str.substr(3);
5411 }
John McCallf85e1932011-06-15 23:02:42 +00005412 else
5413 return false;
5414
5415 if (str.empty()) return true;
5416 return !islower(str.front());
5417}
5418
5419/// Check a message send to see if it's likely to cause a retain cycle.
5420void Sema::checkRetainCycles(ObjCMessageExpr *msg) {
5421 // Only check instance methods whose selector looks like a setter.
5422 if (!msg->isInstanceMessage() || !isSetterLikeSelector(msg->getSelector()))
5423 return;
5424
5425 // Try to find a variable that the receiver is strongly owned by.
5426 RetainCycleOwner owner;
5427 if (msg->getReceiverKind() == ObjCMessageExpr::Instance) {
Fariborz Jahanian6e6f93a2012-01-10 19:28:26 +00005428 if (!findRetainCycleOwner(*this, msg->getInstanceReceiver(), owner))
John McCallf85e1932011-06-15 23:02:42 +00005429 return;
5430 } else {
5431 assert(msg->getReceiverKind() == ObjCMessageExpr::SuperInstance);
5432 owner.Variable = getCurMethodDecl()->getSelfDecl();
5433 owner.Loc = msg->getSuperLoc();
5434 owner.Range = msg->getSuperLoc();
5435 }
5436
5437 // Check whether the receiver is captured by any of the arguments.
5438 for (unsigned i = 0, e = msg->getNumArgs(); i != e; ++i)
5439 if (Expr *capturer = findCapturingExpr(*this, msg->getArg(i), owner))
5440 return diagnoseRetainCycle(*this, capturer, owner);
5441}
5442
5443/// Check a property assign to see if it's likely to cause a retain cycle.
5444void Sema::checkRetainCycles(Expr *receiver, Expr *argument) {
5445 RetainCycleOwner owner;
Fariborz Jahanian6e6f93a2012-01-10 19:28:26 +00005446 if (!findRetainCycleOwner(*this, receiver, owner))
John McCallf85e1932011-06-15 23:02:42 +00005447 return;
5448
5449 if (Expr *capturer = findCapturingExpr(*this, argument, owner))
5450 diagnoseRetainCycle(*this, capturer, owner);
5451}
5452
Fariborz Jahanian921c1432011-06-24 18:25:34 +00005453bool Sema::checkUnsafeAssigns(SourceLocation Loc,
John McCallf85e1932011-06-15 23:02:42 +00005454 QualType LHS, Expr *RHS) {
5455 Qualifiers::ObjCLifetime LT = LHS.getObjCLifetime();
5456 if (LT != Qualifiers::OCL_Weak && LT != Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone)
Fariborz Jahanian921c1432011-06-24 18:25:34 +00005457 return false;
5458 // strip off any implicit cast added to get to the one arc-specific
5459 while (ImplicitCastExpr *cast = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(RHS)) {
John McCall33e56f32011-09-10 06:18:15 +00005460 if (cast->getCastKind() == CK_ARCConsumeObject) {
John McCallf85e1932011-06-15 23:02:42 +00005461 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_arc_retained_assign)
Fariborz Jahanianbd2e27e2012-07-06 21:09:27 +00005462 << (LT == Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone) << 1
John McCallf85e1932011-06-15 23:02:42 +00005463 << RHS->getSourceRange();
Fariborz Jahanian921c1432011-06-24 18:25:34 +00005464 return true;
5465 }
5466 RHS = cast->getSubExpr();
5467 }
5468 return false;
John McCallf85e1932011-06-15 23:02:42 +00005469}
5470
Fariborz Jahanian921c1432011-06-24 18:25:34 +00005471void Sema::checkUnsafeExprAssigns(SourceLocation Loc,
5472 Expr *LHS, Expr *RHS) {
Fariborz Jahanian87eaf722012-01-17 22:58:16 +00005473 QualType LHSType;
5474 // PropertyRef on LHS type need be directly obtained from
5475 // its declaration as it has a PsuedoType.
5476 ObjCPropertyRefExpr *PRE
5477 = dyn_cast<ObjCPropertyRefExpr>(LHS->IgnoreParens());
5478 if (PRE && !PRE->isImplicitProperty()) {
5479 const ObjCPropertyDecl *PD = PRE->getExplicitProperty();
5480 if (PD)
5481 LHSType = PD->getType();
5482 }
5483
5484 if (LHSType.isNull())
5485 LHSType = LHS->getType();
Fariborz Jahanian921c1432011-06-24 18:25:34 +00005486 if (checkUnsafeAssigns(Loc, LHSType, RHS))
5487 return;
5488 Qualifiers::ObjCLifetime LT = LHSType.getObjCLifetime();
5489 // FIXME. Check for other life times.
5490 if (LT != Qualifiers::OCL_None)
5491 return;
5492
Fariborz Jahanian87eaf722012-01-17 22:58:16 +00005493 if (PRE) {
Fariborz Jahanian921c1432011-06-24 18:25:34 +00005494 if (PRE->isImplicitProperty())
5495 return;
5496 const ObjCPropertyDecl *PD = PRE->getExplicitProperty();
5497 if (!PD)
5498 return;
5499
5500 unsigned Attributes = PD->getPropertyAttributes();
Fariborz Jahanian87eaf722012-01-17 22:58:16 +00005501 if (Attributes & ObjCPropertyDecl::OBJC_PR_assign) {
5502 // when 'assign' attribute was not explicitly specified
5503 // by user, ignore it and rely on property type itself
5504 // for lifetime info.
5505 unsigned AsWrittenAttr = PD->getPropertyAttributesAsWritten();
5506 if (!(AsWrittenAttr & ObjCPropertyDecl::OBJC_PR_assign) &&
5507 LHSType->isObjCRetainableType())
5508 return;
5509
Fariborz Jahanian921c1432011-06-24 18:25:34 +00005510 while (ImplicitCastExpr *cast = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(RHS)) {
John McCall33e56f32011-09-10 06:18:15 +00005511 if (cast->getCastKind() == CK_ARCConsumeObject) {
Fariborz Jahanian921c1432011-06-24 18:25:34 +00005512 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_arc_retained_property_assign)
5513 << RHS->getSourceRange();
5514 return;
5515 }
5516 RHS = cast->getSubExpr();
5517 }
Fariborz Jahanian87eaf722012-01-17 22:58:16 +00005518 }
Fariborz Jahanianbd2e27e2012-07-06 21:09:27 +00005519 else if (Attributes & ObjCPropertyDecl::OBJC_PR_weak) {
5520 while (ImplicitCastExpr *cast = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(RHS)) {
5521 if (cast->getCastKind() == CK_ARCConsumeObject) {
5522 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_arc_retained_assign)
5523 << 0 << 0<< RHS->getSourceRange();
5524 return;
5525 }
5526 RHS = cast->getSubExpr();
5527 }
5528 }
Fariborz Jahanian921c1432011-06-24 18:25:34 +00005529 }
5530}
Dmitri Gribenko625bb562012-02-14 22:14:32 +00005531
5532//===--- CHECK: Empty statement body (-Wempty-body) ---------------------===//
5533
5534namespace {
5535bool ShouldDiagnoseEmptyStmtBody(const SourceManager &SourceMgr,
5536 SourceLocation StmtLoc,
5537 const NullStmt *Body) {
5538 // Do not warn if the body is a macro that expands to nothing, e.g:
5539 //
5540 // #define CALL(x)
5541 // if (condition)
5542 // CALL(0);
5543 //
5544 if (Body->hasLeadingEmptyMacro())
5545 return false;
5546
5547 // Get line numbers of statement and body.
5548 bool StmtLineInvalid;
5549 unsigned StmtLine = SourceMgr.getSpellingLineNumber(StmtLoc,
5550 &StmtLineInvalid);
5551 if (StmtLineInvalid)
5552 return false;
5553
5554 bool BodyLineInvalid;
5555 unsigned BodyLine = SourceMgr.getSpellingLineNumber(Body->getSemiLoc(),
5556 &BodyLineInvalid);
5557 if (BodyLineInvalid)
5558 return false;
5559
5560 // Warn if null statement and body are on the same line.
5561 if (StmtLine != BodyLine)
5562 return false;
5563
5564 return true;
5565}
5566} // Unnamed namespace
5567
5568void Sema::DiagnoseEmptyStmtBody(SourceLocation StmtLoc,
5569 const Stmt *Body,
5570 unsigned DiagID) {
5571 // Since this is a syntactic check, don't emit diagnostic for template
5572 // instantiations, this just adds noise.
5573 if (CurrentInstantiationScope)
5574 return;
5575
5576 // The body should be a null statement.
5577 const NullStmt *NBody = dyn_cast<NullStmt>(Body);
5578 if (!NBody)
5579 return;
5580
5581 // Do the usual checks.
5582 if (!ShouldDiagnoseEmptyStmtBody(SourceMgr, StmtLoc, NBody))
5583 return;
5584
5585 Diag(NBody->getSemiLoc(), DiagID);
5586 Diag(NBody->getSemiLoc(), diag::note_empty_body_on_separate_line);
5587}
5588
5589void Sema::DiagnoseEmptyLoopBody(const Stmt *S,
5590 const Stmt *PossibleBody) {
5591 assert(!CurrentInstantiationScope); // Ensured by caller
5592
5593 SourceLocation StmtLoc;
5594 const Stmt *Body;
5595 unsigned DiagID;
5596 if (const ForStmt *FS = dyn_cast<ForStmt>(S)) {
5597 StmtLoc = FS->getRParenLoc();
5598 Body = FS->getBody();
5599 DiagID = diag::warn_empty_for_body;
5600 } else if (const WhileStmt *WS = dyn_cast<WhileStmt>(S)) {
5601 StmtLoc = WS->getCond()->getSourceRange().getEnd();
5602 Body = WS->getBody();
5603 DiagID = diag::warn_empty_while_body;
5604 } else
5605 return; // Neither `for' nor `while'.
5606
5607 // The body should be a null statement.
5608 const NullStmt *NBody = dyn_cast<NullStmt>(Body);
5609 if (!NBody)
5610 return;
5611
5612 // Skip expensive checks if diagnostic is disabled.
5613 if (Diags.getDiagnosticLevel(DiagID, NBody->getSemiLoc()) ==
5614 DiagnosticsEngine::Ignored)
5615 return;
5616
5617 // Do the usual checks.
5618 if (!ShouldDiagnoseEmptyStmtBody(SourceMgr, StmtLoc, NBody))
5619 return;
5620
5621 // `for(...);' and `while(...);' are popular idioms, so in order to keep
5622 // noise level low, emit diagnostics only if for/while is followed by a
5623 // CompoundStmt, e.g.:
5624 // for (int i = 0; i < n; i++);
5625 // {
5626 // a(i);
5627 // }
5628 // or if for/while is followed by a statement with more indentation
5629 // than for/while itself:
5630 // for (int i = 0; i < n; i++);
5631 // a(i);
5632 bool ProbableTypo = isa<CompoundStmt>(PossibleBody);
5633 if (!ProbableTypo) {
5634 bool BodyColInvalid;
5635 unsigned BodyCol = SourceMgr.getPresumedColumnNumber(
5636 PossibleBody->getLocStart(),
5637 &BodyColInvalid);
5638 if (BodyColInvalid)
5639 return;
5640
5641 bool StmtColInvalid;
5642 unsigned StmtCol = SourceMgr.getPresumedColumnNumber(
5643 S->getLocStart(),
5644 &StmtColInvalid);
5645 if (StmtColInvalid)
5646 return;
5647
5648 if (BodyCol > StmtCol)
5649 ProbableTypo = true;
5650 }
5651
5652 if (ProbableTypo) {
5653 Diag(NBody->getSemiLoc(), DiagID);
5654 Diag(NBody->getSemiLoc(), diag::note_empty_body_on_separate_line);
5655 }
5656}
Dmitri Gribenko0d5a0692012-08-17 00:08:38 +00005657
5658//===--- Layout compatibility ----------------------------------------------//
5659
5660namespace {
5661
5662bool isLayoutCompatible(ASTContext &C, QualType T1, QualType T2);
5663
5664/// \brief Check if two enumeration types are layout-compatible.
5665bool isLayoutCompatible(ASTContext &C, EnumDecl *ED1, EnumDecl *ED2) {
5666 // C++11 [dcl.enum] p8:
5667 // Two enumeration types are layout-compatible if they have the same
5668 // underlying type.
5669 return ED1->isComplete() && ED2->isComplete() &&
5670 C.hasSameType(ED1->getIntegerType(), ED2->getIntegerType());
5671}
5672
5673/// \brief Check if two fields are layout-compatible.
5674bool isLayoutCompatible(ASTContext &C, FieldDecl *Field1, FieldDecl *Field2) {
5675 if (!isLayoutCompatible(C, Field1->getType(), Field2->getType()))
5676 return false;
5677
5678 if (Field1->isBitField() != Field2->isBitField())
5679 return false;
5680
5681 if (Field1->isBitField()) {
5682 // Make sure that the bit-fields are the same length.
5683 unsigned Bits1 = Field1->getBitWidthValue(C);
5684 unsigned Bits2 = Field2->getBitWidthValue(C);
5685
5686 if (Bits1 != Bits2)
5687 return false;
5688 }
5689
5690 return true;
5691}
5692
5693/// \brief Check if two standard-layout structs are layout-compatible.
5694/// (C++11 [class.mem] p17)
5695bool isLayoutCompatibleStruct(ASTContext &C,
5696 RecordDecl *RD1,
5697 RecordDecl *RD2) {
5698 // If both records are C++ classes, check that base classes match.
5699 if (const CXXRecordDecl *D1CXX = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RD1)) {
5700 // If one of records is a CXXRecordDecl we are in C++ mode,
5701 // thus the other one is a CXXRecordDecl, too.
5702 const CXXRecordDecl *D2CXX = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RD2);
5703 // Check number of base classes.
5704 if (D1CXX->getNumBases() != D2CXX->getNumBases())
5705 return false;
5706
5707 // Check the base classes.
5708 for (CXXRecordDecl::base_class_const_iterator
5709 Base1 = D1CXX->bases_begin(),
5710 BaseEnd1 = D1CXX->bases_end(),
5711 Base2 = D2CXX->bases_begin();
5712 Base1 != BaseEnd1;
5713 ++Base1, ++Base2) {
5714 if (!isLayoutCompatible(C, Base1->getType(), Base2->getType()))
5715 return false;
5716 }
5717 } else if (const CXXRecordDecl *D2CXX = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RD2)) {
5718 // If only RD2 is a C++ class, it should have zero base classes.
5719 if (D2CXX->getNumBases() > 0)
5720 return false;
5721 }
5722
5723 // Check the fields.
5724 RecordDecl::field_iterator Field2 = RD2->field_begin(),
5725 Field2End = RD2->field_end(),
5726 Field1 = RD1->field_begin(),
5727 Field1End = RD1->field_end();
5728 for ( ; Field1 != Field1End && Field2 != Field2End; ++Field1, ++Field2) {
5729 if (!isLayoutCompatible(C, *Field1, *Field2))
5730 return false;
5731 }
5732 if (Field1 != Field1End || Field2 != Field2End)
5733 return false;
5734
5735 return true;
5736}
5737
5738/// \brief Check if two standard-layout unions are layout-compatible.
5739/// (C++11 [class.mem] p18)
5740bool isLayoutCompatibleUnion(ASTContext &C,
5741 RecordDecl *RD1,
5742 RecordDecl *RD2) {
5743 llvm::SmallPtrSet<FieldDecl *, 8> UnmatchedFields;
5744 for (RecordDecl::field_iterator Field2 = RD2->field_begin(),
5745 Field2End = RD2->field_end();
5746 Field2 != Field2End; ++Field2) {
5747 UnmatchedFields.insert(*Field2);
5748 }
5749
5750 for (RecordDecl::field_iterator Field1 = RD1->field_begin(),
5751 Field1End = RD1->field_end();
5752 Field1 != Field1End; ++Field1) {
5753 llvm::SmallPtrSet<FieldDecl *, 8>::iterator
5754 I = UnmatchedFields.begin(),
5755 E = UnmatchedFields.end();
5756
5757 for ( ; I != E; ++I) {
5758 if (isLayoutCompatible(C, *Field1, *I)) {
5759 bool Result = UnmatchedFields.erase(*I);
5760 (void) Result;
5761 assert(Result);
5762 break;
5763 }
5764 }
5765 if (I == E)
5766 return false;
5767 }
5768
5769 return UnmatchedFields.empty();
5770}
5771
5772bool isLayoutCompatible(ASTContext &C, RecordDecl *RD1, RecordDecl *RD2) {
5773 if (RD1->isUnion() != RD2->isUnion())
5774 return false;
5775
5776 if (RD1->isUnion())
5777 return isLayoutCompatibleUnion(C, RD1, RD2);
5778 else
5779 return isLayoutCompatibleStruct(C, RD1, RD2);
5780}
5781
5782/// \brief Check if two types are layout-compatible in C++11 sense.
5783bool isLayoutCompatible(ASTContext &C, QualType T1, QualType T2) {
5784 if (T1.isNull() || T2.isNull())
5785 return false;
5786
5787 // C++11 [basic.types] p11:
5788 // If two types T1 and T2 are the same type, then T1 and T2 are
5789 // layout-compatible types.
5790 if (C.hasSameType(T1, T2))
5791 return true;
5792
5793 T1 = T1.getCanonicalType().getUnqualifiedType();
5794 T2 = T2.getCanonicalType().getUnqualifiedType();
5795
5796 const Type::TypeClass TC1 = T1->getTypeClass();
5797 const Type::TypeClass TC2 = T2->getTypeClass();
5798
5799 if (TC1 != TC2)
5800 return false;
5801
5802 if (TC1 == Type::Enum) {
5803 return isLayoutCompatible(C,
5804 cast<EnumType>(T1)->getDecl(),
5805 cast<EnumType>(T2)->getDecl());
5806 } else if (TC1 == Type::Record) {
5807 if (!T1->isStandardLayoutType() || !T2->isStandardLayoutType())
5808 return false;
5809
5810 return isLayoutCompatible(C,
5811 cast<RecordType>(T1)->getDecl(),
5812 cast<RecordType>(T2)->getDecl());
5813 }
5814
5815 return false;
5816}
5817}
5818
5819//===--- CHECK: pointer_with_type_tag attribute: datatypes should match ----//
5820
5821namespace {
5822/// \brief Given a type tag expression find the type tag itself.
5823///
5824/// \param TypeExpr Type tag expression, as it appears in user's code.
5825///
5826/// \param VD Declaration of an identifier that appears in a type tag.
5827///
5828/// \param MagicValue Type tag magic value.
5829bool FindTypeTagExpr(const Expr *TypeExpr, const ASTContext &Ctx,
5830 const ValueDecl **VD, uint64_t *MagicValue) {
5831 while(true) {
5832 if (!TypeExpr)
5833 return false;
5834
5835 TypeExpr = TypeExpr->IgnoreParenImpCasts()->IgnoreParenCasts();
5836
5837 switch (TypeExpr->getStmtClass()) {
5838 case Stmt::UnaryOperatorClass: {
5839 const UnaryOperator *UO = cast<UnaryOperator>(TypeExpr);
5840 if (UO->getOpcode() == UO_AddrOf || UO->getOpcode() == UO_Deref) {
5841 TypeExpr = UO->getSubExpr();
5842 continue;
5843 }
5844 return false;
5845 }
5846
5847 case Stmt::DeclRefExprClass: {
5848 const DeclRefExpr *DRE = cast<DeclRefExpr>(TypeExpr);
5849 *VD = DRE->getDecl();
5850 return true;
5851 }
5852
5853 case Stmt::IntegerLiteralClass: {
5854 const IntegerLiteral *IL = cast<IntegerLiteral>(TypeExpr);
5855 llvm::APInt MagicValueAPInt = IL->getValue();
5856 if (MagicValueAPInt.getActiveBits() <= 64) {
5857 *MagicValue = MagicValueAPInt.getZExtValue();
5858 return true;
5859 } else
5860 return false;
5861 }
5862
5863 case Stmt::BinaryConditionalOperatorClass:
5864 case Stmt::ConditionalOperatorClass: {
5865 const AbstractConditionalOperator *ACO =
5866 cast<AbstractConditionalOperator>(TypeExpr);
5867 bool Result;
5868 if (ACO->getCond()->EvaluateAsBooleanCondition(Result, Ctx)) {
5869 if (Result)
5870 TypeExpr = ACO->getTrueExpr();
5871 else
5872 TypeExpr = ACO->getFalseExpr();
5873 continue;
5874 }
5875 return false;
5876 }
5877
5878 case Stmt::BinaryOperatorClass: {
5879 const BinaryOperator *BO = cast<BinaryOperator>(TypeExpr);
5880 if (BO->getOpcode() == BO_Comma) {
5881 TypeExpr = BO->getRHS();
5882 continue;
5883 }
5884 return false;
5885 }
5886
5887 default:
5888 return false;
5889 }
5890 }
5891}
5892
5893/// \brief Retrieve the C type corresponding to type tag TypeExpr.
5894///
5895/// \param TypeExpr Expression that specifies a type tag.
5896///
5897/// \param MagicValues Registered magic values.
5898///
5899/// \param FoundWrongKind Set to true if a type tag was found, but of a wrong
5900/// kind.
5901///
5902/// \param TypeInfo Information about the corresponding C type.
5903///
5904/// \returns true if the corresponding C type was found.
5905bool GetMatchingCType(
5906 const IdentifierInfo *ArgumentKind,
5907 const Expr *TypeExpr, const ASTContext &Ctx,
5908 const llvm::DenseMap<Sema::TypeTagMagicValue,
5909 Sema::TypeTagData> *MagicValues,
5910 bool &FoundWrongKind,
5911 Sema::TypeTagData &TypeInfo) {
5912 FoundWrongKind = false;
5913
5914 // Variable declaration that has type_tag_for_datatype attribute.
5915 const ValueDecl *VD = NULL;
5916
5917 uint64_t MagicValue;
5918
5919 if (!FindTypeTagExpr(TypeExpr, Ctx, &VD, &MagicValue))
5920 return false;
5921
5922 if (VD) {
5923 for (specific_attr_iterator<TypeTagForDatatypeAttr>
5924 I = VD->specific_attr_begin<TypeTagForDatatypeAttr>(),
5925 E = VD->specific_attr_end<TypeTagForDatatypeAttr>();
5926 I != E; ++I) {
5927 if (I->getArgumentKind() != ArgumentKind) {
5928 FoundWrongKind = true;
5929 return false;
5930 }
5931 TypeInfo.Type = I->getMatchingCType();
5932 TypeInfo.LayoutCompatible = I->getLayoutCompatible();
5933 TypeInfo.MustBeNull = I->getMustBeNull();
5934 return true;
5935 }
5936 return false;
5937 }
5938
5939 if (!MagicValues)
5940 return false;
5941
5942 llvm::DenseMap<Sema::TypeTagMagicValue,
5943 Sema::TypeTagData>::const_iterator I =
5944 MagicValues->find(std::make_pair(ArgumentKind, MagicValue));
5945 if (I == MagicValues->end())
5946 return false;
5947
5948 TypeInfo = I->second;
5949 return true;
5950}
5951} // unnamed namespace
5952
5953void Sema::RegisterTypeTagForDatatype(const IdentifierInfo *ArgumentKind,
5954 uint64_t MagicValue, QualType Type,
5955 bool LayoutCompatible,
5956 bool MustBeNull) {
5957 if (!TypeTagForDatatypeMagicValues)
5958 TypeTagForDatatypeMagicValues.reset(
5959 new llvm::DenseMap<TypeTagMagicValue, TypeTagData>);
5960
5961 TypeTagMagicValue Magic(ArgumentKind, MagicValue);
5962 (*TypeTagForDatatypeMagicValues)[Magic] =
5963 TypeTagData(Type, LayoutCompatible, MustBeNull);
5964}
5965
5966namespace {
5967bool IsSameCharType(QualType T1, QualType T2) {
5968 const BuiltinType *BT1 = T1->getAs<BuiltinType>();
5969 if (!BT1)
5970 return false;
5971
5972 const BuiltinType *BT2 = T2->getAs<BuiltinType>();
5973 if (!BT2)
5974 return false;
5975
5976 BuiltinType::Kind T1Kind = BT1->getKind();
5977 BuiltinType::Kind T2Kind = BT2->getKind();
5978
5979 return (T1Kind == BuiltinType::SChar && T2Kind == BuiltinType::Char_S) ||
5980 (T1Kind == BuiltinType::UChar && T2Kind == BuiltinType::Char_U) ||
5981 (T1Kind == BuiltinType::Char_U && T2Kind == BuiltinType::UChar) ||
5982 (T1Kind == BuiltinType::Char_S && T2Kind == BuiltinType::SChar);
5983}
5984} // unnamed namespace
5985
5986void Sema::CheckArgumentWithTypeTag(const ArgumentWithTypeTagAttr *Attr,
5987 const Expr * const *ExprArgs) {
5988 const IdentifierInfo *ArgumentKind = Attr->getArgumentKind();
5989 bool IsPointerAttr = Attr->getIsPointer();
5990
5991 const Expr *TypeTagExpr = ExprArgs[Attr->getTypeTagIdx()];
5992 bool FoundWrongKind;
5993 TypeTagData TypeInfo;
5994 if (!GetMatchingCType(ArgumentKind, TypeTagExpr, Context,
5995 TypeTagForDatatypeMagicValues.get(),
5996 FoundWrongKind, TypeInfo)) {
5997 if (FoundWrongKind)
5998 Diag(TypeTagExpr->getExprLoc(),
5999 diag::warn_type_tag_for_datatype_wrong_kind)
6000 << TypeTagExpr->getSourceRange();
6001 return;
6002 }
6003
6004 const Expr *ArgumentExpr = ExprArgs[Attr->getArgumentIdx()];
6005 if (IsPointerAttr) {
6006 // Skip implicit cast of pointer to `void *' (as a function argument).
6007 if (const ImplicitCastExpr *ICE = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(ArgumentExpr))
6008 if (ICE->getType()->isVoidPointerType())
6009 ArgumentExpr = ICE->getSubExpr();
6010 }
6011 QualType ArgumentType = ArgumentExpr->getType();
6012
6013 // Passing a `void*' pointer shouldn't trigger a warning.
6014 if (IsPointerAttr && ArgumentType->isVoidPointerType())
6015 return;
6016
6017 if (TypeInfo.MustBeNull) {
6018 // Type tag with matching void type requires a null pointer.
6019 if (!ArgumentExpr->isNullPointerConstant(Context,
6020 Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNotNull)) {
6021 Diag(ArgumentExpr->getExprLoc(),
6022 diag::warn_type_safety_null_pointer_required)
6023 << ArgumentKind->getName()
6024 << ArgumentExpr->getSourceRange()
6025 << TypeTagExpr->getSourceRange();
6026 }
6027 return;
6028 }
6029
6030 QualType RequiredType = TypeInfo.Type;
6031 if (IsPointerAttr)
6032 RequiredType = Context.getPointerType(RequiredType);
6033
6034 bool mismatch = false;
6035 if (!TypeInfo.LayoutCompatible) {
6036 mismatch = !Context.hasSameType(ArgumentType, RequiredType);
6037
6038 // C++11 [basic.fundamental] p1:
6039 // Plain char, signed char, and unsigned char are three distinct types.
6040 //
6041 // But we treat plain `char' as equivalent to `signed char' or `unsigned
6042 // char' depending on the current char signedness mode.
6043 if (mismatch)
6044 if ((IsPointerAttr && IsSameCharType(ArgumentType->getPointeeType(),
6045 RequiredType->getPointeeType())) ||
6046 (!IsPointerAttr && IsSameCharType(ArgumentType, RequiredType)))
6047 mismatch = false;
6048 } else
6049 if (IsPointerAttr)
6050 mismatch = !isLayoutCompatible(Context,
6051 ArgumentType->getPointeeType(),
6052 RequiredType->getPointeeType());
6053 else
6054 mismatch = !isLayoutCompatible(Context, ArgumentType, RequiredType);
6055
6056 if (mismatch)
6057 Diag(ArgumentExpr->getExprLoc(), diag::warn_type_safety_type_mismatch)
6058 << ArgumentType << ArgumentKind->getName()
6059 << TypeInfo.LayoutCompatible << RequiredType
6060 << ArgumentExpr->getSourceRange()
6061 << TypeTagExpr->getSourceRange();
6062}
6063